Collected Works of C.G. Jung. Volume 19 Collected Works of C. G. Jung, Volume 19: General Bibliography - Revised Edition [Revised] 9781400851027

Citation preview

BOLLINGEN

SERIES

XX

THE COLLECTED WORKS OF

C. G. J U N G VOLUME i 9

EDITORS t S IR H E R B E R T R EA D M I C H A E L F O R D H A M , F .R .C .P S Y C H ., H O N . F .B .P S .S . t G E R H A R D A D L E R , P H .D . w illia m

M C G u iR E ,

e x e cu tiv e e d ito r

GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY o f C.G. Jung’s Writings

R e v is e d E d itio n

COM PILED B Y U S A RESS AND W IL U A M M cGUIRE

B O L L I N G E N

S E R I E S

X X

P R I N C E T O N U N I V E R S I T Y PRESS

C O P Y R IG H T © 1979 BY P R IN C E T O N U N IV E R SIT Y PRESS, P R IN C E T O N , N.J. REV ISED E D IT IO N C O P Y R IG H T © 1992 BY P R IN C E T O N U N IV ERSITY PRESS, P R IN C E T O N , N.J.

T H IS E D IT IO N IS B E IN G PU B L ISH E D IN T H E U N IT E D STA TES O F A M ERICA FOR B O L L 1NG EN F O U N D A T IO N BY P R IN C E ­ T O N U N IV E R SIT Y PRESS A ND IN E N ­ G LAN D BY R O U T L ED G E , LTD. IN T H E A M ERICA N E D IT IO N , ALL T H E VOLUM ES C O M PR ISIN G T H E CO L L EC T E D W ORKS C O N S T IT U T E N U M BER XX IN B O L L IN G E N SERIES. T H E PRESEN T V O LU M E IS N U M ­ BER 19.

REV ISED AND U PD A TED W IT H T H E F IF T H P R IN T IN G , 1992

LIB RA RY O F CONGRESS CA TA LO G U E CARD N U M BER: 75-156 ISBN o-69i-og8g3-X M A N U FA C TU R ED IN T H E U.S.A.

E D IT O R IA L N O T E T O T H E R E V IS E D E D I T I O N T h is e d itio n , su ccee d in g th e first, w hich was p u b lish e d in 1979, h a s b e e n p r e p a r e d to m e e t th e n e e d s p rim a rily o f s tu d e n ts o f C. G. J u n g ’s w ritings w o rk in g in E nglish. A cco rd in g ly , it re c o rd s (th ro u g h 1991) only p u b licatio n s in E n g lish a n d in G e rm a n , b e ­ sides th e very few w ritin g s in o th e r la n g u ag es fo r w hich J u n g was, in so m e sense, d irectly resp o n sib le. T h o s e in c lu d e a few s h o r t w orks th a t h e w ro te in F ren ch . T h e first e d itio n re c o rd e d th r o u g h ig 7 5 n o t o n ly p u b licatio n s in G e rm a n a n d E n g lish b u t th o se tra n s la te d in to s e v e n te e n o th e r la n g u a g e s: D an ish , D u tch , F in n ish , F re n c h , G reek , H eb rew , H u n ­ g a ria n , Ita lia n , J a p a n e s e , N o rw eg ian , P o rtu g u e s e , R u ssian , S erb o C ro a tia n , S lovenian, S p an ish , S w edish, a n d T u rk ish . T h e b ib lio g ­ ra p h y v o lu m e o f th e Gesammelte Werke, p u b lish e d by W alter-V erlag , O lte n , S w itzerlan d , in 1983, e x te n d e d th e ch ro n o lo g y to th a t y ear a n d re c o rd e d tra n sla tio n s in n in e te e n la n g u a g e s b esid es E n g lish (a few w orks in P e rsia n a n d P olish h av in g b e e n a d d e d ). R eg rettab ly , it h a s n o t b e e n possible fo r th e e d ito rs o f e ith e r o f th e co llected ed itio n s to tra c e th e n u m e ro u s tra n sla tio n s th a t h av e a p p e a r e d su b se q u en tly — a task fo r th e n e x t g e n e ra tio n . T h u s th e lim itatio n o f th e p re s e n t v ersio n o f th e b ib lio g ra p h y to th e G e rm a n a n d E n ­ glish p u b licatio n s. A t this p o in t, th e ca n o n o f J u n g ’s w o rk is virtu ally c o m p le te in p rin t. T h e tw enty vo lu m es o f th e Collected Works a r e p u b lish e d , in ­ c lu d in g th o se d e v o te d to th e b ib lio g rap h y a n d th e in d e x . S o m e o f th e te x t v o lu m es a r e in seco n d ed itio n s (an d r e p rin ts h a v e b e e n fre q u e n t, th o u g h n o t re c o rd e d h e re ). T w o s u p p le m e n ta ry vol­ u m e s, u n a n tic ip a te d in th e o rig in a l p lan , h av e n o w a p p e a re d . T h e p ro je c t o f e d itin g a n d p u b lish in g J u n g ’s “s e m in a r n o te s,” w h ich h a d b e e n can celed , h as b e e n revived; th r e e o f th e se m in a rs h av e b e e n p u b lish e d a n d o th e rs a re in p re p a ra tio n . S ev eral an th o lo g ie s a n d n u m e ro u s p a p e rb a c k ex tra cts a re now available in th e U n ite d S tates, th e U n ite d K in g d o m , a n d th e o th e r E n g lish -sp e ak in g c o u n ­ tries. M ost if n o t all o f th e p ap e rb a c k s a re a c c o u n te d fo r in th e b ib lio g rap h y .

T h e eighteen tex t volum es o f the Gesammelte Werke, as well as the bibliography volum e an d two volum es o f the sem inars, have now been published by W alter-Verlag, successors to Rascher Verlag; the index volum e is in prep aratio n . A large n u m b e r o f anthologies and paperback extracts have issued fro m Swiss and G erm an houses. In th e p rep aratio n o f the p resen t edition, th e ed ito r has h ad in­ dispensable cooperation fro m H elga Egner, o f W alter-Verlag. O thers w ho gave significant assistance w ere David Stonestreet, o f R outledge (successors to R outledge & Kegan Paul); In g eb o rg M eyer-Palm edo, o f S. Fischer Verlag; Doris A lbrecht, o f th e Kris­ tine M ann Library, New York; Jo a n A lpert, o f th e Virginia Allan D etloff Library, C. G. J u n g Institute o f San Francisco; and V erena M aag, o f th e C. G. J u n g Institute, K usnacht/Zurich. A t P rinceton University Press, D eborah T eg ard en an d T im othy M ennel have been notably constructive colleagues. *

F rom the editorial note in th e first edition, th e following in fo rm a­ tion is relevant. It has been the editors’ intention to record th e ini­ tial publication o f each original w ork by Ju n g , each translation (in the first edition, into any language; now, into English o r G erm an), and substantial revisions an d /o r expansions, with reciprocal crossreferences. U nrevised rep rin ts have n o t been reco rd ed unless b ro u g h t o u t by a d iffere n t publisher o r altered in form at. T h e Col­ lected Works and the Gesammelte Werke are listed separately, in vol­ um e sequence, on facing pages. Michael Fordham , who originally com piled th e bibliography in the late 1940s as a w orking tool fo r th e planning o f the English collected edition, based his d ra ft on a list published by Jo lan d e J a ­ cobi in h e r The Psychology o f C. G. Ju n g (cf. E. 1942c); he was in­ debted also to Professor J u n g ’s secretary at th a t time, M arie-Jeanne Schmid. F o rd h am ’s version u n d erw en t revision an d augm entation by the editorial staff in a p rin ted version privately d istributed to w orkers in the field. T h e p rep aratio n o f a definitive general bibli­ ography was u n d erta k en by A.S.B. Glover. A fter his death, in 1966, the w ork was carried on, u n d e r the p resen t ed ito r’s su p e r­ vision, first by Jasn a P. H eu rd ey (who was notably effective in lo­ cating foreign translations) an d th en by th e fo rm er librarian o f th e K ristine M ann Library, Lisa Ress, who was responsible fo r w hat

achieved publication. Assistance th a t is reflected in th e p re sen t edi­ tion cam e from A niela Jaffe, Mr. and Mrs. Franz J u n g (whose house, at K iisnacht, was the repository o f Professor J u n g ’s library), an d th e editors an d publishers o f the Gesammelte Werke. W

il l ia m

M c G u ir e

C O N TENTS E D IT O R IA L N O T E T O T H E R E V IS E D E D IT IO N A B B R E V IA T IO N S

V Xl

I. T H E P U B L IS H E D W R I T IN G S O F C . G . J U N G : O riginal W orks an d T ranslations G erm an

3

English

70

F rench

126

H ebrew

129

H u n g a ria n

130

Italian

131

Spanish

132

I I . T H E C O L L E C T E D W O R K S O F C. G . J U N G / D IE G E S A M M E L T E N W E R K E V O N C. G. J U N G

133

I I I . S E M IN A R N O T E S

195

IN D E X E S

1. Titles (of all English an d G erm an item s an d o f original works in o th e r languages)

203

2. Personal N am es

229

ABBREVIATIONS CW = Collected Works', GW = Gesammelte Werke; B.S. = B ollingen Series. A n asterisk preceding an entry indicates th a t th e publica­ tion could n o t be exam ined. S tandard bibliographical abbrevia­ tions a re used. P

e r io d ic a l s

A us d. Jh rsb . = Aus dem Jah resb erich t Basl. N ach. = B asler N achrichten Bull. APC = Analytical Psychology Club o f New York. B ulletin C orrespB l. schweizer A rzte = C orrespo n d en zb latt fiir schw eizer A rzte E ra n . Jb. = E ranos-Jahrbuch E u rop. Rev. = E uropaische Revue J. abnorm . Psychol. = Jo u rn a l o f A bnorm al Psychology J. Psychol. N eurol. = Jo u rn a l fiir Psychologie u n d N eurologie Jb . psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch. = Ja h rb u c h fiir psychoanalytische u n d psychopathologische Forschungen N eue Schw. R. = N eue schweizer R undschau N eue Ziir. Z. = N eue Z u rch er Z eitung New R epub. = New Republic Psychoanal. Rev. = Psychoanalytic Review Schweiz. Z. S trafrecht. = Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir S trafrech t Revta O ccid. = Revista de O ccidente Z. angew. Psychol. = Zeitschrift fiir angew andte Psychologie u n d psychologische Sam m elforschung Zbl. N ervenhk. = Zentralblatt fiir N erven h eilk u n d e u n d Psychiatrie Zbl. Psychoanal. = Zentralblatt fiir Psychoanalyse Zbl. Psychotherap. = Zentralblatt fiir Psychotherapie u n d ih re G renzgebiete

THE PUBLISHED WRITINGS O F G . G. J U N G Original Works and Translations

GERMAN 1902a

Zur Psychologie und Pathologie sogenannter occulter Phanomene. Eine psychiatrische Studie. L e i p z i g : O s w a l d M u t z e . p p . 1 2 1 . R e p u b . as G W 1 , 1 . I n a u g u r a l dissertation f o r t h e d o c t o r a l d e g r e e , p r e s e n t e d to t h e U n i v e r s i t a t Z u r i c h , M e d i z i n i s c h e F a k u l t a t . T R . — E n g l i s h : i g i 6 a , 2 / C W 1,1.

1902b

" E i n Fall v o n h y s t e r i s c h e m S t u p o r bei e i n e r U n t e r s u c h u n g s g e f a n g e n e n . " J. Psychol. Neurol., L 3 , 110—22. R e p u b . as G W 1,5. TR.— E n g l i s h : C W 1,5.

1903a

" U b e r m a n i s c h e V e r s t i m m u n g . " Allgemeine Zeitschrift fur Psychiatrie und psychisch-gerichtliche Medizin, L X I : 1, 15—39. R e p u b . as G W 1 , 4 . T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 1,4.

1903b

" U b e r S i m u l a t i o n v o n G e i s t e s s t d r u n g . " J. Psychol. Neurol., 181—201. R e p u b . as G W 1,6. T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 1,6.

1904a

W i t h F. R i k l i n : " E x p e r i m e n t e l l e U n t e r s u c h u n g e n i i b e r A s s o z i a t i o n e n G e s u n d e r . " ( D i a g n o s t i s c h e A s s o z i a t i o n s s t u d i e n , I. B e i t r a g . ) J. Psychol. Neurol., as f o l l o w s : Pt. I — I I I : 1/2, 5 5 - 8 3 ; Pt. I I — 1 1 1 : 4 , 1 4 5 - 6 4 ; Pt. 1 1 1 — 1 1 1 : 5 , 1 9 3 - 2 1 5 ; Pt. I V — 1 1 1 : 6 , 2 8 3 - 3 0 8 ; Pt. V — I V : 1/2, 24—67. C o m b i n e d a n d p u b . as G . 1906a.

1904b

" U b e r hysterisches V e r l e s e n : e i n e E r w i d e r u n g a n H e r r n H a h n (pr. A r z t in Z u r i c h ) . " Archiv fur die gesamte Psychologie, 1 1 1 : 4 ( M a y ) , 347—50. R e p u b . as G W 1,2. T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 1,2.

1904c

" A r z t l i c h e s G u t a c h t e n iiber e i n e n Fall v o n S i m u l a t i o n g e i s t i g e r S t o r u n g . " Schweiz. Z. Strafrecht, X V I I , 55—75. R e p u b . as G W 1 , 7 . T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 1,7.

1 9°5 a

" K r y p t o m n e s i e . " Die Zukunft, J h g . 13, L (25 Feb.), 325—34. R e p u b . , slightly rev., as G W 1,3. T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 1,3.

3

11:5,

GERMAN

1905b Review o f Willy Hellpach: Grundlinien einer Psychologie der Hysterie. Zbl. Neruenhk., X X V I I I (n.s. X V I ) (15 Apr.), 3 1 8 - 2 1 . G W 18,19. TR.—English: C W 18,19. i9°5 c "Experimentelle B e o b a c h t u n g e n iiber das E r i n n e r u n g s v e r m o gen." Zbl. Neruenhk., X X V I I I (n.s. X V I ) : 196 (1 Sept.), 6 5 3 - 6 6 . Repub. as G W 2,4. TR.—English: C W 2,4. i9°5 d " Z u r psychologischen Tatbestandsdiagnostik." Zbl. Neruenhk., X X V I I I (n.s. X V I ) : 2 0 0 (1 Nov.), 8 1 3 - 1 5 . R e p u b . as G W 1,9. TR.— English: C W 1,9. i9°5e " U b e r spiritistische Erscheinungen." Basl. Nach., Nos. 3 1 1 - 1 6 (12— 17 Nov.). Extract pub. in Volhsrecht (22 Nov.). Given as lecture at the Bernoullianum, Basel, 5 Feb. 1905. G W 18,4. TR.—English: C W 18,4. i9°5 f "Die psychologische Diagnose des Tatbestandes." Schweiz. Z. Strafrecht, X V I I I , 369—408. Repub. as G. 1906k with last (minor) sentence omitted. i9°5g " A n a l y s e d e r Assoziationen eines Epileptikers." (Diagnostische Assoziationsstudien, III. Beitrag.) J. Psychol. Neurol., V : 2 , 7 3 - 9 0 . Repub. as G . 1906a,2. igo5h " U b e r das Verhalten d e r Reaktionszeit beim Assoziationsexperimente." (Diagnostische Assoziationsstudien, IV. Beitrag.) J. Psychol. Neurol., V I : 1/2, 1—36. A l s o issued as pamphlet, Leipzig: Barth. p p . 38. Jung's "Habilitationsschrift," Universitat Zurich, Medizinische Fakultat. Repub. as G . 19063,3. 1906a

Diagnostische Assoziationsstudien: Beitrage zur experimentellen Psychopathologie. Ed. by C. G . J u n g . Vol. I. Leipzig: Barth. pp. 281. Subsequently issued b o u n d as o n e with G. 1909a. Contains the followi n g works wholly o r partly by J u n g : 1. W i t h F. Riklin: "Experimentelle U n t e r s u c h u n g e n iiber Assoziationen Gesunder." ( 7 - 1 4 5 ) G . 1904a r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 2.1. TR.—English: i g i 8 a , i / C W 2,1. 2. "Analyse d e r Assoziationen eines Epileptikers." ( 1 7 5 - 9 2 ) G. i g o s g repub. Repub. as G W 2,2. TR.—English: 1918a,2/CW 2.2.

4

1 9 0 5 b — 19061 3. " U b e r d a s V e r h a l t e n d e r Reaktionszeit b e i m A s s o z i a t i o n s e x p e r i m e n t e . " ( 1 9 3 - 2 2 8 ) G . 1 9 0 5 b r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 2,3. TR.—English: i g i 8 a , 3 / C W 2,3. 4. "Psychoanalyse u n d A s s o z i a t i o n s e x p e r i m e n t . " (258—81) G . i g o 6 i r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 2,5. TR.—English: 1 9 1 8 a , 4 / C W 2,5. C o n t e n t s also s u m m a r i z e d in F r e n c h by J u n g . C f . Fr. 1908a. 1906b

"Die psychopathologische B e d e u t u n g des Assoziationsexperimentes." Archiv filr Kriminalanthropologie und Kriminalistik, X X I I : 2— 3 ( 1 5 Feb.), 145—62. G i v e n as i n a u g u r a l lecture u p o n J u n g ' s app o i n t m e n t as L e c t u r e r in Psychiatry, Universitat Z u r i c h , 21 O c t . 1905. R e p u b . as G W 2,8. TR.—English: C W 2,8.

1906c

"Statistisches v o n d e r R e k r u t e n a u s h e b u n g . " CorrespBl. Schweizer Arzte, X X X V L 4 ( 1 5 Feb.), 1 2 9 - 3 0 . R e p u b . as G W 2 , 1 5 . TR.—English: C W 2 , 1 5 .

igo6d

" O b e r g u t a c h t e n iiber zwei sich w i d e r s p r e c h e n d e psychiatrische G u t a c h t e n . " Monatsschrift fur Kriminalpsychologie und Strafrechtsreform, I I : 11/12 (Feb.—Mar.), 691—98. R e p u b . as G W 1,8 with m i n o r title c h a n g e , TR.—English: C W 1,8.

igo6e

R e v i e w o f L. B r u n s : Die Hysterie im Kindesalter. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I : 19 (1 Oct.), 6 3 4 - 3 5 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20.

igoef R e v i e w o f E. B l e u l e r : Affektivitat, Suggestibility, Paranoia. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V L 2 1 (1 Nov.), 694—95. TR.—English: C W 18,20. igo6g

" D i e H y s t e r i e l e h r e F r e u d s . Eine E r w i d e r u n g a u f die A s c h a f f e n b u r g s c h e Kritik." Miinchener medizinische Wochenschrift, L I I I : 4 7 (20 Nov.), 2 3 0 1 - 0 2 . R e p u b . as G W 4 , 1 . TR.—English: C W 4 , 1 .

i9o6h R e v i e w o f C a r l W e r n i c k e : Grundriss der Psychiatrie in klinischen Vorlesungen. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V L 2 3 (1 Dec.), 790—91. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. igo6i "Psychoanalyse u n d A s s o z i a t i o n s e x p e r i m e n t . " (Diagnostische A s soziationsstudien, V I . Beitrag.) J. Psychol. Neurol., V I I : 1/2, 1 - 2 4 .

5

GERMAN

Also pub. in Schweiz. Z. Strafrecht, X V I I I , 396-403. Repub. as G. 1906a,4. TR.—English: 19183,4. 19o6j

"Assoziation, T r a u m u n d hysterisches S y m p t o m . " / . Psychol. Neurol., V I I I : i / 2 , 25—60. Repub. as G. 19093,1.

1906k

" D i e psychologische Diagnose des Tatbestandes." Juristisch-psychiatrische Grenzfragen, I V : 2 , 3—47. Also pub. as p a m p h l e t (bound with article by another author). Halle: Carl Marhold. A t head o f title: " A u s d e r psychiatrischen Universitatsklinik in Zurich." G. i g o s f repub. with omission o f last (minor) sentence. R e p u b . as m o n o g r a p h : G. i 9 4 i d ; and as G W 2,6. TR.—English: C W 2,6.

19°7a

Uber die Psychologie der Dementia praecox: Ein Versuch. Halle a. S.: C a r l Marhold. pp. 179. 1972: (Friihe Schriften II; "Studienausgabe.") Olten: Walter, pp. 180. Vorwort. (Dated July 1906.) I. Kritische Darstellung theoretischer Ansichten iiber die Psychologie der Dementia praecox. II, D e r gefiihlsbetonte K o m p l e x u n d seine allgemeinen W i r k u n g e n a u f die Psyche. III. D e r Einfluss des gefiihlsbetonten K o m p l e x e s a u f die Wertigkeit d e r Assoziation. IV. Dementia praecox u n d Hysterie. Eine Parallele. V. Analyse eines Falles von paranoi'der D e m e n z , als Paradigma. Schlusswort. R e p u b . as G W 3,1. TR.—English: i g o g a / C W 3,1.

1907b

Review o f A l b e r t Moll: Der Hypnotisms, mit Einschluss der Hauptpunkte der Psychotherapie und des Occultismus. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I : 11 (1 June), 3 5 4 - 5 5 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20.

i9°7 c Review o f A l b e r t K n a p p : Die polyneuritischen Psychosen. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I : 11 (1 June), 355. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 1907c!

Review o f M. Reichhardt: Leitfaden zur psychiatrischen Klinik. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I : 2 3 (1 Dec.), 7 4 2 - 4 3 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20.

6

igo6j — igo8d i9°7 e " U b e r d i e R e p r o d u k t i o n s s t o r u n g e n b e i m A s s o z i a t i o n s e x p e r i m e n t . " (Diagnostische Assoziationsstudien, I X . B e i t r a g . ) J. Psychol. Neurol., I X : 4 , 188—97. R e p u b . as G . 19098,2. !9 0 7 f C o n t r i b u t i o n to discussion o f p a p e r by F r a n k a n d B e z z o l a : " U b e r die A n a l y s e p s y c h o s o m a t i s c h e r S y m p t o m e , " p. 185, in " I I . V e r einsbericht. 3 7 . V e r s a m m l u n g s t i d w e s t d e u t s c h e r I r r e n a r z t e in T u b i n g e n a m 3. u n d 4. N o v e m b e r i g o 6 . " Zbl. Nervenhk., n.s. X V I I I : 5 , 176-91. 1908a

Der Inhalt der Psychose. ( S c h r i f t e n z u r a n g e w a n d t e n S e e l e n k u n d e , 3.) L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e . p p . 26. R e p u b . with s u p p l e m e n t as G . 1 9 1 4 a . A c a d e m i c lecture, g i v e n at the R a t h a u s , Z u rich, 16 J a n . 1908.

1908b

W i t h E. B l e u l e r : " K o m p l e x e u n d K r a n k h e i t s u r s a c h e n b e i D e m e n tia p r a e c o x . " Zbl. Neruenhk., X X X I (n.s. X I X ) , (Mar.), 220—27.

1908c

7 abstracts. Folia neuro-biol., 1:3 (Mar.), 493—94, 497—99. L i s t e d b u t n o t trans, at t h e e n d o f C W 18,26 (not in G W ) . A r t i c l e s a b s t r a c t e d by J u n g : 1. 388) J u n g , C . G . "Associations d'idees familiales." 2. 389) Metral, M. " E x p e r i e n c e s scolaires s u r la m e m o i r e d e l'orthographe." 3. 394) L o m b a r d , Emile. "Essai d ' u n e classification d e s p h e n o m£nes d e glossolalie." 4. 395) C l a p a r e d e , E d . " Q u e l q u e s m o t s s u r la d e f i n i t i o n d e l'hysterie." 5. 396) F l o u r n o y , T h . " A u t o m a t i s m e t e l e o l o g i q u e antisuicide. 6. 397) L e r o y , E . - B e r n a r d . " E s c r o q u e r i e e t h y p n o s e . . . ." 7. 398) L e m a i t r e , A u g . " U n n o u v e a u cycle s o m n a m b u l i q u e d e Mile. Smith. L e s p e i n t u r e s religieuses." A l l o f t h e a b o v e articles r e v i e w e d a p p e a r e d originally in t h e Archives de psychologie 190J, V I L 2 5 & 2 6 . C f . C W i8,26,ii (not i n G W ) .

igoSd " U b e r die B e d e u t u n g d e r L e h r e F r e u d s f u r N e u r o l o g i e u n d Psychiatrie" ( A u t o r r e f e r a t ) . CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I L 7 (1 A p r . ) , 2 1 8 . S u m m a r y o f lecture g i v e n to the G e s e l l s c h a f t d e r Arzte d e s K a n t o n s Z u r i c h , a u t u m n m e e t i n g , 26 N o v . 1907. G W 1 8 , 2 1 . TR.—English:

C W

18,21.

7

GERMAN

1908c Review o f Franz C. R. Eschle: Grundziige der Psychiatrie. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I I : 8 (15 Apr.), 2 6 4 - 6 5 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. igo8f Review o f P. Dubois: Die Einbildung als Krankheitsursache. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I I : i 2 (15 June), 399. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. ' 9 ° % Review o f G e o r g L o r a e r : Liebe und Psychose. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I I : i 2 (15 June), 399-400. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. igo8h Review o f E. M e y e r : Die Ursachen der Geisteskrankheiten. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I I , 706. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. ^ S i 9 abstracts. Folia neuro-biol., I I : i (Oct.), 124—25, 1 3 2 - 3 5 . Listed b u t not trans, at the e n d o f C W 18,26 (not in G W ) . Articles abstracted by J u n g : 1. 122) Pieron, H . " L a theorie des emotions et les d o n n e e s actuelles d e la physiologie." 2. 123) Revault d'Allones, [G.] "L'explication physiologique d e l'emotion." 3. 124) H a r t e n b e r g , P. "Principe d ' u n e p h y s i o g n o m i e scientifique." 4. 130) D u m a s , G. "Qu'est-ce q u e la psychologie p a t h o l o g i q u e ? " 5. 1 3 1 ) D r o m a r d , [G.] "De la dissociation d e la m i m i q u e chez les ali£n£s." 6. 132) Marie, A . " S u r quelques troubles fonctionnels de l'audition chez certains debiles m e n t a u x . " 7. 133) Janet, P. " L e r e n v e r s e m e n t d e l'orientation o u 1'allochirie des representations." 8. 134) Pascal, [Constanza]. "Les maladies mentales d e R o b e r t Schumann." 9- 135) V i g o u r o u x , [A.] et Juquelier, [P.] "Contribution clinique k l'etude des delires d u reve." A l l the articles reviewed a p p e a r e d originally in the Journal de psychologie normale et pathologique, I V (Sept.—Oct. 1907), V (Mar.—Apr. 1908). C f . C W i8,26,ii (not in G W ) . Review o f Wilhelm Stekel: Nervose Angstzustande und ihre Behandlung. Medizinische Klinik, I V : 4 5 (8 Nov.), 1 7 3 5 - 3 6 . G W 18,22. TR.— English: C W 18,22.

8

igo8e — i g o g a igo8k R e v i e w o f S i g m u n d F r e u d : Zur Psychopathologie des Alltagslebens. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X V I I L 2 3 C1 Dec.), 7 7 5 - 7 6 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 1908I

5 abstracts. Folia neuro-biol., 11:3 (Dec.), 366—68. L i s t e d b u t n o t trans, at t h e e n d o f C W 18,26 (not in G W ) . A r t i c l e s a b s t r a c t e d b y Jung: 1. 348) V a r e n d o n c k , J . " L e s ideals des e n f a n t s . " 2. 34g) C l a p a r ^ d e , E d . "Classification et p l a n d e s m e t h o d e s psychologiques." 3. 350) K a t z a r o f f , D i m i t r e . " E x p e r i e n c e s sur le r61e d e la recitation c o m m e f a c t e u r d e la m e m o r i s a t i o n . " 4. 3 5 1 ) M a e d e r , A l p h o n s e . " N o u v e l l e s c o n t r i b u t i o n s a la psyc h o p a t h o l o g i e d e la vie q u o t i d i e n n e . " 5. 352) R o u m a , G e o r g e s . " U n cas d e M y t h o m a n i e . . . ." A l l o f t h e a b o v e articles r e v i e w e d a p p e a r e d originally in t h e Archives de psychologie 1908, V I L 2 7 & 2 8 . C f . C W i8,26,ii (not in G W ) .

1908m

" D i e F r e u d s c h e H y s t e r i e t h e o r i e . " Monatsschrift fur Psychiatrie und Neurologie, X X I I I : 4 , 310—22. R e p u b . as G W 4,2. L e c t u r e g i v e n to t h e First I n t e r n a t i o n a l C o n g r e s s o f Psychiatry a n d N e u r o l o g y , A m s t e r d a m , Sept. i g o 7 - TR.—English: C W 4,2.

igo8n " Z u r T a t b e s t a n d s d i a g n o s t i k . " Z. angew. Psychol., 1:1/2, 163. 19080

C o n t r i b u t i o n entitled " D e u t s c h e S c h w e i z " to " D e r g e g e n w a r t i g e S t a n d d e r a n g e w a n d t e n P s y c h o l o g i e in d e n e i n z e l n e n K u l t u r l a n d e r n . " Z. angew. Psychol., I, 4 6 9 - 7 0 . G W I8,G. T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 18,9.

'goga Diagnostische Assoziationsstudien: Beitrage zur experimentellen Psychopathologie. E d . by C . G . J u n g . Vol. I I . L e i p z i g : B a r t h . S u b s e q u e n t l y issued b o u n d as o n e with G . 1906a. C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w i n g w o r k s by J u n g : 1. "Assoziation, T r a u m u n d hysterisches S y m p t o m . " (31—66) G . i g o 6 j r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 2,7. TR.—English: 1 9 1 8 a , 5 / C W 2>72. " U b e r d i e R e p r o d u k t i o n s s t o r u n g e n b e i m A s s o z i a t i o n s e x p e r i m e n t . " ( 6 7 - 7 6 ) G . 1 9 0 7 c r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 2,9. T R . — E n glish: 1 g 18a,6/CW 2,g.

9

GERMAN 1909b

" V o r b e m e r k u n g d e r Redaktion."/&. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., 1:1. 1 p. Dated Jan. 1909. G W 18,23. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,23.

1909c

"Die B e d e u t u n g des Vaters f u r das Schicksal des Einzelnen." Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., 1:1, 155—73. Also pub. as p a m p h l e t , Leipzig and V i e n n a : Franz Deuticke. pp. 19. "Zweite, unveranderte, mit einer V o r r e d e versehene A u f l a g e . " Pub., rev. and e x p . , as G. 1949a. TR.—English: 19163,4/ (Pts. only) C W 4,14.

!9°9d Review o f Karl Kleist: Untersuchungen zur Kenntnis der psychomotorischen Bewegungsstdrungen bei Geisteskranken. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X I X : 1 (1 Jan.), 176. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. !9°9 e Review o f L. L o e w e n f e l d : Homosexualitat und Strafgesetz. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X I X : 1 (1 Jan.), 176. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. Review o f Oswald B u m k e : Landlaufige Irrtiimer in der Beurteilung von Geisteskranken. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X I X : 6 (15 Mar.), 205. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. ^ogg Review o f Christian v o n Ehrenfels: Grundbegriffe der Ethik. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X X X I X : 6 (15 Mar.), 205. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. ^ogh Review o f Isidor Sadger: Konrad Ferdinand Meyer. Eine pathographisch-psychologische Studie. Basl. Nach. (Nov.), 1 p. G W 1 8 , 1 1 . TR.— English: C W 1 8 , 1 1 . 1 9°9'

Review o f Louis Waldstein: Das unbewusste Ich und sein Verhaltnis zur Gesundheit und Erziehung. Basl. Nach. (9 Dec.), 1 p. G W 18,12. TR.— English: C W 18,12.

1910a Review o f Christian v. Ehrenfels: Sexualethik. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 6 (20 Feb.), 173. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 1910b Review o f A l e x a n d e r Pilcz: Lehrbuch der speziellen Psychiatrie fur Studierende und Aerzte. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 6 (20 Feb.), 174. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20.

10

igogb —1910I 9 l o c R e v i e w o f M a x Dost: Kurzer Abriss der Psychologie, Psychiatrie und gerichtlichen Psychiatrie . . . CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 6 (20 Feb.), 174. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. giod R e v i e w o f W . v. B e c h t e r e w : Psyche und Leben. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 7 (1 Mar.), 206. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 9 l o e R e v i e w o f M . Urstein: Die Dementia praecox und ihre Stellung zum manisch-depressiven Irresein. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 7 (1 Mar.), 206. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. giof R e v i e w o f A l b e r t R e i b m a y e r : Die Entwicklungsgeschichte des Talentes und Genies. I. B a n d . CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 8 (10 Mar.), 237. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 91Qg R e v i e w o f P. N a c k e : Ueber Familienmord durch Geisteskranke. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 8 (10 Mar.), 237—38. G W 18,20. TR.— English: C W 18,20. gioh R e v i e w o f T h . B e c k e r : Einfiihrung in die Psychiatrie. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 2 g , 942. G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 1 9 1 °'

R e v i e w o f A . C r a m e r : Gerichtliche Psychiatrie. CorrespBl. Arzte, X L : 2 g , g 4 2 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20.

schweizer

^ o j R e v i e w o f A u g u s t Forel: Ethische und rechtliche Konflikte im Sexualleben in- und ausserhalb der Ehe. CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L : 2 9 , 9 4 2 - 4 3 . G W 18,20. TR.—English: C W 18,20. 910k " U b e r K o n f l i k t e d e r k i n d l i c h e n Seele." Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., II: 1, 33—58. A l s o p u b . as m o n o g r a p h : L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e . p p . 26. R e p u b . , with a d d n . o f n e w f o r e w o r d , as G . 1 9 1 6 b . C f . E. 1 9 1 0 a , 3 f o r English version. L e c t u r e d e l i v e r e d to the Depts. o f P s y c h o l o g y a n d P e d a g o g y , C l a r k University, W o r c e s ter, Mass., Sept. 1909. 1910I " R a n d b e m e r k u n g e n zu d e m B u c h v o n [Fritz] Wittels: Die sexuelle Not." Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., I I : 1, 3 1 2 - 1 5 . G W 18,24. TR.—English: 1 9 7 3 d , 2 . C W 18,24.

GERMAN

1910m " R e f e r a t e iiber psychologische A r b e i t e n schweizerischer A u t o r e n (bis E n d e 1909)." Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., II: 1, 3 5 6 - 8 8 . G W 18,26. TR.—English: C W 18,26. 19ion "Bericht uber A m e r i k a . " In "Bericht iiber die II. private psychoanalytische V e r e i n i g u n g in N i i r n b e r g a m 30. u n d 3 1 . Marz." Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., 11:2, 737. Abstract, recorded by O t t o Rank, o f Jung's paper. B r i e f e r abstract, also by Rank, pub. in Zbl. Psychoanal., 1:3 (Dec.), 130. G W 18,64. TR.—English: C W 18,64. 19100 " Z u r Kritik iiber Psychoanalyse." Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., 11:2, 7 4 3 - 4 6 . R e p u b . as G W 4,7. TR.—English: C W 4,7. lgiop "Buchanzeige." Review o f Erich W u l f f e n : Der Sexualverbrecher. Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., 11:2, 747. G W 18,25. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,25. i 9 ioq "Ein B e i t r a g zur Psychologie des Geriichtes." Zbl. Psychoanal., 2, 8 1 - 9 0 . Repub. as G W 4,4. TR.—English: 1916a,5/CW 4,4.

1:1/

lgior " D j e a n d e r psychiatrischen Klinik in Zurich gebrauchlichen psychologischen Untersuchungsmethoden." Z. angew. Psychol., I l l , 3go. Contribution to a survey o f clinical methods. Repub. as G W 2,17. TR.—English: C W 2,17. 1910s " U b e r Dementia praecox." Zbl. Psychoanal., 1:3 (Dec.), 128. Summary o f lecture given at the I. private Psychoanalytische Vereinigung, Salzburg, 27 A p r . 1908. G W 18,10. TR.—English: C W 18,10. 1911a " W a n d l u n g e n u n d Symbole der Libido. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens." [Pt. I.] Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., I I I : i , 1 2 0 - 2 2 7 . Contents: 1. Einleitung. 2. U b e r die zwei A r t e n des Denkens. 3. V o r b e r e i t e n d e Materialien z u r Analyse d e r Miller'schen Phantasien. 4. D e r S c h o p f e r h y m n u s . 5. Das Lied v o n d e r Motte. R e p u b . , with G. 1912c, as G. 1912a. T h e 1st o f 2 pts.

12

l g i o m — 1912a i g n b " M o r t o n Prince, M . D . : The Mechanism and Interpretation of Dreams. Eine kritische B e s p r e c h u n g . " Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., I l l : 1, 309—28. R e p u b . as G W 4,6. TR.—English: C W 4,6. 1911c " K r i t i k iiber E. B l e u l e r : ' Z u r T h e o r i e des s c h i z o p h r e n e n N e g a t i v ismus.' " Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., I l l : 1, 469—74. R e p u b . as G W 3,3. TR.—English: i g i 6 a , 7 / C W 3,4. 191 id " B u c h a n z e i g e . " Review o f E d u a r d H i t s c h m a n n : Freud's Neurosenlehre.Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., I I I : i , 480. G W 18,27. T R - — English: C W 18,27. 191 ie "Ein B e i t r a g z u r K e n n t n i s des Z a h l e n t r a u m e s . " Zbl. Psychoanal., I : i 2 , 567—72. R e p u b . as G W 4,5. TR.—English: 1 9 1 6 a , 6 / C W 4,5. 1911 f

191

" B e i t r a g e z u r Symbolik." Zbl. Psychoanal., 11:2 (Nov.), 103—04. S u m m a r y by O t t o R a n k o f lecture g i v e n at the 3 d C o n g r e s s o f t h e Internationale Psychoanalytische V e r e i n i g u n g , W e i m a r , 22 Sept. 1 9 1 1 . (Ms. o f lecture n e v e r discovered.) G W 18,34. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,34.

'g " B e r i c h t iiber das V e r e i n s j a h r 1 9 1 0 - 1 1 . " Korrespondenzblatt der Internationalen Psychoanalytischen Vereinigung, p p . 16—17, Psychoanal., 11:3 (Dec.), 233—34. A n n u a l r e p o r t by the p r e s i d e n t , d e livered to t h e 3 d C o n g r e s s o f the I n t e r n a t i o n a l e P s y c h o a n a l y t i s c h e V e r e i n i g u n g , W e i m a r , 21—22 Sept. 1 9 1 1 . G W 18,28. TR.—English: C W 18,28.

' 9 i ' h C o n t r i b u t i o n o n a m b i v a l e n c e to t h e discussion f o l l o w i n g a p a p e r by E. B l e u l e r . Psychiatrisch-neurologische Wochenschrift, X I I : 4 3 (21 Jan.), 406. (Also p u b . in Zbl. Psychoanal., 1:5 ( F e b . - M a r . ) , 2 6 7 - 6 8 , a n d in CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, X L I : 6 (20 Feb.).) B r i e f r e m a r k s to p a p e r s by V o n S p e y r a n d Riklin follow. R e c o r d e d at a W i n t e r M e e t i n g o f the V e r e i n Schweizer I r r e n a r z t e , B e r n , 27 N o v . 1 9 1 0 . G W 18,33. TR.—English: C W 18,33. 1912a Wandlungen und Symbole der Libido. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens. L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e . p p . 4 2 2 . W i t h 8 text illus. G . 1 9 1 1 a a n d 1 9 1 2 c r e p u b . , c o m b i n e d as o n e . R e p u b . , with a d d n . o f n e w f o r e w o r d , as G . 1925a. TR.—English: 1916b.

*3

GERMAN

1912b * " U b e r Psychoanalyse beim Kinde." I e r congr&s international d e P£dagogie, Brussels, A u g u s t , 1 9 1 1 . [Published Papers.] Vol. II, p p . 3 3 2 - 4 3 . Brussels: Librairie Misch et T h r o n . Subsequently incorporated into G. i g f 3 a . 1912c " W a n d l u n g e n u n d Symbole d e r Libido. Beitrage z u r Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens." [Pt. II.] Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., I V : 1, 1 6 2 - 4 6 4 . Contents: 1. Einleitung. 2. U b e r d e n B e g r i f f u n d die genetische T h e o r i e d e r Libido. 3. Die V e r l a g e r u n g d e r Libido als mogliche Q u e l l e d e r primitiven menschlichen E r f i n d u n g e n . 4. Die unbewusste Entstehung des Heros. 5. Symbole der Mutter u n d d e r W i e d e r g e b u r t . 6. D e r K a m p f u m die B e f r e i u n g von d e r Mutter. 7. Das O p f e r . R e p u b . , with G. 1 9 1 1 a , as G . 1 9 1 2 a . T h e 2d o f 2 pts. 1912c!

" N e u e B a h n e n d e r Psychologie." Raschers Jahrbuch fur schweizer Art und Kunst (Zurich), III, 2 3 6 - 7 2 . R e p u b . as G W 7,3. Pub., rev. and exp., with title change, as G . 1 9 1 7 a . TR.—English: i g i 6 a , i 5 / C W 7,3 (2d edn.).

i 9 i 2 e "Psychoanalyse." Neue Zur. Z., C X X X I I L 3 8 (10 Jan.). Jung's response to article by J[ohann] M[ichelsen], "Psychoanalyse," w h i c h a p p e a r e d earlier in the same paper, 2 Jan. i g i 2 . C f . G . 1 9 1 2 f and i g i 2 g . G W 18,2g. TR.—English: C W 18,29. i9i2f

" Z u r Psychoanalyse." Neue Zilr. Z., C X X X I I L 7 2 (17 Jan.). J u n g ' s reply to a response to his G. i g i 2 e . C f . G. i g i 2 e a n d i g i 2 g . G W 18,2g. TR.—English: C W 18,29.

igiag " Z u r Psychoanalyse." Wissen und Lebenf IX: 10 (15 Feb.), 7 1 1 — 1 4 . Jung's reply to the editor's request f o r a c o n c l u d i n g w o r d o n the controversy carried in the Neue Ziir. Z. (cf. G. i g i 2 e a n d i 9 i 2 f ) in the f o r m o f a letter to the editor, dated 28 Jan. 1912. R e p u b . as G W 4,8. TR.—English: C W 4,8. t Neue Schweizer Rundschau published as Wissen und Leben, 1907— 1918.

1912h " U b e r die psychoanalytische B e h a n d l u n g nervoser Leiden." (Autorreferat.) CorrespBl. schweizer Arzte, XLII.-28 (1 Oct.), 1079-84.

14

1912b — i g i 6 a A b s t r a c t o f a r e p o r t given at a m e e t i n g o f the M e d i z i n i s c h - p h a r m a z e u t i s c h e r B e z i r k s v e r e i n , B e r n , 4 J u n e 1 9 1 2 . G W 18,30. TR.— E n g l i s h : C W 18,30. 1913a " V e r s u c h e i n e r D a r s t e l l u n g d e r p s y c h o a n a l y t i s c h e n T h e o r i e . N e u n V o r l e s u n g e n , g e h a l t e n in N e w - Y o r k im S e p t e m b e r 1 9 1 2 . " Jb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., V : i , 307—441. T h e text o f 9 lectures written in G e r m a n b u t given in an English trans, as a n E x tension C o u r s e at F o r d h a m University, Sept. 1 9 1 2 . C f . E. 1 9 1 3 b . R e p u b . as m o n o g r a p h : L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e , p p . 135. Pub. with a d d n s . as G . 1 9 5 5 b . I n c o r p o r a t e s G . 1 9 1 2 b . TR.— English: 1 9 1 3 ^ 1 9 1 4 3 / 1 9 i 5 b / C W 4,9. i g ^ b " E r k l a r u n g d e r R e d a k t i o n . " Jb. psychoanal. psychopathy Forsch., V : 2 , 7 5 7 , R e p u b . in G . 1 9 7 4 a f o l l o w i n g 357J. TR.—English: 1 9 7 4 b . i g ^ c " Z u r P s y c h o l o g i e d e s N e g e r s . " Korrespondenzblatt der Internationalen Psychoanalytischen Vereinigung, p. 8, in Internationale Zeitschrift fur arztliche Psychoanalyse, 1 : 1 , 1 1 5 . A b s t r a c t o f lecture g i v e n to t h e Zurich B r a n c h Society o f the Internationale Psychoanalytische V e r e i n i g u n g , Z u r i c h , 22 N o v . 1 9 1 2 . G W 18,65. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,65. i9 J 3d " E i n e B e m e r k u n g z u r T a u s k s c h e n Kritik d e r N e l k e n s c h e n A r beit." Internationale Zeitschrift fur arztliche Psychoanalyse, 1:3, 285—88. G W 1 8 , 3 1 . TR.—English: 1 9 7 3 d , 3 / C W 1 8 , 3 1 . 1914a

Der Inhalt der Psychose. (Schriften z u r a n g e w a n d t e n S e e l e n k u n d e , 3.) L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e . p p . 44. G . 1908a e x p . b y the a d d n . o f the rev. G e r m a n version o f E. 1 9 1 5 c as S u p p l . R e p u b . as G W 3 , 2 . T R . — E n g l i s h : 1 9 1 6 a , 1 4 / C W 3,2&3-

1914b Psychotherapeutische Zeitjragen. Ein Briefwechsel mit Dr. C. G. Jung. Ed. by D r . R. L o y . L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e . p p . 5 1 . R e p u b . as G W 4 , 1 2 . TR.—English: 1 9 1 6 a , 10/CW 4 , 1 2 . Editorial n o t e to Psychologische Abhandlungen, i , e d . by C . G . J u n g . L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z Deuticke. 1 p. G W 1 8 , 1 3 4 . TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 3 4 . 1916a VII Sermones ad Mortuos. Die sieben Belehrungen der Toten. G e s c h r i e b e n v o n Basilides in A l e x a n d r i a , d e r Stadt, w o d e r O s t e n d e n Wes!5

te n b eriih rt. LJbersetzt aus d em griech isch en U r tex t d e u tsch e S p rach e. P rin ted fo r private circulation by th e p p. X X V III. R epu b . as G. 1962a, 15,x . t r .— E nglish: i g 6 6 a ,i g . P resen tation cop y ex a m in ed , inscribed: “T o H ull. A so u v en ir fro m C. G. J u n g . J u n e , 1959.” 1916b

in d ie au th or, 1925a/ R.F.C.

Vber Konflikte der kindlichen Seele. L eip zig an d V ien n a: Franz D e u ticke. p p. 35. G. 1910k rep u b . w ith th e a d d n . o f th e “ V orw ort zu r zw eiten A u fla g e,” d ated D ec. 1915. Pub. w ith fu rth e r ad d n s. as G. 1939a·

1

9 1 7a D ie Psychologie der unbewussten Prozesse. E in LJberblick iiber die moderne

Theorie und Methode der analytischen Psychologie. {Schw eizer S ch riften fiir a llg em ein es W issen , 1.) Zurich: R ascher. p p . 135. G. 1 9 1 2 d , rev. a n d e x p ., w ith title ch a n g e an d th e a d d n . o f a p refa ce d a ted D ec. 1916. R ep u b ., slightly rev. an d w ith n ew p refa ce, as G. 1918a. t r .— E nglish: 19173,15. 1918a

Die Psychologie der unbewussten Prozesse. E in LJberblick iiber die moderne Theorie und Methode der analytischen Psychologie. Zurich: R ascher. p p . 149. G. 1917a, slightly rev., pub. w ith th e ad d n . o f a p refa ce to th e seco n d ed itio n , d ated O ct. 1918. Pub., fu rth e r rev. a n d e x p ., w ith title ch a n g e, as G. 1926a.

1918b

“f ib e r das U n b ew u sste.” Schweizerland, IV :g , 4 6 4 —72; IV .1 1 —12, 5 4 8 —5 8 . In 2 pts. R epu b . as GW 10,1. t r .— E nglish: CW 10,1.

!92ia Psychologische Typen. Zurich: R ascher. p p. 7 0 4 . R epr. w ith varyin g p p . I n d e x a d d e d 1930. C ontents: E in leitu n g. (7—13) I. Das T y p e n p r o b le m in d er an tik en u n d m ittelalterlich en G eistesgesch ich te. (1 7 -9 4 ) II. fib e r Schillers Id e e n zu m T y p e n p ro b lem . (97—189) III. Das A p o llin isch e u n d das D ion ysisch e. (1 9 3 —207) IV. Das T y p e n p ro b lem in d er M en sch en k en n tn is. (211—36) V. Das T y p e n p r o b le m in d e r D ich tk u nst. (2 3 9 -3 8 0 ) V I. D as T y p e n p ro b lem in d er Psychiatrie. (383—4 0 4 ) V II. Das P roblem d er typ isch en E in ste llu n g en in d e r A sth etik . (4 0 7 -2 1 ) V III. Das T y p e n p ro b lem in d er m o d e r n e n P h ilo so p h ic. (4 2 5 — 55)

i g i 6 b — 1926a I X . D a s T y p e n p r o b l e m in d e r B i o g r a p h i k . (459—70) X . A l l g e m e i n e B e s c h r e i b u n g d e r T y p e n . (473—583) XI. Definitionen. (587-691) Schlusswort. (693—704) R e p u b . as G W 6 , I & 3 - TR.—English: IG23A/CW 6,I,2,&41922a

" U b e r d i e B e z i e h u n g e n d e r analytischen P s y c h o l o g i e z u m d i c h t e r i s c h e n K u n s t w e r k . " Wissen und Leben, X V : i g (1 Sept.), 914—25; X V : 2 0 ( 1 5 Sept.), 9 6 4 - 7 5 . (Parts I a n d II respectively.) R e p u b . as G . 1 9 3 1 a , 3 . G i v e n as l e c t u r e to t h e G e s e l l s c h a f t f u r d e u t s c h e S p r a c h e u n d L i t e r a t u r , Z u r i c h , M a y 1 9 2 2 , a n d to t h e P s y c h o l o gischer C l u b Z u r i c h , s a m e y e a r . TR.—English: IG23B/CW 1 5 , 6 .

1925a

Wandlungen und Symbole der Libido. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens. L e i p z i g a n d V i e n n a : F r a n z D e u t i c k e . p p . 4 2 8 . G . 1 9 1 2 a r e p u b . , with a d d n . o f t h e " V o r r e d e z u r z w e i t e n A u f l a g e , " d a t e d N o v . 1924, w h i c h a p p e a r s o n the r e c t o a n d v e r s o o f t h e u n n u m b e r e d p a g e b e t w e e n t h e title p a g e a n d t h e table o f c o n t e n t s . R e p u b . , with n e w f o r e w o r d , as G . 1938b.

!9 2 5 b " D i e E h e als p s y c h o l o g i s c h e B e z i e h u n g . " Das Ehebuch. p p . 294— 307. E d . b y H e r m a n n K e y s e r l i n g . C e l l e : K a m p m a n n . R e p u b . as G . 1 9 3 1 a , 1 1 . TR.—English: i g 2 6 a / i g 2 8 a , 6 . 1925c

" P s y c h o l o g i s c h e T y p e n . " Zeitschrift fur Menschenkunde; Blatter fur Charakterologie . . . , I : i (May), 45—65. R e p u b . as G W 6,5. L e c t u r e g i v e n at t h e C o n g r e s i n t e r n a t i o n a l d e P e d a g o g i e , T e r r i t e t / M o n t r e u x , 1923. TR.—English: i g 2 5 b / C W 6,6.

1926a

Das Unbewusste im normalen und kranken Seelenleben . . . Ein Uberblick iiber die moderne Theorie und Methode der analytischen Psychologie. "III. vermehrte u n d verbesserte A u f l a g e . " Zurich: Rascher. p p . 166. Contents: V o r w o r t e . (5—10) D i e A n f a n g e d e r Psychoanalyse. (11—28) D i e S e x u a l t h e o r i e . (29—45) D e r a n d e r e G e s i c h t s p u n k t . D e r W i l l e z u r M a c h t . (46—59) D i e zwei p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n T y p e n . (60—g2) Das personliche u n d das iiberpersonliche o d e r kollektive U n b e w u s s t e . (93—115) V I . D i e synthetische o d e r k o n s t r u k t i v e M e t h o d e . (116—29)

I. II. III. IV. V.

17

GERMAN

V I I . Die D o m i n a n t e n des kollektiven Unbewussten. (130—58) V I I I . Zur A u f f a s s u n g des Unbewussten. A l l g e m e i n e s z u r Therapie. (159-64) Schlusswort. ( 1 6 5 - 6 6 ) G. 1 9 1 8 a rev. and e x p . with title change. A g a i n rev. a n d exp., with title change, as G. 1943a. TR.—English: 1 9 2 8 b , l / C W 7,1. 1926b

Analytische Psychologie und Erziehung. 3 Vorlesungen gehalten in London im Mai 1924. Heidelberg: N . K a m p m a n n . pp. 95. Repr. 1936: Zurich: Rascher. pp. 95. First written and given as lectures in English (cf. E. 19283,13, Lectures II—IV, L o n d o n , May 1924). First pub., however, in this G e r m a n version. Pub., rev. a n d exp., as G. 1946b,!.

1926c

"Geist u n d Leben." Form und Sinn, 11:2 (Nov.), 3 3 - 4 4 . Repub. as G. 1 9 3 1 3 , 1 3 , Lecture given to the Literarische Gesellschaft A u g s b u r g , 29 Oct. 1926, contributed to the series " N 3 t u r u n d Geist." TR.—English: 19283,2.

1927a

"Die Erdbedingtheit d e r Psyche." Mensch und Erde. p p . 8 3 - 1 3 7 . Ed. by H e r m a n n Keyserling. (Der Leuchter; Weltanschauung u n d Lebensgestaltung, 8.) Darmstadt: Otto Reichl. Subsequently divided a n d largely rewritten as G. 19313,8 and G. i g 2 8 d . Originally given as lecture to the C o n f e r e n c e o f the Gesellschaft f u r freie Philosophic, Darmstadt, 1927.

1927b

"Die Frau in Europa." Europ. Rev., 111:7 (Oct.), 4 8 1 - 9 9 . R e p u b . as G . 1929a. TR.—English: 19283,5.

1928a

Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Ich und dem Unbewussten. Darmstadt: Reichl. p p . 208. Repr. 1933: Zurich: Rascher. H a l f title: Das Ich und das Unbewusste. Contents: I. Die W i r k u n g e n des Unbewussten a u f das Bewusstein. 1. Das personliche u n d das kollektive Unbewusste. ( 1 1 - 3 0 ) 2. Die Folgeerscheinungen d e r Assimilation des Unbewussten. (31-60) 3. Die Persona als ein Ausschnitt aus d e r Kollektivpsyche. (61-73) 4. Die Versuche zur B e f r e i u n g d e r I n d i v i d u a l i t y sus d e r Kollektivpsyche. (74-88)

18

1 9 2 6 b — 1928c II. Die Individuation. 1. Die F u n k t i o n des U n b e w u s s t e n . (91—116) 2. A n i m a u n d A n i m u s . (117—58) 3. Die T e c h n i k d e r U n t e r s c h e i d u n g zwischen d e m Ich u n d d e n F i g u r e n des U n b e w u s s t e n . ( 1 5 9 - 8 3 ) 4. Die Mana-Personlichkeit. (184—208) O r i g . given as lecture, in G e r m a n , a n d p u b . in trans, as Fr. i g i 6 a . Subsequently m u c h rev. and e x p . f r o m the G e r m a n ms., a n d p u b . as above. Pub. with t h e a d d n , o f a n e w f o r e w o r d as G . 1 9 3 5 a . TR.— English: 1928b,2. 1928b Uber rich: 1. 2.

die Energetik der Seele. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 2.) ZuRascher. p p . 224. C o n t e n t s : V o r w o r t . R e p u b . as G . 1 9 4 8 b , ! . " U b e r die E n e r g e t i k d e r Seele." ( 9 - 1 1 1 ) R e p u b . as G . 1948b,2. TR.—English: i g 2 8 a , i . 3. " A l l g e m e i n e G e s i c h t s p u n k t e zur Psychologie d e s T r a u m e s . " (112—84) First pub. in an English trans, (cf. E. i g i 6 a , i 3 ) . O r i g . G e r m a n text considerably rev. a n d e x p . , a n d p u b . h e r e . Subsequently pub., rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 1948b,4. 4. "Instinkt u n d Unbewusstes." ( 1 8 5 - 9 9 ) First p u b . in a n E n glish trans, (cf. E. 1919b). Pub., rev. and with the a d d n . o f b r i e f c o n c l u d i n g note, as G . 1948b,6. C o n t r i b u t i o n to symp o s i u m , "Instinct a n d the Unconscious," p r e s e n t e d at a j o i n t m e e t i n g o f the Aristotelian Society, T h e M i n d Association, and the British Psychological Association, L o n d o n , J u l y 1 9 1 9 . TR.—English: 1 9 1 9 b . 5. " D i e p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n G r u n d l a g e n des G e i s t e r g l a u b e n s , " (200-24) Pub., rev., as G. 1948b,7. P a p e r r e a d in a n E n g l i s h trans, b e f o r e t h e Society f o r Psychical R e s e a r c h , L o n d o n , 4 J u l y 1 9 1 9 . TR.—English: 1920b. W h o l e b o o k pub., e x p . , with a d d n s . a n d title c h a n g e , as G . 1948b.

1928c

" H e i l b a r e Geisteskranke? O r g a n i s c h e s o d e r f u n k t i o n e l l e s Leid e n ? " Berliner Tageblatt, 189 (21 A p r . ) , 1. Beiblatt. T h e orig. ms. bears the title " G e i s t e s k r a n k h e i t u n d S e e l e " a n d was p r e s u m a b l y g i v e n as a l e c t u r e b e f o r e a m e e t i n g o f the III. A l l g e m e i n e r Arztlicher K o n g r e s s f u r Psychotherapie, B a d e n - B a d e n , 20—22 A p r . 1928. R e p u b . u n d e r the orig. title as G W 3,6. TR.—English: C W 3>7-

GERMAN 1928c!

"Die Struktur d e r Seele." Europ. Rev., I V : 1 (Apr.), 2 7 - 3 7 ; a n d I V : 2 (May), 1 2 5 - 3 5 . (In two parts.) Derived f r o m G. 1927a. Pub., rev. and exp., as G. 19313,7.

1928c "Die B e d e u t u n g d e r schweizerischen Linie im S p e k t r u m Europas." Neue Schw. R., X X X I V : 6 Qune), 1 - 1 1 , 4 6 9 - 7 9 . A retort to Keyserling's Das Spektrum Europas. Repub. as G W 10,19. TR.—English: 1 9 5 9 k / C W 10,19. iga8f "Das Seelenproblem des m o d e r n e n Menschen." Europ. Rev., I V : g (Dec.), 7 0 0 - 1 5 . B r i e f , m u c h simplified version pub. as G. i g 2 g e . Pub., rev. a n d exp., as G. 19313,14. Read b e f o r e the T a g u n g des V e r b a n d e s f u r intellektuelle Zusammenarbeit, Prague, Oct. 1928. TR.—English: 1931c. ig28g "Psycho3nalyse u n d Seelsorge." Ethik (Sexual- und GesellschaftsEthik) (Halle), V : i , 7 - 1 2 . Repub. as G W 11,8. TR.—English: C W 11,8. '929a Die Frau in Europa. Zurich: V e r l a g d e r N e u e n Schweizer R e v u e , p p . 46. Reset, 1932: "Zweite A u f l a g e . " Zurich: Rascher. pp. 39. Reset, 1965: "Rascher Paperback," pp. 25. G . i g 2 7 b repub. as m o n o g r a p h . R e p u b . 3s G. i g 7 i s , 2 . TR.—English: C W 10,6. 1929b

W i t h Richard Wilhelm: Das Geheimnis der goldenen Bliite. Ein chinesisches Lebensbuch. Munich: Dorn. pp. 161. A i g 2 g Berlin edn. with 150 pp. hss been reported but not seen. Contains the following w o r k by J u n g : I. " E i n f u h r u n g . " (7[88]) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Einleitung. (9-27) Die G r u n d b e g r i f f e . (28-40) Die Erscheinungen des Weges. ( 4 1 - 5 7 ) Die Loslosung des Bewussteins v o m Objekt. (58-64) Die V o l l e n d u n g . ( 6 5 - 7 3 ) Schlusswort. (74—75) Beispiele europaischer Mandalas. ([77-88]) Includes 10 black and white plates. G. 1929b pub., rev. a n d e x p . Pub., rev. and with addns., as G . 1938a. TR.—English: i g 3 i a , i & 2 .

20

i g 2 8 d — 1930b 1929c

*"Ziele d e r Psychotherapie." Bericht iiber den IV. allgemeinen arztlichen Kongress fur Psychotherapie in B a d Nauheirn [April], p p . 1—14. G i v e n as lecture to the C o n g r e s s , 12 A p r . 1929. R e p u b . as G . 193ia,5-

1929c! "Die P r o b l e m e d e r m o d e r n e n Psychotherapie." Schweizerisches medizinisches Jahrbuch. pp. 74—86. R e p u b . as G. 19313,2. L e c t u r e given t o the Arztlicher V e r e i n a n d to the P s y c h o t h e r a p e u t i s c h e Gesellschaft, M u n i c h , 21 M a r c h 1929. TR.—English: 1 9 3 i d . i9 2 9 e "Das S e e l e n p r o b l e m des m o d e r n e n M e n s c h e n . " Allgemeine Neueste Nachrichten (23 Jan.). A m u c h abbreviated, simplified version o f G . ig28f. igagf " D e r G e g e n s a t z F r e u d u n d J u n g . " Kolnische Zeitung, S a t u r d a y , 4 M a y a n d T u e s d a y , 7 May. (In two parts.) R e p u b . as G . 1 9 3 1 3 , 4 . 1929s "Paracelsus. Ein V o r t r a g g e h a l t e n beim G e b u r t s h a u s a n d e r T e u felsbriicke bei Einsiedeln a m 22. J u n i 1929." Lesezirkel, X V I : 10 (Sept.), 1 1 7 - 2 5 . R e p u b . as G . 1934b,5. L e c t u r e g i v e n at Paracelsus' birthplace to the Literarische C l u b Z u r i c h , 22 J u n e 1929. 1929I1 W i t h R i c h a r d W i l h e l m : " T s c h a n g S c h e n g S c h u . Die K u n s t d a s m e n s c h l i c h e L e b e n zu v e r l a n g e r n . " Europ. Rev., V : 8 (Nov.), 530— 56. C o n t a i n s the f o l l o w i n g w o r k by J u n g : 1. "Einleitung." (530-42) Pub., rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 1929b. 1929' "Die B e d e u t u n g v o n Konstitution u n d V e r e r b u n g f u r d i e Psychologie." Die Medizinische Welt, I I L 4 7 (Nov.), 1 6 7 7 - 7 9 . R e p u b . as G W 8,4. TR.—English: C W 8,4. 1930a "Psychologie u n d D i c h t u n g . " Philosophic der Literaturwissenschaft. pp. 3 1 5 - 3 0 . Ed. by Emil E r m a t i n g e r . Berlin: J u n k e r u n d D u n n h a u p t . Pub., rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 19503,2. TR.—English: 1930c/ 19333,8. '93ob " E i n f u h r u n g . " W. M. K r a n e f e l d t : Die Psychoanalyse,

pp.

5-16.

( S a m m l u n g G o s c h e n , 1034.) B e r l i n a n d L e i p z i g : Walter d e G r u y ter. Reset, 1950: n e w title: Therapeutische Psychologie. J u n g ' s intro-

21

GERMAN

duction, pp. 5 - 1 7 . R e p u b . as G W 4,15. TR.—English: 1932a / C W 4> 1 51930c

" N a c h r u f f u r Richard Wilhelm." Neue Zur. Z., C L L 4 2 2 ( 6 Mar.), 1. R e p u b . as G. 1931b. Delivered as contribution to a memorial service f o r Wilhelm, Munich, 10 May 1930. C f . G. 1 9 3 1 b a n d 1938a,2. TR.—English: 19313,3.

i 9 3od "Die seelischen Probleme d e r menschlichen Altersstufen." Neue Zur. Z. (14 3nd 16 Mar.). (In 2 pts.) Pub., largely rewritten, as G . 1931 a, 10, with title change. i93oe " D e r A u f g a n g einer n e u e n Welt." A review o f H e r m a n n Keyserling: Amerika; der Aufgang einer neuen Welt. Neue Ziir Z., no. 2378, iv (7 Dec.), Biicherbeilage, p. 6. R e p u b . as G W 10,20. TR.—English: C W 10,20. !93 l a Seelenprobleme der Gegenwart. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 3.) Zurich: Rascher. pp. 435. 1932: new edn. 1950: rev. edn. pp. 392. Reset, 1969: "Rascher Paperback." pp. 323. Repr., 1973: ("Studienausgabe.") Olten: Walter, pp. 323. Contents: 1. Vorwort(e). (v—vii) Dated Dec. 1930 and July 1932. TR.—English: C W 18,67 with a d d n . 2. "Die Probleme der m o d e r n e n Psychotherapie." (1—39) G . 1923d repub. Repub. as G W 16,6. TR.—English: C W 16,6. 3. " U b e r die B e z i e h u n g e n der analytischen Psychologie z u m dichterischen Kunstwerk." (40-73) G. 1922a r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 15,6. TR.—English: C W 15,6. 4. " D e r Gegensatz F r e u d u n d J u n g . " (74-86) G . i 9 2 g f r e p u b . R e p u b . 3S G W 4,16. TR.—English: 19333,6 / C W 4,16. 5. "Ziele d e r Psychotherapie." (87—114) G . 1929c repub. Repub. as G W 16,5. TR.—English: 19333,3 / C W 16,5. 6. "Psychologische T y p o l o g i e . " (115—43) A lecture to a meeting o f the Schweizer Irrenarzte, Zurich, 1928. R e p u b . as G W 6,6. TR.—English: 19333,4 / C W 6,7. 7. "Die Struktur der Seele." ( 1 4 4 - 7 5 ) G. i g 2 8 d rev. 3nd e x p . R e p u b . 3S G W 8,7. TR.—English: C W 8,7. 8. "Seele u n d Erde." (176—210) Derived f r o m G. 19273; title c h a n g e d . Repub. ss G W 10,2. TR.—English: 19283,3 / C W 10,2.

22

1930c- i93if g. " D e r a r c h a i s c h e M e n s c h . " (211—47) G . 193 i f , s o m e w h a t r e v . R e p u b . as G W 10,3. TR.—English: IG33A,7 / C W 10,3. 10. " D i e L e b e n s w e n d e . " (248—74) G . 1930^, m u c h rev., w i t h title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G W 8,16. TR.—English: 19333,5. 1 1 . " D i e E h e als p s y c h o l o g i s c h e B e z i e h u n g . " (275—95) G . 1 9 2 5 b r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 17,8. TR.—English: C W 17,8. 12. " A n a l y t i s c h e P s y c h o l o g i e u n d W e l t a n s c h a u u n g . " (296—335) A rev. a n d e x p . version o f t h e o r i g . u n p u b . ms, 1st p u b . in trans, as E. 19283,4. R e p u b . as G W 8 , 1 4 . L e c t u r e g i v e n i n K a r l s r u h e , 1 9 2 7 , a n d to the P h i l o s o p h i s c h e G e s e l l s c h a f t , Z u r i c h , 4 M a r c h 1930. TR.—English: C W 8 , 1 4 . 13. " G e i s t u n d L e b e n . " (369-400) G . 1926c r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 8,12. TR.—English: C W 8,12. 14. " D a s S e e l e n p r o b l e m d e s m o d e r n e n M e n s c h e n . " (401—35) G . i g 2 8 f , rev. a n d e x p . R e p u b . as G W 10,4. J R . — E n g l i s h : 1933a, 10 / C W 10,4. i 9 3 i b * " R i c h a r d W i l h e l m . " Chinesisch-Deutscher Almanach fiir das Jahr 1931. p p . 7—14- F r a n k f u r t a. M.: C h i n a - I n s t i t u t . G . 1 9 3 0 c r e p u b . R e p u b . as G . 19383,2 with title c h s n g e . 1931c * " D i e p r a k t i s c h e V e r w e n d b a r k e i t d e r T r a u m a n a l y s e . " Bericht iiber den VI. allgemeinen arztlichen Kongress fur Psychotherapie. D r e s d e n . D e l i v e r e d as a l e c t u r e to t h e 6 t h C o n g r e s s o f t h e A l l g e m e i n e arztliche G e s e l l s c h a f t f i i r P s y c h o t h e r a p i e , D r e s d e n , 31 A p r . 1 9 3 1 . C f . G . 1934b,4. TR.—English: 1 9 3 3 3 , 1 . i93id " V o r w o r t . " H . S c h m i d - G u i s a n : Tag und Nacht. p p . vi—x. Z u r i c h a n d M u n i c h : R h e i n . G W 18,108. TR.—English: C W 18,108. i 9 3 i e " E i n f u h r u n g . " Francis [ e r r o r f o r Frances] G . W i c k e s : Analyse der Kindesseele. Untersuchung und Behandlung nach den Grundlagen der Jungschen Theorie. p p . 13—20. Stuttgart: J u l i u s H o f f m a n n . T h e first 31/2 p a r a g r a p h s only o f t h e a b o v e w e r e p r e v i o u s l y p u b . i n trans, as E. 1 9 2 7 a . R e p u b . as G W 17,2. TR.—English: (Pt. only) 1 9 2 7 a / 1 9 6 6 c / C W 17,2. ! 9 3 l f " D e r a r c h s i s c h e M e n s c h . " Europ. Rev., V I L 3 (Mar.), 1 8 2 - 2 0 3 . Pub., rev. s o m e w h a t , as G . 1 9 3 1 3 , 9 . L e c t u r e d e l i v e r e d to t h e H o t t i n g e r L e s e z i r k e l , Z u r i c h , 22 O c t . 1930, a n d p u b . a b r i d g e d as t h e above. 23

GERMAN

' 9 3 ^ "Die Entschleierung d e r Seele." Europ. Rev., V I I : 7 (July), 504—22. Pub. with minor alterations and title c h a n g e as G. 1934b,2. Lecture given to the K u l t u r b u n d , V i e n n a , 1931. TR.—English: 1933a, 9. 1932a Die Beziehungen der Psychotherapie zur Seelsorge. Zurich: Rascher. p p . 30. Reset, 1948; pp. 39. Repub. as G W 1 1 , 7 with title change. T e x t o f lecture to the Elsassische Pastoralkonferenz, Strassburg, May 1932, a n d to the Psychologischer C l u b Zurich, 1932. TR.—English: 1933a, 11 / C W 11,7. 1932b

" V o r w o r t z u m M a r c h e n vom Fischotter." O. A . Schmitz: Marchen aus dem Unbewussten. pp. 7—12. Munich: Hanser, G W 18,110. TR.— English: C W 18,110.

1932c

* A n s w e r s to questions o n Goethe. Kolnische Zeitung, (22 Mar.) Letter to the editor, M a x R y c h n e r (28 Feb. 1932). Letter pub. in G. 1972a, and trans, in E. 1973b.

i932d "Dr. H a n s Schmid-Guisan: I n memoriam." Basl. Nach., (25 Apr.). Obituary article, TR.—English: C W 18,109. i932e

"Ulysses." Europ. Rev., V I I L 2 / 9 (Sept.), 5 4 7 - 6 8 . Pub. with the addn. o f " f o r e n o t e " as G. 1934b,7.

i932 f " S i g m u n d F r e u d als kulturhistorische Erscheinung." Charakter, 1:2 (Sept.), 6 5 - 7 0 . R e p u b . as G. 1934b,6. Excerpts pub. as "Entlarv u n g d e r viktorianischen Epoche. F r e u d kulturhistorisch gesehen." Vossische Zeitung (4 A u g . ) . Simultaneously issued in trans, in the U.S. edn. o f this j o u r n a l as E. 1932b. TR.—English: 1932b. 1932S

"Picasso." Neue Zur. Z., C L I I L 2 (Sun., 13 Nov.), 1. Repub. as G. 1934b,8.

i932h "Wirklichkeit u n d Uberwirklichkeit." Querschnitt, X I I : 12 (Dec.), 8 4 4 - 4 5 . R e p u b . as G W 8,15. TR.—English: C W 8,15. 19321 "Die H y p o t h e s e des kollektiven Unbewussten." (Autorreferat.) Vierteljahresschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich, L X X V I L 2 , "Sitzungsberichte," I V - V . Abstract o f lecture read bef o r e a meeting o f the N a t u r f o r s c h e n d e Gesellschaft held at the

24

! 9 3 i g - !934a E i d g e n o s s i s c h e T e c h n i s c h e H o c h s c h u l e , Z u r i c h , 1 Feb. 1932. L e c t u r e ms n o t d i s c o v e r e d . G W 1 8 , 5 1 . TR.—English: C W 18,51. i933a "Blick in die V e r b r e c h e r s e e l e . Das D o p p e l l e b e n d e s K r i m i n e l l e n . U n g e w o h n l i c h e Falle v o n U b e r t r a g u n g v e r b r e c h e r i s c h e r A b sichten a u f A n d e r e . . . . A u s e i n e m G e s p r a c h . " Neues Wiener Journal ( 1 5 Jan.). 1 p. F o r E n g l i s h versions, see E. 1932c. 1933b " U b e r Psychologie." Neue Schw. R., n.s. I : i (May), 21—28 a n d 1:2 (June), 98—106. (In 2 pts.) Rev. a n d e x p a n d e d i n t o G . 1 9 3 4 b , 3 w i t h c h a n g e o f title. A n e x p a n d e d version o f a l e c t u r e originally delive r e d in D r e s d e n , 1 9 3 1 , t h e n at a c o n f e r e n c e , T o w n Hall, Z u r i c h , 18 D e c . 1932, a n d in C o l o g n e a n d Essen, Feb. 1933. i933c " B r u d e r K l a u s . " Neue Schw. R., n.s. L 4 ( A u g . ) 223—29. R e p u b . as G W 11,6. TR.—English: 1946c / C W 11,6. 1933d R e v i e w o f G u s t a v R i c h a r d H e y e r : Der Organismus der Seele. Europ. Rev., I X : 10 (Oct.), 639. G W 1 8 , 1 2 4 . TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 2 4 . i933e " G e l e i t w o r t . " Zbl. Psychotherap., V L 3 (Dec.), 1 3 9 - 4 0 . R e p u b . as G W 10,25. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 10,25. '933f C o n t r i b u t i o n o n hallucination to the " D i s c u s s i o n - A u s s p r a c h e " foll o w i n g p a p e r s o n "Das P r o b l e m d e r S i n n e s t a u s c h u n g e n " in " B e richt iiber die W i s s e n s c h a f t l i c h e n S i t z u n g e n d e r 84. V e r s a m m l u n g d e r S c h w e i z e r i s c h e n G e s e l l s c h a f t f i i r Psychiatrie in P r a n g i n s p r e s N y o n , 7—8 O c t o b r e 1933." Schweizer Archiv fiir Neurologie und Psychiatrie. . . , X X X I I : 2 , 382. G W 18,38. TR.—English: C W 18,38. 1934a Allgemeines zur Komplextheorie. (Kultur- u n d staatswissenschaftliche S c h r i f t e n d e r E i d g e n o s s i s c h e n T e c h n i s c h e n H o c h s c h u l e , 12.) A a r a u : S a u e r l a n d e r . p p . 20. Pub., slightly rev. a n d with m i n o r title c h a n g e , as G . 1948b,3. T e x t o f lecture originally entitled " U b e r K o m p l e x t h e o r i e , " g i v e n as " A n t r i t t s v o r l e s u n g , " at the E i d g e n o s s ische T e c h n i s c h e H o c h s c h u l e , 5 May 1934, a n d at t h e 7. [ A l l g e m e i n e r arztlicher] K o n g r e s s f i i r P s y c h o t h e r a p i e , B a d N a u h e i m , 1 0 - 1 3 M a y 1934. S u m m a r y o f lecture p u b . in Zbl. Psychotherap., V I I : 3, 1 3 9 - 4 2 . 25

GERMAN

1934b Wirklichkeit der Seele. Anwendungen und Fortschritte der neueren Psychologie. With contributions by H u g o Rosenthal, E m m a J u n g a n d W. M. K r a n e f e l d t . (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 4.) Zurich: Rascher. pp. 409. Reset, 1969: Olten: Walter, pp. 265. Contains the following works by J u n g : 1. Vorwort. (vii—viii) Dated Sept. 1933. G W 1 8 , 1 1 3 . T R - — E n glish: C W 1 8 , 1 1 3 . 2. "Das G r u n d p r o b l e m der g e g e n w a r t i g e n Psychologie." ( 1 31) G. i 9 3 i g , slightly rev. and with title change. R e p u b . as G W 8,13. TR.—English: C W 8,13. 3. "Die B e d e u t u n g d e r Psychologie fiir die Gegenwart." (32— 67) G. 1933b, rev. and exp. with title change. R e p u b . as G W 10,7. TR.—English: C W 10,7. 4. "Die praktische Verwendbarkeit d e r T r a u m a n a l y s e . " (68— 103) C f . G. 1931c. R e p u b . as G W 16,12. TR.—English: 1933a,1 / C W 16,12. 5. "Paracelsus." (104—18) G . i 9 2 g g repub. R e p u b . as G . 1952c. TR.—English: C W 15,1. 6. " S i g m u n d F r e u d als kulturhistorische Erscheinung." (119— 31) G. i 9 3 2 f repub. R e p u b . as G W 15,3. TR.—English: C W 15.37. "Ulysses." (132—69) G. 1932c pub. with the a d d n . o f a forenote. R e p u b . as G W 15,8. TR.—English: 1949c / C W 15,8. 8. "Picasso." ( 1 7 0 - 7 9 ) G . i g 3 2 g repub. R e p u b . as G W 15,9. TR.—English: 1940a / 1 9 5 3 ! / C W 15,9. 9. " V o m W e r d e n d e r Personlichkeit." ( 1 8 0 - 2 1 1 ) L e c t u r e delive r e d to the K u l t u r b u n d , V i e n n a , Nov. 1932, titled " D i e Stimme des Innern." R e p u b . as G W 17,7. TR.—English: i 9 3 9 a , 6 / C W 17,7. 10. "Seele u n d T o d . " (212—30) G. 1934b r e p u b . Pub., a b r i d g e d and with title change, as G. 19351. R e p u b . as w h o l e as G W 8,17. TR.—English: 1945a / 1959c / C W 8,17. »934c " Z u r Empirie des Individuationsprozesses." Eran. Jb. 1933. pp. 2 0 1 - 1 4 . Includes 5 black a n d white plates. ( T h e Eranos Jahrbuch articles w e r e originally given as lectures at the Eranos T a g u n g , Ascona, in A u g u s t o f the year indicated.) Pub., completely rewritten a n d e x p . , as G . 19503,4. TR.—English: 19393,2. i934 d "Geleitwort." G e r h a r d A d l e r : Entdeckung der Seele. Von Sigmund Freud und Alfred Adler zu C. G. Jung. pp. vii-viii. Zurich: Rascher. D a t e d Dec. 1933. G W 18,52. TR.—English: C W 18,52.

26

1 9 3 4 b - 1935a i 9 34e " G e l e i t w o r t . " C a r l L u d w i g S c h l e i c h : Die Wunder der Seele. p p . 3—11. B e r l i n : S. Fischer. R e s e t , 1 9 5 3 : F r a n k f u r t : G . B . Fischer, p p . 5 - 1 1 . G W 18,39. T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 18,39. 1934* R e j o i n d e r to Dr. Bally's article " D e u t s c h s t a m m i g e P s y c h o t h e r a pie," h e a d l i n e d "Zeitgenossisches." Neue Ziir. Z., C L V : 4 3 7 , i ( 1 3 Mar.) a n d C L V : 4 4 3 , i ( 1 4 Mar.). (In 2 pts.) C f . G . i 9 3 4 g . R e p u b . , with G . i 9 3 4 g , as G W 10,26. T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 10,26 (with trans, of G. i934g)i934g " E i n N a c h t r a g . " Neue Ziir. Z., C L V : 4 5 7 ( 1 5 Mar.). S e c o n d a n d t h i r d p a r a g r a p h s only by J u n g . C f . G . 1 9 3 4 ^ R e p u b . , w i t h G . i 9 3 4 f , as G W 10,26. TR.—English: C W 10,26 (p. 5 4 4 , last 3 p a r a g s . , f t n o t e 5) with trans, o f G . i 9 3 4 f . •934h " S e e l e u n d T o d . " Europ. Rev., X.-4 ( A p r . ) , 2 2 9 - 3 8 . E x t r a c t p u b . i n Berliner Tageblatt, ( 1 7 A p r . ) . E n t i r e article r e p u b . as G . 1 9 3 4 b , 1 0 . 1934' " E i n n e u e s B u c h v o n K e y s e r l i n g . " R e v i e w o f H e r m a n n K e y s e r l i n g : La Revolution mondiale. Basl. Nach., S o n n t a g s b l a t t , X X V I I I : 19 ( 1 3 May), 78—79. R e p u b . as G W 1 0 , 2 1 . T R . — E n g l i s h : C W 1 0 , 2 1 . •9341 C i r c u l a r letter: " S e h r g e e h r t e K o l l e g e n ! . . . Z i i r i c h - K u s n a c h t 1 . 1 2 . 3 4 . " Zbl. Psychotherap., V I I : 6 (Dec.), l p . ( s e p a r a t u m ) . R e p u b . as G W 10,27. T R - — E n g l i s h : i 9 4 6 d , i i C W 10,27. !934k " Z u r g e g e n w a r t i g e n L a g e d e r P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " Zbl. Psychotherap., V I I : 1, 1 - 1 6 . R e p u b . as G W 10,8. TR.—English: C W 10,8. 19341

1 935 a

W i t h M . H . G o r i n g : " G e h e i m r a t S o m m e r z u m 70. G e b u r t s t a g . " Zbl. Psychotherap., V I I , 313—14. Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Ich und dem Unbewussten. Zurich: R a s c h e r . p p . 208. 1 9 6 6 : 7 t h rev. e d n . ( " R a s c h e r P a p e r b a c k . " ) p p . 1 5 1 . 1 9 7 1 : ( " S t u d i e n a u s g a b e . " ) O l t e n : Walter, p p . 160. G . 1 9 2 8 a pub. with a d d n . o f the " V o r r e d e zur zweiten A u f l a g e , " dated Oct. 1934, o n 4 u n n u m b e r e d p p . b e t w e e n t h e title p a g e a n d t h e table o f c o n t e n t s . ( A n insignificant, p r e f a t o r y p a r a g . was a d d e d t o t h e 1 9 3 8 r e p r . ) R e p u b . as G W 7 , 2 , with slight tide c h a n g e , T R . — E n glish: C W 7 , 2 .

27

GERMAN

i935b " U b e r die A r c h e t y p e n des kollektiven Unbewussten." Eran. Jb. 1934. pp. 1 7 9 - 2 2 9 . (See G . 1934c.) Pub., rev., as G . 1954b,2. TR.— English: 19393,3. i935 c "Einleitung." M. Esther H a r d i n g : Der Weg der Frau. p p . 9 - 1 3 . Zurich: Rhein. T h e original G e r m a n version, o f which an English trans, was previously pub. as E. 1933b. TR.—English: 1 9 3 3 b / C W 18,130. i935 d "Geleitwort." O l g a v o n Koenig-Fachsenfeld: Wandlungen des Traumproblems von der Romantik bis zur Gegenwart. pp. iii—vi. Stuttgart: F. E n k e . TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 1 5 . i935 e " V o r w o r t . " Rose Mehlich: J. H. Fichtes Seelenlehre und ihre Beziehung zur Gegenwart. pp. 7—11. Zurich: Rascher. TR.—English: (Pts. only) 1950c / C W 1 8 , 1 1 4 . i935 f " E i n f i i h r u n g . " Das tibetanische Totenbuch. pp. 15—35. Ed. by W. Y. Evans-Wentz. Zurich: Rascher. 1973: Repr., O l t e n : Walter. J u n g ' s " E i n f i i h r u n g " consists of: 1. "Geleitwort." ( 1 5 - 1 6 ) 2. "Psychologischer K o m m e n t a r z u m B a r d o T h o d o l . " ( 1 7 - 3 5 ) R e p u b . as G W 1 1 , 1 1 . TR.—English: 1 9 5 7 E 1935S>

"Was ist Psychotherapie?" Schweizerische Arztezeitung fiir Standesfragen, X V L 2 6 (28 J u n e ) , 3 3 5 - 3 9 . R e p u b . as G W 16,3. C o n t r i b u t i o n to a s y m p o s i u m o f the A l l g e m e i n e arztliche Gesellschaft fiir Psychotherapie, "Psychotherapie in d e r Schweiz," M a y 1935. C f . G . 1935I1. TR.—English: C W 16,3.

1 935h

" V o t u m C . G . J u n g . " Schweizerische Arztezeitung fiir Standesfragen, X V I : 2 6 (28 June), 3 4 5 - 4 6 . R e p u b . as G W 10,31, with si. title c h a n g e . C o n t r i b u t i o n to discussion at symposium, "Psychotherapie in d e r Schweiz," May 1935. C f . G . i 9 3 5 g . TR.—English: C W 10,31.

19351 " V o n d e r Psychologie des Sterbens." Milnchener Neueste Nachrichten, 269 (2 Oct.), 3. G. 1934b, 10 a b r i d g e d and with title c h a n g e . I935j "Geleitwort." Zbl, Psychotherap., V I I I : 1, 1 - 5 . R e p u b . as G W 10,28. TR.—English: C W 10,28.

28

! 9 3 5 b - !938a 1935k " V o r b e m e r k u n g d e s H e r a u s g e b e r s . " Zbl. Psychotherap., V I I I : 2 , 65. R e p u b . as G W 10,29. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 10,29. 1935I " G r u n d s a t z l i c h e s z u r praktischen P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " Zbl. Psychotherap., V I I I : 2 , 6 6 - 8 2 . R e p u b . as G W 16,2. G i v e n as l e c t u r e to t h e Medizinische Gesellschaft, Z u r i c h , 1935. TR.—English: C W 16,2. 1936a

" T r a u m s y m b o l e d e s I n d i v i d u a t i o n s p r o z e s s e s " Eran. Jb. 1935. p p . 13—133. (See G . 1934c.) Pub., rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 19443,3. TR.— English: 1 9 3 9 ^ 4 1 i 9 5 9 d -

1936b

" P s y c h o l o g i s c h e T y p o l o g i e . " Suddeutsche Monatshefte, XXXIII:5 (Feb.), 2 6 4 - 7 2 . R e p u b . as G W 6,7. TR.—English: C W 6,8.

i93 6c " W o t a n . " Neue Schw. R., n.s. I l l : 11 (Msr.), 6 5 7 - 6 9 . R e p u b . as G . 1946a,2. TR.—English: (abridged) 1 9 3 7 c / 19473,3 / C W 1 0 , 1 0 . i93 6d Review o f G u s t a v R i c h a r d H e y e r : Praktische Seelenheilkunde. Zbl. Psychotherap., IX:3, 1 8 4 - 8 6 . G W 1 8 , 1 2 5 . TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 2 5 . 1936c " U b e r d e n A r c h e t y p u s , mit b e s o n d e r e r B e r i i c k s i c h t i g u n g d e s A n i m a b e g r i f f e s . " Zbl. Psychotherap., I X : 5 , 259—74. P u b . , rev., as G . 1954b,31937* " D i e E r l o s u n g s v o r s t e l l u n g e n in d e r A l c h e m i e . " Eran. Jb. 1936. p p . 1 3 — 1 1 1 . (See G . 1934c.) Pub., rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 19443,4. TR.— English: 19393,5. 1937b " Z u r p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n T a t b e s t a n d s d i a g n o s t i k . D a s T a t b e s t a n d s e x p e r i m e n t im S c h w u r g e r i c h t s p r o z e s s N a f . " Archiv fiir Kriminologie, C (Jsn.-Feb.), 1 2 3 - 3 0 . R e p u b . as G W 2,19. TR.—English: C W 2,19. 1937c " U e b e r d a s ' R o s a r i u m P h i l o s o p h o r u m . ' " Aus d.Jhrsb. 1936/3 y. p p . 25—29. P r i n t e d f o r private circulation. S u m m a r y o f 2 lectures to the P s y c h o l o g i s c h e r C l u b Z u r i c h , g i v e n 5 a n d 16 J u n e 1936. G W 18,126. TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 2 6 . !93 8a W i t h R i c h a r d W i l h e l m : Das Geheimnis der goldenen Bliite. Ein chinesisches Lebensbuch. " I I . A u f l a g e . " Z u r i c h : Rascher. p p . 150. C o n t a i n s the f o l l o w i n g w o r k s by J u n g : 29

GERMAN

1. " V o r r e d e z u r II. A u f l a g e . " (v—viii) TR.—English: 1 9 6 2 b , ! . 2. " Z u m Gedachtnis Richard Wilhelms." (ix—xviii) G . 1930c rep u b . with tide c h a n g e , TR.—English: 1962b,3. 3. E u r o p a i s c h e r K o m m e n t a r . ( 1 - 6 6 ) (Untitled here) G. i g 2 8 b , I , 1 - 6 rev. and exp. TR.—English: 1962b,2. 4. "Beispiele europaischer Mandalas." ( 6 7 - 6 8 + 10 plates) Plates (excepting # 2 ) incorporated into G . 19503,5. TR.—English: 1962b,2. G . 1929b p u b . rev. a n d with addns. Pub. reset a n d with f u r t h e r a d d n s . as G . 1957b. TR.—English: 1962b. 1938b

Wandlungen und Symbole der Libido. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens. L e i p z i g and V i e n n a : Franz Deuticke. p p . 428. G . 1925a repub., with a d d n . o f " V o r r e d e zur dritten A u f l a g e , " d a t e d Nov. 1937, o n p. v. ( " V o r r e d e zur zweiten A u f l a g e " is o n p p . iii—iv.) R e p u b . , greatly rev. a n d exp., with title c h a n g e , as G . i g 5 2 e .

i93 8c "Einige B e m e r k u n g e n zu d e n Visionen des Zosimos." Eran. Jb. I937• PP- 1 5 - 5 4 (See G. ig34c.) Pub., rev. a n d considerably e x p . , with title c h a n g e , as G. ig54b,5i93 8 d "Begleitwort." G e r t r u d Gilli: Der dunkle Bruder. 2 pp. Zurich/Elgg: Volksverlag. G W 1 8 , 1 1 6 . TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 1 6 . i939a Uber Konflikte der kindlichen Seele. "Dritte A u f l a g e . " Zurich: Rascher. p p . 36. G . i g i 6 b p u b . as a p a m p h l e t with a new f o r e w o r d a n d s u p p l e m e n t . Pub., slightly rev. and exp., as G. 1946b,2. i939 b " D i e psychologischen A s p e k t e des Mutterarchetypus." Eran. Jb. 1938. pp. 4 0 3 - 4 3 . (See G . 1934c.) Pub., rev., as G . 1 9 5 4 ^ 4 . TR.— English: 1943a. i939c "Geleitwort." D. T . Suzuki: Die grosse Befreiung. Einfiihrung in den Zen-Buddhismus. p p . 7 - 3 7 . Leipzig: C u r t Weller. R e p u b . as G W 1 1 , 1 3 . TR.—English: i g 4 g d / C W 1 1 , 1 3 . i939 d " t S i g m u n d F r e u d . " Basl. Nach., Sonntagsblatt, X X X I I I : 4 o (1 Oct.), 1 5 7 - 5 9 . O b i t u a r y article. R e p u b . as G W 15,4. TR.—English: C W 15,4. i939e "Bewusstein, Unbewusstes u n d Individuation." Zbl. Psychotherap., X L 5 , 2 5 7 - 7 0 . O r i g . written in English and p u b . as E. i g 3 g a , i .

3°

1 9 3 8 b - 1941c S u b s e q u e n t l y rev. c o n s i d e r a b l y a n d p u b . in this G e r m a n v e r s i o n . R e p u b . as G W g , i , i o . TR.—English: C W 9 , i , i o . 1940a

Psychologie und Religion. Die Terry Lectures 193 J gehalten an der Yale University. Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . p p . 192. 1962: 4 t h e d n . , rev. a n d reset. ( " R a s c h e r P a p e r b a c k . " ) p p . 125. O r i g . written in E n g l i s h a n d trans, f r o m E. 1938a by Felicia F r o b o e s e a n d T o n i W o l f f . S u b s e q u e n t l y rev. a n d e x p . a n d p u b . in this version. C o n t e n t s : V o r r e d e . ( O c t . 1939.) 1. D i e A u t o n o m i e d e s U n b e w u s s t e n . ( 9 - 6 1 ) 2. D o g m a u n d nattirliche S y m b o l e . (63—116) 3. G e s c h i c h t e u n d P s y c h o l o g i e eines natiirlichen S y m b o l s . ( 1 1 7 — 90) R e p u b . as G W 11,1. TR.—English: C W 11,1.

1940b

" D i e v e r s c h i e d e n e n A s p e k t e d e r W i e d e r g e b u r t . " Eran. Jb. 1939. p p . 399—447- (See G . 1934c.) Pub., rev. a n d e x p . , with title c h a n g e , as G . 1950a,3. TR.—English: 1944a.

1940c

" G e l e i t w o r t . " J o l a n d e [or J o l a n ] Jacobi: Die Psychologie von C. G. Jung. p p . 17—18. Z u r i c h : Rascher. D a t e d A u g . 1939. P a g i n g varies in successive e d n s . G W 18,40. TR.—English: 1942c / 1 9 6 2 c / C W 18,40.

1941a W i t h K . K e r e n y i : Das gottliche Kind in mythologischer und psychologischer Beleuchtung. ( A l b a e Vigiliae, 6/7.) A m s t e r d a m : P a n t h e o n A k a d e m i s c h e Verlagsanstalt. p p . 124. C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w i n g w o r k by J u n g : " Z u r P s y c h o l o g i e d e s K i n d - A r c h e t y p u s . " (85—124) Pub. rev., t o g e t h e r with G . 1 9 4 1 b , as G . 1 9 4 1 c . 1941b W i t h K. K e r e n y i : Das gottliche Madchen. Die Hauptgestalt der Mysterien von Eleusis in mythologischer und psychologischer Beleuchtung. ( A l bae V i g i l i a e , 8/9.) A m s t e r d a m : P a n t h e o n A k a d e m i s c h e V e r l a g s a n stalt. p p . 109. C o n t a i n s the f o l l o w i n g w o r k by J u n g : " Z u m p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n A s p e k t d e r K o r e f i g u r . " (85—109) Pub. rev., t o g e t h e r with G . 1 9 4 1 a , as G . 1 9 4 1 c . 1941c W i t h K . K e r e n y i : Einfiihrung in das Wesen der Mythologie. A m s t e r d a m : P a n t h e o n A k a d e m i s c h e Verlagsanstalt; Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . p p . 2 5 1 . C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w i n g w o r k s by J u n g : 1. " Z u r P s y c h o l o g i e d e s K i n d - A r c h e t y p u s . " (105—44)

31

GERMAN

2. "Zura psychologischen A s p e k t d e r Korefigur." ( 2 1 7 - 4 1 ) G . 1 9 4 1 a and 1 9 4 1 b rev. and pub. as one vol. R e p u b . as G . 1951b. TR.—English: 1949a. 194ld

Die psychologische Diagnose des Tatbestandes. Zurich: Rascher. p p . 47. G . 1906k repub. R e p u b . as G W 2,6. TR.—English: C W 2,6.

i94ie " R u c k k e h r z u m e i n f a c h e n Leben." Du, J h g . 1:3 (May), 6 - 7 , 56. S u m m a t i o n o f answers to a questionnaire o n the e f f e c t o f wartime conditions in Switzerland, TR.—English: (Pts. only) 1945b / C W 18,71. 194if "Paracelsus als Arzt." Schweizerische medizinische Wochenschrift, LXXI.'40 (Oct.), 1 1 5 3 - 7 0 . R e p u b . as G . 1942a, 1. Simplified version pub. in Easier Nachrichten (21 Sept.). Lecture given at the annual meeting o f the N a t u r f o r s c h e n d e Gesellschaft Basel, o f the Schweizerische Gesellschaft z u r Geschichte d e r Medizin u n d der Naturwissenschaften, Basel, 7 Sept. 1941 and to the Psychologischer C l u b Zurich, 21 Feb. 1942. 1942a

Paracebica. Zwei Vorlesungen iiber den Arzt und Philosophen Theophrastus. Zurich: Rascher. pp. 188. With 3 plates a n d 5 text illus. Contents: V o r w o r t . (7-8) 1. "Paracelsus als Arzt." (9—41) G. 1 9 4 i f r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 15,2. TR.—English: C W 15,2. 2. "Paracelsus als geistige Erscheinung." (43—178) L e c t u r e contributed to the Schweizerische Paracelsus Gesellschaft Celebration, Einsiedeln, 5 Oct. 1941. R e p u b . as G W 13,3. TR.— English: C W 13,3. T w o lectures delivered o n the occasion o f the 400th anniversary o f Paracelsus' death, A u t u m n 1941.

1942b

" Z u r Psychologie d e r Trinitatsidee." Eran. Jb. 1940/41. p p . 31—64. (See G. 1934c.) Pub., rev. and e x p . with title change, as G . 19483,4. L e c t u r e given also to the Psychologischer C l u b Zurich, 5 Oct. 1940.

1942c

"Das Wandlungssymbol in d e r Messe." Eran. Jb. 1940/41. pp. 67— 155. (See G. 1934c.) Pub., rev. and exp., as G . 1954b,6. L e c t u r e given also to the Psychologischer C l u b Zurich, 17 May 1 9 4 1 . TR.— English: 1955b/ 1955I (Pt. only).

32

i 9 4 i d - i943f i943a Uber die Psychologie des Unbewussten. Z u r i c h : Rascher. p p . 2 1 3 . i 9 6 0 : reset, " 7 . v e r m e h r t e u n d verbesserte A u f l a g e . " p p . 1 3 5 . 1966: reset. ( " R a s c h e r Paperback.") p p . 148. C o n t e n t s : V o r w o r t e . (7—15) 1. D i e P s y c h o a n a l y s e . (17—34) 2. D i e E r o s t h e o r i e . (35—53) 3. D e r a n d e r e G e s i c h t s p u n k t : D e r Wille z u r M a c h t . ( 5 4 - 7 3 ) 4. D a s P r o b l e m d e s Einstellungstypus. ( 7 4 - 1 1 5 ) 5. D a s p e r s o n l i c h e u n d das i i b e r p e r s o n l i c h e o d e r kollektive U n bewusste. (116—44) 6. D i e synthetische o d e r konstruktive M e t h o d e . ( 1 4 5 - 6 0 ) 7. D i e A r c h e t y p e n des kollektiven U n b e w u s s t e n . (161—202) 8. Z u r A u f f a s s u n g des U n b e w u s s t e n : A l l g e m e i n e s z u r T h e r a pie. (203—11) Schlusswort. (212—13) G . 1 9 2 6 a rev. a n d e x p . with title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G W 7 , 1 . TR.— English: C W 7 , 1 . !943b " D e r Geist M e r c u r i u s . " Eran. Jb. 1942. p p . 1934c.) P u b . , rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 19483,3.

179—236. (See

G.

1943c

" Z u r P s y c h o l o g i e ostlicher Meditation." Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft der Freunde ostasiatischer Kultur, V , 33—53. R e p u b . as G . 19483,5. L e c t u r e g i v e n to the Psychologischer C l u b Z u r i c h , 8 M a y 1943, a n d to the Schweizerische G e s e l l s c h a f t d e r F r e u n d e ostasiatischer K u l t u r , Zurich/Basel/Bern, M a r — M a y 1943. TR.— English: 1 9 4 7 b .

1943d

* " V o t u m . Z u m T h e m a : S c h u l e u n d B e g a b u n g . " Schweizer Erziehungs-Rundschau, X V I : 1 (Apr.), 3—8. L e c t u r e p r e s e n t e d as contrib u t i o n to a m e e t i n g o f the B a s l e r staatliche S c h u l s y n o d e , 4 D e c . 1942. R e p u b . with title c h a n g e as G . 1946b,3.

i943e " P s y c h o t h e r a p i e u n d W e l t a n s c h a u u n g . " Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir Psychologie und ihre Anwendungen, I:g, 157—64. R e p u b . as G . 1946a,4. C o n t r i b u t i o n to t h e T a g u n g f i i r Psychologie, Z u r i c h , 26 Sept. 1942. i943f " E i n G e s p r a c h mit C . G . J u n g . U b e r T i e f e n p s y c h o l o g i e u n d Selbste r k e n n t n i s . " Du, 111:9 (Sept.), 15—18. W r i t t e n in a n s w e r to q u e s tions f r o m J o l a n Jacobi. R e p u b . 3S G . 1 9 4 7 c with title c h a n g e . TR.—English: 1943b.

33

GERMAN

1944a Psychologie und Akhemie. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 5.) Zurich: Rascher. pp. 696. Contents: 1. Vorwort. (7-8) 2. Einleitung in die religionspsychologische Problematik d e r Alchemie. ( 1 1 - 6 2 ) R e p u b . as G . 19573,2. 3. T r a u m s y m b o l e des Individuationsprozesses. (65-305) G . 1936a rev. a n d e x p . 4. Die Erlosungsvorstellungen in d e r A l c h e m i e . (309—631) G . 1937a rev. and exp. 5. Epilog. (633-46) Pub., rev. a n d with a d d n . o f new f o r e w o r d , as G . i g 5 2 d . TR.— English: C W 12 (1st edn.). 1944b " V o r w o r t " a n d essay: " U b e r d e n indischen Heiligen." Heinrich Z i m m e r : Der Weg zum Selbst. pp. 5 - 6 , 3nd pp. 1 1 - 2 4 . Ed. by C . G . J u n g . Zurich: Rascher. Essay repub. as G W 1 1 , 1 5 . T R - — E n g l i s h : (essay only) C W 1 1 , 1 5 . i945a Psychologische Betrachtungen. A selection f r o m the writings o f C . G . J u n g , c o m p . 3nd ed. by Jolan Jacobi. Zurich: Rascher. p p . 455. A collection o f short passages f r o m a wide range o f writings; contains n o new material. Pub., rev. and e x p . with title c h a n g e , 3S G . 1 9 7 1 b . TR.—English: 19533. i945 b "Das Ratsel v o n Bologna." Festschrift Albert Oeri. p p . 265—79. Basel: Basler Nachrichten. C f . G. 19553,11,3. TR.—English: i 9 4 6 f . 1945c " N a c h d e r Katastrophe." Neue Schw. R., n.s. X I I I : 2 (June), 6 7 - 8 8 . R e p u b . as G. 19463,5. TR.—English: 1946a. i945 d " V o m Wesen d e r T r a u m e . " Ciba Zeitschrift (Basel), I X : g g (July), 3546—57. R e p u b . as G. 1952!. Pub., rev. and exp., as G . 1948b,5. TR.—English: 1948a. i945e "Medizin u n d Psychotherapie." Bulletin der schweizerischen Akademie der medizinischen Wissenschaften, r.5, 315—28. R e p u b . as G W 16,8. L e c t u r e delivered to a scientific meeting o f the Senate o f the A c a d emy, Zurich, 12 May 1945. TR.—English: C W 16,8. i945f "Die Psychotherapie in d e r G e g e n w a r t . " Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Psychologie und ihre Anwendungen, I V : 1, 3—18. First pub. in a n En-

34

i 9 4 4 a - 1946c glish trans., E . 1942b. R e p u b . as G . 19463,3. G i v e n as t h e o p e n i n g a d d r e s s to t h e K o m m i s s i o n fiir P s y c h o t h e r a p i e , S c h w e i z e r i s c h e G e s e l l s c h a f t f i i r Psychiatrie, Z u r i c h , 4 t h a n n u a l m e e t i n g , 19 J u l y 1941. T R . — E n g l i s h : 1 9 4 2 b / 19473,4 / C W

16,9.

1945S

" D e r p h i l o s o p h i s c h e B a u m . " Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Basel, L V I : 2 , 411—23. Pub., greatly rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 1 9 5 4 b , 7 . W r i t t e n as c o n t r i b u t i o n to a Festschrift f o r G u s t a v S e n n , p r o f e s s o r o f b o t a n y , w h i c h was n e v e r p u b l i s h e d .

1946a

Aufsatze zur Zeitgeschichte. Z u r i c h : Rascher. p p . 1 4 7 . C o n t e n t s : 1. V o r w o r t . (vii—ix) R e p u b . as G W 10,9. TR.—English: 1 9 4 7 3 , 1 / C W 10,9. 2. " W o t a n . " ( 1 - 2 4 ) R e p u b . as G W 10,10. G . 1 9 3 6 c r e p u b . TR.— E n g l i s h : ( a b r i d g e d ) 1 9 3 7 c / 19473,3 / C W 10,10. 3. " D i e P s y c h o t h e r a p i e in d e r G e g e n w a r t . " ( 2 5 - 5 5 ) G . i 9 4 5 f r e p u b . w i t h slight title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G W 16,9. TR.—English: 1 9 4 7 a , 4 / C W 16,9. 4. " P s y c h o t h e r a p i e u n d W e l t a n s c h a u u n g . " (57—72) G . 1 9 4 3 c r e p u b . R e p u b . as G . 1954c,3 a n d G W 16,7. TR.—English: 1947a,5 / C W 16,7. 5. " N a c h d e r K a t a s t r o p h e . " ( 7 3 - 1 1 6 ) G . 1 9 4 5 c r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 10,1 I . T R . — E n g l i s h : i g 4 7 a , 6 / C W 1 0 , 1 1 . 6. " N a c h w o r t . " ( 1 1 7 - 4 7 ) R e p u b . as G W 1 0 , 1 3 . T R - — E n g l i s h : 1947a,7 / C W 10,13.

1946b

Psychologie und Erziehung. Zurich: Rascher. ("Rascher Paperback.") pp. 135. Contents:

pp.

204.

1963:

1. " A n a l y t i s c h e P s y c h o l o g i e u n d E r z i e h u n g : D r e i V o r l e s u n g e n . " ( 1 - 1 2 4 ) G . 1 9 2 6 b rev. a n d e x p . , w i t h a d d n . o f n e w f o r e w o r d d a t e d J u n e 1945. R e p u b . as G W 1 7 , 4 . TR.—English: C W 17,42. " U b e r K o n f l i k t e d e r k i n d l i c h e n Seele." ( 1 2 5 - 8 1 ) G . 1 9 3 9 a s l i g h d y e x p . R e p u b . as G W 17,1. TR.—English: C W 17,1. 3. " D e r B e g a b t e . " ( 1 8 3 - 2 0 3 ) G . 1 9 4 3 d r e p u b . w i t h title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G W 1 7 , 5 . TR.—English: C W 1 7 , 5 . 1946c

Die Psychologie der Ubertragung. Erlautert anhand einer alchemistischen Bilderserie. Fur Arzte und praktische Psychologen. Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . p p . 283. C o n t e n t s : V o r r e d e . (vii—xii) D a t e d Fall 1 9 4 5 .

35

GERMAN

I. Einleitende U b e r l e g u n g e n z u m Problem d e r U b e r t r a g u n g . (J-63) II. Die Bilderserie des Rosarium Philosophorum als G r u n d l a g e fiir die Darstellung d e r U b e r t r a g u n g s p h a n o m e n e . (65-253) 1. D e r M e r c u r b r u n n e n . 2. K o n i g u n d Konigin. 3. Die nackte Wahrheit. 4. Das Eintauchen im Bade. 5. Die Conjunction. 6. D e r T o d . 7. D e r A u f s t i e g d e r Seele. 8. Die Reinigung. 9. Die W i e d e r k e h r d e r Seele. 10. Die n e u e Geburt. Schlusswort. (255—60) R e p u b . as G W 16,13. TR.—English: C W 16,13. 1946c!

" G e r a r d de Nerval." (Autorreferat.) Aus d. Jhrsb. 1945I46. p. 18. Printed f o r private circulation. S u m m a r y o f lecture to the Psychologischer C l u b Zurich, 9 J u n e 1945. G W 1 8 , 1 1 7 . TR.—English: C W 18,117.

1946c " Z u r Psychologie des Geistes." Eran. Jb. 1945. pp. 385—448. (See G . 1934c.) Pub., rev. and exp., with title change, as G . 19483,2. TR.—English: i g 4 8 d . i946f F o r e w o r d to K. A . Ziegler: " A l c h e m i e II," List no. 17 (May), pp. 1—2. Printed in Bern. Foreword, in both G e r m a n a n d English, to a bookseller's catalog. For English version, see E. 1946b. 194% " Z u r U m e r z i e h u n g des deutschen Volkes." Basl. Nach., No. 486, " S o n d e r n u m m e r . . ." (Centennial edn.) (ca. 16 Nov.), 85. T h e last 9 p a r a g r a p h s o f an essay, "Randglossen zur Zeitgeschichte," dated 1945, n e v e r pub. as a whole in G e r m a n (until G W 18,73), although trans, a n d pub. in its entirety in English as C W 18,73. T R - — E n glish: (full text) C W 18,73. 1946I1 Excerpts o f letter (published to anon.) to J a m e s Kirsch (26 May 1934), p p . 2 2 5 - 2 7 . Ernest Harms: " C a r l Gustav J u n g — D e f e n d e r o f F r e u d a n d the Jews." Psychiatric Quarterly, 20:2 (Apr.), 1 9 9 - 2 3 3 . Entire letter pub. in G . 1972a a n d trans, in E. 1973b. TR.—English: i946d,2. 36

1946c! - 1948b 1947a

" D e r G e i s t d e r P s y c h o l o g i e . " Eran. Jb. 1946. p p . 385—490. (See G . 1934c.) P u b . , rev. a n d with title c h a n g e , as G . 1954b,8. TR.—English: 1 9 5 4 b , 2 / (si. abbrev.) 1 9 5 7 c .

ig47b " V o r w o r t . " L i n d a F i e r z - D a v i d : Der Liebestraum des Poliphilo; ein Beitrag zur Psychologie der Renaissance und der Moderne. p p . 5—7. Z u r i c h : R h e i n . D a t e d Feb. 1946. TR.—English: 1950c. 1947°

" U b e r T i e f e n p s y c h o l o g i e u n d Selbsterkenntnis. E i n G e s p r a c h z w i s c h e n P r o f . C . G . J u n g u n d D r . J o l a n d e Jacobi." Hamburger Akademische Rundschau, II: 1 / 2, 11—19. G . i 9 4 3 f r e p u b . w i t h title change.

1 94 8a

Symbolik des Geistes. Studien iiber psychische Phanomenologie. . . . W i t h a c o n t r i b u t i o n by R i w k a h S c h a r f . (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 6.) Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . p p . 500. 1 9 6 5 : ( " R a s c h e r P a p e r b a c k . " ) p p . 206. C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w i n g w o r k s by J u n g : 1. V o r w o r t . (vii—viii) D a t e d J u n e 1 9 4 7 . G W 18,90. TR.—English: C W 18,90. 2. " Z u r P h a n o m e n o l o g i e d e s Geistes im M a r c h e n . " (1—67) G . 1 9 4 6 c , rev. a n d e x p . , with title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G . 1 9 5 7 8 , 3 a n d G W g,i,8. TR.—English: 1 9 5 4 b , ! / C W g,I,8. 3. " D e r Geist M e r c u r i u s . " ( 6 9 - 1 4 9 ) G . 1 9 4 3 b rev. a n d e x p . R e p u b . as G W 13,4. TR.—English: 1 9 5 3 b / C W 13,4. 4. " V e r s u c h z u e i n e r p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n D e u t u n g d e s T r i n i t a t s d o g m a s . " (321—446) G . 1 9 4 2 b , greatly rev. a n d e x p . , w i t h title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G W 11,2, with slight title c h a n g e , TR.— English: C W 11,2. 5. " Z u r P s y c h o l o g i e ostlicher M e d i t a t i o n . " (447—72) G . 1 9 4 3 c rep u b . R e p u b . as G. 1 9 5 7 8 , 4 a n d G W 1 1 , 1 4 . T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 11,14.

1948b

Uber psychische Energetik und das Wesen der Trdume. ( P s y c h o l o g i s c h e A b h a n d l u n g e n , 2.) "2., v e r m e h r t e u n d v e r b e s s e r t e A u f l a g e . " Z u rich: R a s c h e r . p p . 3 1 1 . 1 9 6 5 : 3d e d n . , rev. a n d reset. ( " R a s c h e r P a p e r b a c k . " ) p p . 206. C o n t e n t s : 1. V o r w o r t ( e ) . (1—3) G . 1 9 2 8 b , ! r e p u b . w i t h n e w f o r e w o r d ( d a t e d M a y 1 9 4 7 ) a d d e d f o r this e d n . G W 1 8 , 3 7 . TR.—English: C W 18,37. 2. " U b e r d i e E n e r g e t i k d e r Seele." (5—117) G . 1 9 2 8 ^ 2 r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 8,1. TR.—English: C W 8,1. 3. " A l l g e m e i n e s z u r K o m p l e x t h e o r i e . " (119—43) G . 1 9 3 4 a , si.

37

GERMAN

rev. R e p u b . as G W 8,3, with reversion to title o f G. 1934a. TR.—English: C W 8,3. 4. " A l l g e m e i n e Gesichtspunkte zur Psychologie des T r a u m e s . " ( 1 4 5 - 2 2 5 ) G. 1928b,3, rev. a n d e x p . R e p u b . as G W 8,9. TR.— English: 1 9 5 6 b / C W 8,9. 5. " V o m Wesen d e r T r a u m e . " ( 2 2 7 - 5 7 ) G . i 9 4 5 d , rev. a n d e x p . R e p u b . as G. 1 9 5 4 c , ! and G W 8,10. TR.—English: C W 8,10. 6. "Instinkt u n d Unbewusstes." (259-76) G. 1928b,4, rev. and with addn. o f brief concluding note. R e p u b . as G W 8,6. TR.— English: C W 8,6. 7. "Die psychologischen G r u n d l a g e n des Geisterglaubens." ( 2 7 7 - 3 1 1 ) G. 1928b,5 rev. Repub. as G W 8 , 1 1 . TR.—English: C W 8,11. G . 1928b exp., with title change. N e w f o r e w o r d and items 2. and 4. a d d e d . 1948c

" D e S u l p h u r e . " Nova Acta Paracelsica, V. p p . 27-40. Pub., exp., as part o f G . 19558,111,3. TR.—English: ? 1947c.

1948c!

"Vorwort." Esther Harding: Das Geheimnis der Seele. p p . 9—10. Zurich: Rhein. Written in G e r m a n as introduction f o r the original English pub. and first pub. in trans. G W 18,42. TR.—English: 1947e-

1948c "Vorwort." Stuart E d w a r d White: Uneingeschranktes Weltall. p p . 7— 14. Zurich: Origo. Written in G e r m a n to accompany the G e r m a n trans, o f White's The Unobstructed Universe (New Y o r k , 1940). Dated J u l y 1948. A l s o pub. as "Psychologie u n d Spiritismus." Neue Schw. R., n.s. X V I : 7 (Nov.), 4 3 0 - 3 5 . G W 18,6. TR.—English: C W 18,6. l 94 8 f

"Schatten, A n i m u s u n d A n i m a . " Wiener Zeitschrift fiir Nervenheilkunde . . . , 1:4 (June), 295—307. Incorporated as part o f G . 1 9 5 1 a , I I & III. Lecture given to the Schweizerische Gesellschaft f u r praktische Psychologie, Zurich, 1948. TR.—English: 1950a.

»949a Die Bedeutung des Voters fiir das Schicksal des Einzelnen. "Dritte, urngearbeitete A u f l a g e . " Zurich: Rascher. pp. 38. G . 1909c rev. and exp., with a d d n . o f new f o r e w o r d . R e p u b . as G W 4,14. TR.—English: C W 4 , 1 4 (with addns. f r o m G . 1909c).

38

1 9 4 8 c - 1950a 1949b " U b e r das Selbst." Eran. Jb. 1948. p p . 285—315. I n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o G . 1 9 5 1 a , I V . L e c t u r e g i v e n also to the P s y c h o l o g i s c h e r C l u b Z u rich, 22 M a y 1948. TR.—English: 1 9 5 1 a . 1949c

" V o r w o r t . " R o b e r t C r o t t e t : Mondwald. Lappengeschichten. p p . 7—9. Z u r i c h : F r e t z u n d W a s m u t h . D a t e d M a r c h 1949. G W 18,1 i g . TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 1 9 .

i949d " G e l e i t w o r t . " E s t h e r H a r d i n g : Frauen-Mysterien, einst und jetzt. p p . viii—xii. Z u r i c h : Rascher. D a t e d A u g . 1948. G W 18,53. T R - — E n glish: i 9 5 5 e / C W 18,53. i949e " G e l e i t w o r t zu d e n ' S t u d i e n aus d e m C . G . J u n g - I n s t i t u t Z u r i c h ' . " C . A . M e i e r : Antike Inkubation und moderne Psychotherapie. ( S t u d i e n aus d e m C . G . J u n g - I n s t i t u t Z u r i c h , 1.) Z u r i c h : Rascher. 2 u n n o . ' d p p . a f t e r title p a g e . I n t r o d u c t i o n to the series, o f w h i c h J u n g was t h e editor. D a t e d Sept. 1948. G W 18,45. T R - — E n g l i s h : (Pts. only) 1 9 5 0 c / i g 6 7 d / C W 18,45. i949f " V o r w o r t . " E r i c h N e u m a n n : Ursprungsgeschichte des Bewusstseins. p p . 1—2. Z u r i c h : Rascher. D a t e d 1 M a r c h IG4G. G W 18,54. / TR.— E n g l i s h : 1 9 5 4 L C W 18,54. i949g L e t t e r to the editors o n t h e e f f e c t o f t e c h n o l o g y o n t h e p s y c h e . Zilrcher Student, J h g . 2 7 : 5 (Nov.), 129—30. W r i t t e n in r e p l y to t h e eds.' q u e s t i o n a n d d a t e d 14 Sept. 1949. G W 18,76. TR.—English: C W 18,76. i949h * " D a m o n i e . " (Definition.) Schweizer Lexikon, V o l . I. Z u r i c h : E n c y clios. W r i t t e n J u l y 1 9 4 5 at the r e q u e s t o f t h e publishers. O n l y t h e 1st s e n t e n c e a n d the r e f e r e n c e s a p p e a r h e r e as t h e d e f i n i t i o n , w h i c h is p u b l i s h e d w i t h o u t attribution. Full text o f J u n g ' s d e f i n i tion p u b . as G W 18,89. TR.—English: C W 18,89. 195°a

Gestaltungen des Unbewussten. W i t h a c o n t r i b u t i o n by A n i e l a J a f f e . (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 7.) Z u r i c h : Rascher. p p . 6 1 6 . C o n tains t h e f o l l o w i n g w o r k s by J u n g : 1. V o r w o r t . ( 1 - 2 ) D a t e d J a n . 1949. G W 18,56. TR.—English: C W 18,56. 2. " P s y c h o l o g i e u n d D i c h t u n g . " ( 3 - 3 6 ) G . 1930a, rev. a n d e x p .

39

GERMAN

R e p u b . as G. 19540,2 a n d G W 15,7. Excerpts pub. as G. i 9 5 i f and i 9 5 5 g . TR.—English: (with addn.) C W 15,7. 3. "tJber Wiedergeburt." ( 3 7 - 9 1 ) G . 1940b, rev. and e x p . with title change. Repub. as G W 9,1,5. TR.—English: C W 9,1,5. 4. " Z u r Empirie des Individuationsprozesses." (93—186) G . 1934c, rev. and e x p . R e p u b . as G W 9 , i , n . TR.—English: C W 9>j>11 • 5. " U b e r Mandalasymbolik." (187—235) Contains 9 o f the plates pub. in G . 19383,4. R e p u b . as G W 9,i,i2. TR.—English: C W 9,i,i2. 1950b

"Faust u n d die Alchemie." (Autorreferat.) Aus d. Jhrsb. 1949/50. pp. 29—32. Printed f o r private circulation. S u m m a r y o f lecture to the Psychologischer C l u b Zurich, 8 Oct. 1949. G W 18,105. T R - — English: C W 18,105.

i95° d "Geleitwort." Lily A b e g g : Ostasien denkt anders. pp. 3 - 4 . Zurich: A t lantis. Dated Mar. 1949. G W 18,92. O m i t t e d f r o m pub. o f the English trans., The Mind of East Asia ( L o n d o n and N e w Y o r k , 1952). TR.—English: i g 5 3 f / 1955; / C W 18,92. i95oe

" V o r r e d e " and "Fall von Prof. C. G. J u n g . " Fanny Moser: Spuk. Irrglaube oder Wahrglaube. pp. 9 - 1 2 and pp. 253—61. B a d e n bei Zurich: Gyr. " V o r r e d e " dated A p r . 1950. " V o r r e d e " pub. ss G . 1956b, with the omission o f the first few sentences and the a d d n . o f a title. G W 18,7. TR.—English: C W 18,7.

i95of

" W o leben die T e u f e l ? Zur Psychologie d e r Ehe." Welt (26 July). 1 p.

195°S

Contribution to " R u n d f r a g e iiber ein R e f e r a t a u f d e r 66. Wand e r v e r s a m m l u n g der siidwestdeutschen Psychiater u n d N e u r o l o g e n in Badenweiler." p p . 4 6 4 - 6 5 . Psyche, J h g . 4:8 (Nov.), 448-80. A n s w e r to questionnaire c o n c e r n i n g a report given by Dr. M e d a r d Boss 3t the sbove congress and sent out by the editors to Boss's colleagues. G W 18,14. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,14.

1 95 ia

Aion. Untersuchungen zur Symbolgeschichte. With a contribution by Marie-Louise v o n Franz. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 8.) Zurich: Rascher. pp. 5 6 1 . Contains the following w o r k by J u n g : Vorrede. (1-10)

40

1 9 5 0 b - 195 i d " B e i t r a g e z u r S y m b o l i k des Selbst." I. D a s Ich. (15—21) I I . D e r S c h a t t e n . (22—26) I n c o r p o r a t e s G . i 9 4 8 f . I I I . D i e S y z y g i e : A n i m a u n d A n i m u s . (27—43) I n c o r p o r a t e s G. i948f. I V . D a s Selbst. (44—62) I n c o r p o r a t e s G . 1949b. V . C h r i s t u s , ein S y m b o l d e s Selbst. (63—110) V I . D a s Z e i c h e n d e r Fische. ( 1 1 1 - 4 1 ) V I I . D i e P r o p h e z e i u n g des N o s t r a d a m u s . (142—51) V I I I . U b e r d i e geschichtliche B e d e u t u n g des Fisches. ( 1 5 2 — 7 1 ) I X . D i e A m b i v a l e n z d e s Fischsymbols. (172—83) X . D e r Fisch in d e r A l c h e m i e . (184—224) X I . D i e alchemistische D e u t u n g d e s Fisches. (225—50) X I I . A l l g e m e i n e s z u r P s y c h o l o g i e d e r christlich-alchemistischen S y m b o l i k . (251—66) X I I I . G n o s t i s c h e S y m b o l e des Selbst. ( 2 6 7 - 3 2 0 ) X I V . D i e S t r u k t u r u n d D y n a m i k d e s Selbst. ( 3 2 1 - 7 8 ) X V . Schlusswort. (379-84) I—IV r e p u b . as G . 1954c,4. J u n g ' s w o r k r e p u b . w i t h r e a r r a n g e d title as G W g,ii. O n t h e a d v i c e o f D r . v o n F r a n z , it is c o n s t r u e d that t h e title Aion b e l o n g s to P r o f . J u n g ' s p a r t o f the b o o k r a t h e r t h a n to hers. T h e p r e s e n t e n t r y , h o w e v e r , r e c o r d s t h e title-page d a t a o f t h e Swiss e d n . T h e C W trans, b e a r s t h e title Aion as well. TR.—English: C W g,ii. i95 l b W i t h K . K e r e n y i : Einfiihrung in das Wesen der Mythologie. Das gottliche Kind; Das gottliche Madchen. "4. r e v i d i e r t e A u f l a g e . " Z u r i c h : R h e i n . p p . 260. C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w i n g w o r k s by J u n g : 1. " Z u r P s y c h o l o g i e des K i n d - A r c h e t y p u s . " ( 1 0 5 - 4 7 ) R e p u b . as G W 9,I,6. TR.—English: C W 9,i,6. 2. " Z u m p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n A s p e k t d e r K o r e f i g u r . " ( 2 2 3 - 5 0 ) R e p u b . as G W 9,1,7. TR.—English: C W g , i , 7 : G . i g 4 i c r e p u b . with t h e a d d n . o f n e w f o r e w o r d K e r e n y i . 1951c " T i e f e n p s y c h o l o g i e . " (Definition.) Lexikon der Padagogik. V o l . I I , p p . 7 6 8 - 7 3 . B e r n : A . F r a n c k e . W r i t t e n in i g 4 8 . G W 18,44. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,44. " G r u n d f r a g e n d e r P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " Dialectica, V : i ( 1 5 Mar.), 8 24. R e p u b . as G W 1 6 , 1 0 . TR.—English: C W 1 6 , 1 0 .

4i

GERMAN

»95 le "Das Fastenwunder des B r u d e r Klaus." Neue Wissenschaft, J h g . 1950/51:7 (Apr.), 14. Rev. f r o m letter written 10 Nov. 1948 in response to Fritz Blanke's " B r u d e r Klaus v o n d e r Flue." Neue Wissenschaft, J h g . 1905/51:4. Orig. text o f letter pub. in G. 1 9 7 2 b and trans, in E. 1973b. G W 18,94. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,94. 1 95 1 f

"Das Geheimnis des Kunstschaffens." Universitas, V I : 7 (July), 7 2 1 25. G . 1950a,2, sec. 2, repub. abridged.

*952a Antwort auf Hiob. Zurich: Rascher. p p . 169. Pub. with a d d n . as G . 1961a. TR.—English: i g 5 4 a / C W 11,9. Note: A p a r a g r a p h written by J u n g describing the book was printed as a blurb o n the dust jacket o f this edn. Repub. as G W 11,23 a n d G W 18,95; trans, into English as C W 18,95. 1952b With W. Pauli: Naturerklarung und Psyche. (Studien aus d e m C . G . Jung-Institut Zurich, 4.) Zurich: Rascher. pp. 194. Contains the following w o r k by J u n g : "Synchronizitat als ein Prinzip akausaler Z u s a m m e n h a n g e . " ( 1 107) C h . 2 o f Jung's article pub. rev. as G. 1958^ W h o l e article repub. as G W 8,18. A rev. version with addns. by the author was trans, a n d pub. as E. i955a1952c *Paracelsus. (Der B o g e n , 25.) St. Gallen: T s c h u d y . p p . 24. G . 1 9 3 4 ^ 5 repub. Repub. as G W 15,1. TR.—English: C W 1 5 , 1 . i952d Psychologie und Alchemie. 2d rev. edn. Zurich: Rascher. p p . 708. G . 1944a pub. rev. and with the addn. o f " V o r w o r t zur 2. A u f l a g e . " R e p u b . as G W 12. TR.—English: C W 12. i95 2e Symbole der Wandlung. Analyse des Vorspiels zu einer Schizophrenic. With 300 illus., selected a n d comp. by Jolande Jacobi. "Vierte, umgearbeitete A u f l a g e . . ." Zurich: Rascher, pp. 821. 1 9 7 1 : " S o n d e r ausgabe." Olten: Walter. (Same edn., in boards.) Contents: V o r r e d e n (vii—xviii) Part I: I. Einleitung. (3-8) TR.—English: i g 5 4 d . II. U b e r die zwei A r t e n des Denkens. ( 9 - 5 1 ) III. Vorgeschichte. (52-58) I V . Der S c h o p f e r h y m n u s . ( 5 9 - 1 2 9 ) V . Das L i e d v o n d e r Motte. (130-96)

42

i 9 5 i e - 1953b Part II: I. E i n l e i t u n g . ( 1 9 9 - 2 1 7 ) II. U b e r d e n B e g r i f f d e r Libido. (218—33) I I I . D i e W a n d l u n g d e r Libido. (234—83) I V . D i e E n t s t e h u n g des H e r o s . ( 2 8 4 - 3 4 5 ) V. Symbole der Mutter und der Wiedergeburt. (346-468) V I . D e r K a m p f u m die B e f r e i u n g v o n d e r Mutter. ( 4 6 9 - 5 2 8 ) V I I . Das O p f e r . (529-763) V I I I . Schlusswort. ( 7 6 4 - 6 9 ) G . 1938b, greatly rev. a n d e x p . with title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as G W 5. TR.—English: C W 5. i95«f " U b e r S y n c h r o n i z i t a t "Eran.Jb. 1951. p p . 271—84. (See G . 1934c.) R e p u b . as G W 8 , 1 9 . L e c t u r e g i v e n in 2 pts. also to t h e Psychologischer C l u b Z u r i c h , 20 J a n . a n d 3 Feb. 1 9 5 1 . TR.—English: 1 9 5 3 c / 1 9 5 7 b / C W 8,19. l952S

" V o r w o r t . " G e r h a r d A d l e r : Zur analytischen Psychologie. p p . 7—9. Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . D a t e d M a y 1949. N o t in orig. e d n . : L o n d o n a n d N e w Y o r k : N o r t o n , 1948. G W 18,55. T R - — E n g l i s h : 1 9 6 6 c / C W 18,55.

i95 2h " Z u u n s e r e r U m f r a g e ' L e b e n die B i i c h e r noch?' " [ C o n t r i b u t i o n ] Junghaufmann; schweizer Monatsschrift fiir die kaufmannische Jugend, X X V I I : 3 (Mar.), 5 1 - 5 2 . J u n g ' s reply to H o l d e r l i n ' s f a m o u s question, w r i t t e n as a letter to the editor, A . G a l l i k e r (29 J a n . 1952). T e x t o f letter p u b . in G . 1 9 7 2 b a n d trans, in E. 1 9 7 5 b . 19531 * " V o m W e s e n d e r T r a u m e . " Ciba Zeitschrift ( W e h r - B a d e n ) , V : 5 5 (May), 1 8 3 0 - 3 7 . G . i 9 4 5 d r e p u b . Pub., rev. a n d e x p . , as G . 1948b,5. : 95 2 j

" R e l i g i o n u n d Psychologie." Merkur, V L 5 (May), 467—73. R e p u b . with title c h a n g e as G W 1 1 , 1 7 . A reply to P r o f . B u b e r . TR.—English: i957d / ig73e-

i953a C o n t r i b u t i o n to Trunken von Gedichten. Eine Anthologie geliebter deutscher Verse, p. 63. Ed. by G e o r g Gerster. Z u r i c h : V e r l a g d e r A r c h e . Partial trans, in E. 1 9 7 5 b , p. 193. •953b

" V o r w o r t . " F r a n c e s G . Wickes: Von der inneren Welt des Menschen. p p . vii-viii. Z u r i c h : Rascher. D a t e d Sept. 1 9 5 3 . N o t i n c l u d e d in

43

GERMAN

original English publication: The Inner World of Man (New Y o r k : Farrar and Rinehart, 1938). G W 18,57. T R - — E n g l i s h : i 9 5 4 g / C W 18,57. i954 a With Paul Radin and Karl Kerenyi: Der gottliche Schelm. Ein indianischer Mythen-Zyklus. Zurich: Rhein. pp. 219. Contains the followi n g work by J u n g : " Z u r Psychologie der Schelmenfigur." (185—207) R e p u b . as G W g,i,9 with title change, TR.—English: i 9 5 5 d / 1956a. TR. o f entire w o r k — E n g l i s h : 1956a. i954 b Von den Wurzeln des Bewusstseins. Studien iiber den Archetypus. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 9.) Zurich: Rascher. p p . 681. C o n tents: 1. V o r r e d e . (ix—x) Dated May 1953. TR.—English: C W 18,58. 2. " U b e r die A r c h e t y p e n des kollektiven Unbewussten." ( 1 - 5 6 ) G. 1935b rev. R e p u b . as G . 19573,1 a n d G W g . i . i . TR.—English: C W g , i , i . 3. " U b e r d e n A r c h e t y p u s mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des A n i m a b e g r i f f e s . " (57-85) G. i g 3 6 e rev. Repub. as G W g,i,3TR.—English: C W g,i,34. "Die psychologischen A s p e k t e des Mutterarchetypus." ( 8 7 135) G. 1939b rev. Repub. as G W 9,1,4. TR.—English: (with pts. o f E. 1943a) C W g,i,4. 5. "Die Visionen des Zosimos." (137—216) G . 1938c, rev. and considerably exp., with tide change. R e p u b . as G W 13,2. TR.—English: C W 13,2. 6. "Das Wandlungssymbol in d e r Messe." ( 2 1 7 - 3 5 0 ) G. 1942c, rev. and exp. Repub. as G W 11,3. TR.—English: C W 11,3. 7. " D e r philosphische B a u m . " ( 3 5 1 - 4 9 6 ) G. i g 4 5 g , greatly rev. a n d e x p . R e p u b . as G W 13,5. TR.—English: C W 13,58. "Theoretische U b e r l e g u n g e n z u m Wesen des Psychischen." (497—608) G. 1947a, si. rev. & with title change. R e p u b . as G W 8,8. Excerpts repub. as G . 1954c,5. TR.—English: 1954b,2 / C W 8,8. 1954c Welt der Psyche. Eine Auswahl zur Einfiihrung. Ed. by A . J a f f e a n d G. P. Zacharias. Zurich: Rascher. pp. 165. 1965; reset. ("Geist u n d Psyche.") Munich: Kindler. pp. 149. Contains the following works by J u n g :

44

1 9 5 4 a - 1955a 1. " V o m W e s e n d e r T r a u m e . " ( 9 - 3 2 ) G . 1948b,5 r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 8,10. 2. " P s y c h o l o g i e u n d D i c h t u n g . " ( 3 3 - 6 1 ) G . 19503,2 r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 1 5 , 7 . 3. " P s y c h o t h e r a p i e u n d W e l t a n s c h a u u n g . " (63—73) G . 19463,4 r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 16,7. 4. " B e i t r a g e z u r S y m b o l i k d e s Selbst." (75—120) G . 1 9 5 1 a , C h s . I—IV, r e p u b . R e p u b . as G W 9,ii, chs. I—IV. 5. " T h e o r e t i s c h e U b e r l e g u n g e n z u m W e s e n d e s P s y c h i s c h e n . " ( 1 2 1 - 5 9 ) G . 1954b,8, Section 7 a n d " N a c h w o r t , " r e p u b . C f . G W 8,8. i954d P r e f a c e to J o h n C u s t a n c e : Weisheit und Wahn. p p . vii—xi. Z u r i c h : Rascher. W r i t t e n in G e r m a n in 1 9 5 1 , a c c o r d i n g to ms. in J u n g Lib r a r y , K u s n a c h t . First pub., h o w e v e r , in an E n g l i s h trans. G W 1 8 , 1 5 . TR.—English: 1 9 5 2 a / C W 1 8 , 1 5 . i954e T w o letters to the a u t h o r . G e o r g G e r s t e r : " C . G . J u n g zu d e n flieg e n d e n U n t e r t a s s e n . " Weltwoche, J h g . 22: 1078 (9 July). I n t e r v i e w r e q u e s t n o t g r a n t e d . T h e s e letters u s e d in article instead. G W 18,80. TR.—English: 1954B / (Pts. only) 1955! / 19591,3 / C W 18,80. i954f " M a c h i m m e r alles g a n z u n d richtig." Weltwoche, J h g . 2 2 : 1 1 0 0 ( 1 0 Dec.), 3 1 . A n s w e r to question o n the rules o f life. G W 18,79. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,79. >9552 Mysterium coniunctionis. Untersuchung iiber die Trennung und Zusammensetzung der seelischen Gegensatze in der Alchemie. W i t h t h e collabo r a t i o n o f M . - L . v o n F r a n z . Pt. I. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 10.) Z u r i c h : Rascher. p p . 284. C o n t e n t s : D i e S y m b o l i k d e r Polaritat u n d Einheit. V o r w o r t . (ix—xv) I. Die K o m p o n e n t e n d e r C o n i u n c t i o . 1. D i e G e g e n s S t z e . (1—4) 2. D e r Q u a t e r n i o . ( 5 - 1 5 ) 3. Die Waise u n d die Witwe. (16—37) 4. A l c h e m i e u n d M a n i c h a i s m u s . (38—42) II. Die Paradoxs. 1. D i e A r k a n s u b s t a n z u n d d e r P u n k t . (43—50) 2. D i e Scintilla. ( 5 0 - 5 5 ) 3. D a s E n i g m a B o l o g n e s e . ( 5 6 - 9 5 ) C f . G . 1945b.

45

GERMAN

III. Die Personifikationen d e r Gegensatze. 1. Einleitung. (96-99) 2. Sol. (100-20) 3. Sulphur. ( 1 2 1 - 4 0 ) Includes an e x p . G. 1948c. 4. L u n a . (141—200) 5. Sal. (200-84) R e p u b . as G W 14, vol. I. T h e 1st o f 2 pts. C f . G . 1956a f o r Pt. II. TR.—English: C W 14. i955 b Versuch einer Darstellung der psychoanalytischen Theorie. Zurich: Rascher. pp. 195. G. 1 9 1 3 a pub. with the addn. o f a f o r e w o r d . R e p u b . as G W 4,9. TR.—English: C W 4,9. !955 c "Geleitwort." Gustav Schmaltz: Komplexe Psychologie und korperliches Symptom, pp. 7 - 8 . Stuttgart: Hippokrates. G W 18,17. TR.—English: C W 18,17. i955 d "Psychologischer K o m m e n t a r . " Das tibetische Buch der grossen Befreiung. pp. 13—54. Ed. by W. Y. Evans-Wentz. M u n i c h : Barth. " K o m m e n t a r " trans, f r o m E. 1954c by M. Niehus-Jung; written in English in 1939. R e p u b . as G W 1 1 , 1 0 . i955 e "Mandalas." Du, J h g . 15:4 (Apr.), 16, 21. Repub. as G W 9,1,13; G . 1977b. TR.—English: i g 5 5 g / C W 94,13. i955f Letter to H a n s A . Illing (10 Feb. 1955). H a n s A . Illing: " J u n g u n d die m o d e r n e T e n d e n z in d e r G r u p p e n t h e r a p i e . " Heilkunst, no. 7 (July), 233. Full text o f letter pub. in G . 1972b a n d trans, in E. 1975b. E x c e r p t pub. as G . i 9 5 6 d , i . TR.—English: (excerpts) 19571. »955S " D e r Dichter." Internationale Bodensee-Zeitschrift fiir Literatur, (July), 88—91. E x c e r p t f r o m G. 19503,2.

IV:6

i95 6 a Mysterium coniunctionis. . . . Pt. II. (Psychologische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 11.) Zurich: Rascher. pp. 418. (See G. 1955a.) Contents: Die Symbolik d e r Polaritat u n d Einheit. (cont.) IV. R e x u n d Regina. 1. Einleitung. (1—5) 2. G o l d u n d Geist. (5—9) 3. Die konigliche W a n d l u n g . ( 9 - 1 9 ) 4. Die H e i l u n g des Konigs. ( 1 9 - 8 1 )

46

1955b _

!956b

5. Die d u n k l e Seite d e s K o n i g s . {82—96) 6. D e r K o n i g als A n t h r o p o s . ( 9 6 - 1 0 9 ) 7. Die B e z i e h u n g d e s K o n i g s s y m b o l s z u m B e w u s s t s e i n . (109-21) 8. D i e religiose P r o b l e m a t i k d e r K o n i g s e r n e u e r u n g . ( 1 2 1 — 33) 9. R e g i n a . ( 1 3 4 - 3 9 ) V . A d a m u n d Eva. 1. A d a m als A r k a n s u b s t a n z . (140—49) 2. D i e Statue. ( 1 5 0 - 5 7 ) 3. A d a m als erster A d e p t . (157—67) 4. D i e G e g e n s a t z l i c h k e i t A d a m s . (168—76) 5. D e r "alte A d a m . " ( 1 7 6 - 7 8 ) 6. A d a m als G a n z h e i t . ( 1 7 9 - 8 5 ) 7. D i e W a n d l u n g . ( 1 8 6 - 9 9 ) 8. D a s R u n d e , K o p f u n d G e h i r n . (199—223) V I . Die Konjunktion. 1. D i e alchemistische A n s c h a u u n g d e r G e g e n s a t z v e r e i n i gung. (224-38) 2. S t u f e n d e r K o n j u n k t i o n . (238—47) 3. D i e H e r s t e l l u n g d e r Q u i n t e s s e n z . (247—53) 4. D e r S i n n d e r a l c h y m i s c h e n P r o z e d u r . (253—59). 5. D i e p s y c h o l o g i s c h e D e u t u n g d e r P r o z e d u r . (259—69) 6. D i e Selbsterkenntnis. (270—80) 7. D e r M o n o c u l u s . (280-96) 8. I n h a l t u n d Sinn d e r zwei ersten K o n j u n k t i o n s s t u f e n . (296-311) 9. D i e dritte S t u f e d e r K o n j u n k t i o n : d e r u n u s m u n d u s . (312-23) 10. D a s Selbst u n d die e r k e n n t n i s t h e o r e t i s c h e B e s c h r a n kung. (324-34) Nachwort. (335-337) R e p u b . as G W 14, vol. I I . T h e 2d o f 2 pts. C f . G . 1 9 5 5 a f o r Pt. I. (A t h i r d p a r t was written by M . - L . v o n Franz. C f . n o t e u n d e r G W 14.) TR.—English: C W 14. *956b " D i e P a r a p s y c h o l o g i e h a t u n s mit u n e r h o r t e n M o g l i c h k e i t e n bek a n n t g e m a c h t . " Gibt es Geister? Rundfrage—beantwortet von Psychologen, Schriftstellern, Philosophen . . . p p . 17—22. B e r n : V i k t o r i a . G . 1 9 5 o e ( " V o r r e d e " only) p u b . with omission o f the 1st f e w sentences, a n d a d d n . o f title.

47

GERMAN

1956c Statement in publisher's brochure (with o t h e r statements) ann o u n c i n g publication o f Karl E u g e n N e u m a n n ' s translation o f Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos. 2 pp. Zurich and Stuttgart: Artemis; Vie n n a : Paul Zsolnay. T y p e s c r i p t dated Jan. 1956. R e p u b . as G W 11,26. G W 18,101. TR.—English: C W 18,101. i956d Excerpts o f letters to Hans A . Illing. G e o r g R. B a c h a n d H a n s A . Illing: "Historische Perspektive zur G r u p p e n p s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " Zeitschrift fiir psychosomatische Medizin, J h g . 2 (Jan.), 141—42. Contains excerpts f r o m the following letters by J u n g : 1. 10 Feb. 1955 (141) Excerpted f r o m G . 1 9 5 5 ^ 2. 26 Jan. 1955 ( 1 4 1 - 4 2 ) Full text o f letters pub. in G. 1972b and trans, in E. 1975b. TR.— English: 19571. 1956c "Wotan u n d der Rattenfanger. B e m e r k u n g e n eines T i e f e n p s y chologen." Der Monat, I X : g 7 (Oct.), 75—76. Letter to the editor, Melvin J. Lasky (Sept. 1956). T e x t o f letter pub. in G. 1973a and trans, in E. 1975b. i95 6 f Contribution to symposium, "Das geistige E u r o p a u n d die u n g a rische Revolution." Die Kultur, V : 7 3 (1 Dec.), 8. Ca. 50 words long. G W 18,84a. TR.—English: C W 18,844. i957 a Bewusstes und Unbewusstes. Beitrage zur Psychologie. Ed. by Aniela J a f f e . ("Biicher des Wissens.") F r a n k f u r t am Main and H a m b u r g : Fischer, pp. 184. Contents: 1. " U b e r die A r c h e t y p e n des kollektiven Unbewussten." (11—53) G. 1954b,2 repub. R e p u b . as G W 9,i,i. 2. "Einleitung in die religionspsychologische Problematik d e r Alchemie." ( 5 4 - 9 1 ) G. 19448,2 repub. R e p u b . as G W 12,3,1. 3. " Z u r Phanomenologie des Geistes im Marchen." (92—143) G. 1948a,2 repub. R e p u b . as G W 9,i,8. 4. " Z u r Psychologie ostlicher Meditation." ( 1 4 4 - 6 3 ) G . 1948a, 5 repub. R e p u b . as G W 1 1 , 1 4 . 1957b

*With Richard Wilhelm: Das Geheimnis der goldenen Bliite. Ein chinesisches Lebensbuch. "Fiinfte A u f l a g e . " Zurich: Rascher. pp. 1 6 1 . Contains the following works by J u n g : 1. " V o r r e d e zur II. A u f l a g e . (vii—x) R e p u b . as part o f G W 13,1. TR.—English: C W 13,1.

48

1 9 5 6 c - 19571 2. " Z u m G e d a c h t n i s R i c h a r d W i l h e l m s . " (xiii-xxvi) R e p u b . as G W 1 5 , 5 . TR.—English: C W 15,5. 3. " E u r o p a i s c h e r K o m m e n t a r . " ( 1 - 6 8 + 10 plates) R e p u b . as p a r t o f G W 13,1. TR.—English: C W 13,1. G . 1 9 3 8 a reset, with n e w f o r e w o r d by S a l o m e W i l h e l m (xi-xii) a n d t h e a d d n . o f the text o f the HuiMing Ging. (148—67). TR. o f e n t i r e w o r k — E n g l i s h : 1962b. i957c ^ C o n t r i b u t i o n to s y m p o s i u m : Auf stand der Freiheit. Dokumente zur Erhebung des ungarischen Volkes. p. 104. Z u r i c h : A r t e m i s . C a . 1 7 5 w o r d s l o n g . G W 18,84b. TR.—English: C W i8,84,ii. i957d " V o r w o r t . " E l e a n o r B e r t i n e : Menschliche Beziehungen; eine psychologische Studie. p p . 5 - 7 . Z u r i c h : R h e i n . D a t e d A u g . 1956. G W 1 8 , 6 1 . TR.—English: 1 9 5 8 c / C W 18,61. i957e * " V o r r e d e . " Felicia F r o b o e s e - T h i e l e : Traume—eine Quelle religioser Erfahrung? p p . 18—19. G o t t i n g e n : V a n d e n h o e c k a n d R u p r e c h t . G W 1 8 , 1 0 2 . TR.—English: C W 18,102. i957 f " V o r w o r t . " R e n e J . v a n H e l s d i n g e n : Beelden uit het onbewuste. Een geval van Jung. p p . 7—8. A r n h e m : V a n L o g h u m Slaterus. W r i t t e n f o r this p u b . a n d d a t e d M a y 1954. F o r e w o r d is in G e r m a n , w h i l e t h e rest o f the b o o k is in D u t c h . G W 18,59. TR.—English: C W 18,59. i957g " V o r w o r t . " J o l a n d e Jacobi: Komplex, Archetypus, Symbol in der Psychologie C. G. Jungs, p p . ix—xi. Z u r i c h : Rascher. D a t e d Feb. 1 9 5 6 . G W 18,60. TR.—English: 1 9 5 9 c / C W 18,60. 1957b " V o r w o r t . " V i c t o r W h i t e : Gott und das Unbewusste. p p . xi—xxvi. Z u rich: R a s c h e r . R e p u b . as G W 1 1 , 4 . O r i g i n a l l y w r i t t e n in G e r m a n in 1 9 5 2 , b u t 1st p u b . in a n English trans. " A n h a n g " by G e b h a r d F r e i contains extracts o f letters written by J u n g to Frei, r e p r i n t e d f r o m Annalen der Philosophischen Gesellschaften Innerschweiz und Ostschweiz. TR.—English: 1 9 5 2 c / C W 11,4. 1957' * " G e g e n w a r t u n d Z u k u n f t . " Schweizer Monatshefte, Supplement, X X X V I : 12 (Mar.), 5—55. A l s o p u b . as p a p e r b a c k : Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . p p . 5 5 . 1964: reset. ("Rascher P a p e r b a c k " ) p p . 68. R e p u b . as G W 1 0 , 1 4 . TR.—English: 1 9 5 8 b / C W 10,14.

49

GERMAN

i957j *Contribution to Flinker Almanac 1958. pp. 5 2 - 5 3 . Paris: Librairie Frangaise et Etrang&re. Ca. 500 words long. Letter to the editor, Martin Flinker (17 Oct. 1957). T e x t o f letter pub. in G. 1973a and trans, in E. 1975b. i95 g a Ein moderner Mythus. Von Dingen, die am Himmel gesehen werden. Zurich: Rascher. pp. 122. 1964: reset. ("Rascher P a p e r b a c k " ) pp. 143. Repub., with addns., as G W 10,15. Contents: V o r r e d e . (7-9) 1. Das U f o als Geriicht. ( 1 1 - 2 5 ) 2. Das U f o im T r a u m . (26-75) 3. Das U f o in der Malerei. (76-93) 4. Z u r Geschichte des U f o p h a n o m e n s . (94-98) 5. Zusammenfassung. (99-104) 6. Das U f o p h a n o m e n in nicht-psychologischer B e l e u c h t u n g . (105-09) Epilog. ( 1 1 0 - 2 2 ) Dedicated to Walter Niehus. TR.—English: (with addns.) 1959b. i95 8 b "Die transzendente Funktion." Geist und Werk. Aus der Werkstatt unserer Autoren. Zum 75. Geburtstag von Dr. Daniel Brody. p p . 3—33. Zurich: Rhein. A rev. version o f the original 1 9 1 6 ms. first pub. in an English trans, as E. 1957a. R e p u b . as G W 8,2. TR.—English: C W 8,2. i95 8c "Das Gewissen in psychologischer Sicht." Das Gewissen. p p . 1 8 5 207. (Studien aus d e m C . G. Jung-Institut, Zurich, 7.) Zurich: Rascher. R e p u b . as G W 10,16. A l s o pub. in Universitas (June). Lecture contributed to the series "Das Gewissen," C. G . J u n g Institute, Zurich, Winter Semester 1957/58. TR.—English: C W 10,16. i95 8 d Praxis der Psychotherapie. (GW 16.) See Part II. i95 8 e "Vorwort." Aniela J a f f e : Geistererscheinungen und Vorzeichen. Eine psychologische Deutung. pp. 9 - 1 2 . Zurich: Rascher. Dated A u g u s t 1957. G W 18,8. TR.—English: 1963b / C W 18,8. i95 8 f "Ein astrologisches Experiment." Zeitschrift fur Parapsychologie und Grenzgebiete der Psychologie, 1:2/3 (May), 8 1 - 9 2 . G . 1952b, ch. 2 extensively rev. a n d condensed. Prefatory note includes letter to the editor, H a n s B e n d e r (12 Feb. 1958), repub. in G . 1973a and trans, in E. 1975b. G W 18,48. TR.—English: C W 18,48 (with addns.).

5°

1957j

~ 1 959* )

195% " D r e i F r a g e n an P r o f . C . G . J u n g . " Ziircher Student, J h g . 3 6 : 4 (July), 1 5 1 . D a t e d 27 J u n e 1958. A n s w e r s to questions o n p s y c h o diagnostic m e t h o d s . G W 18,85. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,85. 1958b " Z e i c h e n a m H i m m e l . C . G . J u n g u n d die physische Realitat d e r U F O s . " Badener Tagblatt (29 A u g . ) . C a . 220 w o r d s l o n g . Press release to U n i t e d Press International, p r o b a b l y also p u b . in o t h e r n e w s p a p e r s . G W 18,81. TR.—English: 1 9 5 8 b / I958J/ 19591,1 / C W 18,81. 19581 " D i e S c h i z o p h r e n i c . " Schweizer Archivfur Neurologie und Psychiatrie, L X X X I : 1/2, 1 6 3 - 7 7 . R e p u b . as G W 3,9. P a p e r p r e s e n t e d to t h e I I . I n t e r n a t i o n a l e r K o n g r e s s f i i r Psychiatrie, Z u r i c h , 1 9 5 7 . B r i e f s u m m a r y (in G e r m a n , English, F r e n c h , Spanish, a n d Italian) p u b . as " S c h i z o p h r e n i a . " Synopses, Lectures to the Full Assemblies and Lectures to the Symposia. [Proceedings] Zurich, II. International Congress for Psychiatry, p p . 49—52. [Zurich, ?I958.] TR.—English: C W 3 , 1 0 . i958J " ' N a t i o n a l c h a r a k t e r ' u n d V e r k e h r s v e r h a l t e n . " Zentralblatt fur Verkehrs-Medizin, Verkehrs-Psychologie und angrenzende Gebiete, I V : 3 , 131—33. A letter written at t h e r e q u e s t o f t h e editor, F. v. T e s c h e n d o r f ( 1 9 A p r . 1958). T e x t o f letter p u b . in G . 1 9 7 3 a a n d trans, in E. 1 9 7 5 b . TR.—English: 1959]. J959a

"Uber Psychotherapie und Wunderheilungen. A u s einem Brief v o n C . G . J u n g . " Magie und Wunder in der Heilkunde. Ein Tagungsbericht. p p . 8 - 9 . E d . by W i l h e l m Bitter. (7. K o n g r e s s b e r i c h t d e r Stuttgarter G e m e i n s c h a f t " A r z t u n d Seelsorger.") Stuttgart: K l e t t . L e t t e r ( 1 7 A p r . 1959), w r i t t e n at the r e q u e s t o f the editor, W i l h e l m Bitter, p u b . with m i n o r omissions. Entire letter p u b . in G . 1 9 7 3 a a n d trans, in E. 1 9 7 5 b .

!959b " G u t u n d B o s e in d e r analytischen Psychologie." Gut und Bose in der Psychotherapie. Ein Tagungsbericht. p p . 29—42. Ed. by W i l h e l m Bitter. (8. K o n g r e s s b e r i c h t d e r S t u t t g a r t e r G e m e i n s c h a f t " A r z t u n d Seelsorger.") Stuttgart: " A r z t u n d Seelsorger." E x t e m p o r a n e ous a d d r e s s to t h e G e m e i n s c h a f t , Z u r i c h , Fall 1958. T r a n s c r i p t p r e p a r e d f o r p u b . by G e b h a r d Frei, a n d a p p r o v e d , with c o r r e c tions, by J u n g . R e p u b . as G W 1 0 , 1 7 a n c * G W 1 1 , 1 9 . T R - — E n g l i s h : i g 6 o e / C W 1 0 , 1 7 . A l s o contains o n p p . 56—57 t h e first 2 p a r a g s . o f a letter to t h e e d i t o r (12 J u l y 1958), the f u l l text o f w h i c h app e a r s in G . 1 9 7 3 a a n d is trans, in E . 1 9 7 5 b .

51

GERMAN 1959c

* Foreword to Frieda Fordham: Eine Einfiihrung in die Psychologie C. G. Jungs, pp. 7 - 8 . Zurich: Rascher. T r a n s , f r o m E. 1953d by J o h a n n a Meier-Fritzsche. C W / G W 18,46.

!959d *"Geleitwort" and answers to questions. O t t o Kankeleit: Das Unbewusste als Keimstatte des Schopferischen. Selbstzeugnisse von Gelehrten, Dichtern, und Kiinstlern. pp. 9 and 68-69. Munich a n d Basel: Ernst Reinhardt. G W 18,121. TR.—English: C W 1 8 , 1 2 1 . !959e " V o r r e d e . " T o n i W o l f f : Studien zu C. G.Jungs Psychologie. pp. 7—14. Ed. by C . A . Meier. Zurich: Rhein. Dated A u g . 1958. R e p u b . as G W 10,18. TR.—English: i 9 6 o d / C W 10,18. *959f " N e u e r e B e t r a c h t u n g e n zur Schizophrenic." Universitas, X I V : 1 (Jan.), 3 1 - 3 8 . T r a n s , f r o m the original English text (cf. E. 1 9 5 7 b ) by H. D e g e n . R e p u b . as G W 3,8. T e x t o f contribution to the "Voice o f A m e r i c a " symposium, " T h e Frontiers o f K n o w l e d g e and Humanity's H o p e s f o r the Future," broadcast 16 Dec. 1956; written u p at the request o f the Bollingen Foundation. »959g Contribution to "Eine T a t - U m f r a g e : Das Interview mit d e m ano n y m e n Stimmburger. Psychologen legen das unbewusste N e i n des B u r g e r s bloss." Tat (23 Jan.). 1 p. Ca. 350 words long. !959h C o m m e n t a r y o n Walter Poldinger: " Z u r B e d e u t u n g bildnerischen Gestaltens in d e r psychiatrischen Diagnostik." Die Therapie des Monats, IX:2, 67. G W 18,128. TR.—English: C W 18,128. 1960a

Psychologische Typen. (GW,

6.)

See Part II.

1961a Antwort auf Hiob. 3d rev. edn. Zurich: Rascher. pp. 122. 1967: reset. ("Rascher Paperback.") pp. 143. 1973: ("Studienausgabe.") Olten: Walter, pp. 143. G . 1952a repub. with the addn. o f a "Nachwort" trans, f r o m E. 1956c by Marianne Niehus-Jung. R e p u b . as G W 11,9; repub. as full letter in G . 1972b, pp. 5 2 1 - 2 3 . 1961b "Nachwort." A r t h u r Koestler: Von Heiligen und Automaten. pp. 363—68. Zurich: Biichergilde G u t e n b e r g . B e r n , Stuttgart, V i e n n a : Scherz. 1965: Zurich: B u c h c l u b E x Libris. T r a n s , f r o m E. 1961c by H a n s Flesch-Brunningen. Written in English as a letter to Melvin J. Lasky, editor o f Encounter (19 Oct. i960), in response to ex-

52

1959c -

1962a

cerpts o f Koestler's b o o k p u b . therein, a n d itself p u b . in a subseq u e n t issue. T e x t o f letter trans, into G e r m a n in G . 1 9 7 3 a . 1961c " E i n B r i e f z u r F r a g e d e r Synchronizitat." Zeitschrift fur Parapsychologie und Grenzgebiete der Psychologie, V : i (Mar.), 1—8. T r a n s , f r o m the English ms. by H . B e n d e r , with corrections a n d a d d i t i o n s by J u n g . O r i g i n a l l y written in English as letter to A . D . C o r n e l l (9 Feb. i960), TR.—English: 1 9 6 1 a . 1962a Erinnerungen, Traume, Gedanken. R e c o r d e d a n d e d , by A n i e l a J a f f e . Z u r i c h : Rascher. p p . 422. 1968: Z u r i c h : B u c h c l u b E x Libris. p p . 4 2 3 . 1 9 7 1 : O l t e n : Walter, p p . 423. C o n t e n t s : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

P r o l o g . (10—12) Kindheit. (13-30) S c h u l j a h r e . (31—88) S t u d i e n j a h r e . (89—120) Psychiatrische T a t i g k e i t . (121—50) S i g m u n d F r e u d . (151—73) Die A u s e i n a n d e r s e t z u n g mit d e m U n b e w u s s t e n . (174—203) Z u r E n t s t e h u n g d e s W e r k e s . (204—26) D e r T u r m . (227—41) Reisen. (242—92) V i s i o n e n . (293—301) U b e r das L e b e n n a c h d e m T o d e . (302-29) S p a t e G e d a n k e n . (330—56) Rtickblick. (357—61) Appendix. i. A u s d e n B r i e f e n J u n g s a n seine F r a u aus d e n U S A . i9°9- (363-70) ii. A u s B r i e f e n v o n F r e u d an J u n g . 1909—11. (370—73) C f . G . 1974a. iii. B r i e f an seine F r a u aus Sousse, T u n i s . 1920. (373—75) iv. A u s e i n e m B r i e f a n e i n e n j u n g e n G e l e h r t e n . 1 9 5 2 . (375—76) T o Zwi W e r b l o w s k y ( 1 7 J u n e 1952). E n t i r e letter p u b . in G . 1 9 7 2 b a n d trans, in E. 1 9 7 5 a . v. A u s e i n e m B r i e f an e i n e n K o l l e g e n . 1959. (376—78) T o Erich N e u m a n n ( 1 0 M a r . 1959). E n t i r e letter p u b . as G . 1 9 6 7 a a n d trans, in E. 1 9 7 5 a . vi. " T h e o d o r e F l o u r n o y . " (378—79) vii. " R i c h a r d W i l h e l m . " (380-84) C f . G . 1930c a n d G . 1931b.

53

GERMAN

viii. "Heinrich Zimmer." (385-86) ix. N a c h t r a g z u m "Roten Buch." (387) x. " V I I Sermones ad Mortuos." (389-98) G. 1 9 1 6 a repub. Also contains excerpts o f letter to Gustav Steiner (30 Dec. 1957), pp. 3—4. C f . G . 1964b. TR. ( A p p e n d i x content a b r i d g e d ) — E n g l i s h : 1962a / 1966a. 1963a

"Vorwort." Cornelia B runner: Die Anima als Schicksalsproblem des Mannes. p p . 9 - 1 4 . (Studien aus d e m C . G. Jung-Institut, Zurich, 14.) Zurich: Rascher. Dated A p r i l 1959. G W 18,63. T R - — E n g l i s h : C W 18,63.

i9 6 3 b "Geleitbrief." Der Mensch als Personlichkeit und Problem. G e d e n k schrift f o r Ildefons Betschart o n his 60th birthday, pp. 1 4 - 1 5 . Ed. by Elisabeth Herbrich. Munich: A n t o n Pustet. Letter to the editor (30 May 1960). Entire text o f letter pub. in G. 1973a and trans, in E. 1975b. 1963c

Zur Psychologie westlicher und ostlicher Religion. (GW, 11.) See Part II.

1964a

" B r i e f von Prof. C . G. J u n g an d e n Verfasser." Josef R u d i n : Psychotherapie und Religion, pp. 11—13. 2 d edn. Olten: Walter. Letter to the author written 30 A p r . i 9 6 0 in response to J u n g ' s reading o f the 1st edn. o f the above, and subsequently included in the 2d. T e x t o f letter pub. in G . 1973a and trans, in E. 1975b. TR.—English: 1968c.

1964b Letter to Gustav Steiner (30 Dec. 1957), p p . 125—28. Gustav Steiner: " E r i n n e r u n g e n an Carl Gustav J u n g . Z u r E n t s t e h u n g d e r A u t o b i o g r a p h i c . " Basler Stadtbuch 1965. Basel: Helbing u n d Lichtenhahn. A facsimile o f the 1st part o f the ms. appears on p. 127. Pub. with omissions in G. 1962a, pp. 3 - 4 . R e p u b . in G. 1973a. TR.—English: (Pt. only) 1 9 6 2 a / 1975b. 1964c Zwei Schriften uber Analytische Psychologie. (GW 7.) See Part II. 1966a

Psychiatrische Studien. (GW 1.) See Part II.

1967a Letter to Erich N e u m a n n thus vom Sinn im Werk von rich: Rascher. R e p u b . in 1962a,15,v. TR.—English:

(10 March 1959). Aniela J a f f 6 : Der MyC. G. Jung. pp. 182—84. Paperback. ZuG . 1973a. Pub. in abbrev. f o r m as G. 1975b.

54

1963a- i97!a 1967b

* E x c e r p t o f letter to Ernst H a n h a r t (18 Feb. 1957). Katalog der Autographen-Auktion ( M a r b u r g ) , no. 425 ( 2 3 - 2 4 May). A l s o p u b . in the Tagesanzeiger fur Stadt und Kanton Zurich (27 May). Full letter p u b . in G . 1 9 7 3 a , p p . 74—77. TR.—English: 1 9 7 5 b .

1967c

L e t t e r s to R i c h a r d Evans. R i c h a r d I. Evans: Gesprache mil C. G. Jung und Ausserungen von Ernest Jones. Zurich: R h e i n . p p . 168. T r a n s , f r o m E. 1 9 6 4 b by L u c y H e y e r - G r o t e . C o n t a i n s 2 letters d a t e d A p r i l 1957 a n d o n e d a t e d 30 M a y 1 9 5 7 . A l s o contains a l e n g t h y interview, in G . 1986c, 1, a n d E. 1 9 7 7 b , 4.

1967a Psychologische Typen. ( G W , 6.) Rev. e d n . See Part I I . 1967c Die Dynamik des Unbewussten. (GW, 8.) S e e Part I I . 1968a

" Z u g a n g z u m U n b e w u s s t e n . " Der Mensch und seine Symbole. p p . 20— 103. [Ed. by C a r l G . J u n g a n d a f t e r his d e a t h by M . - L . v o n F r a n z ; c o o r d i n a t i n g editor, J o h n F r e e m a n . ] O l t e n : Walter, p p . 320. T r a n s , f r o m E. 1 9 6 4 a by K l a u s T h i e l e - D o h r m a n n . J u n g ' s o r i g i n a l text p u b . with title c h a n g e as G W 18,2.

1968b

L e t t e r s to A u g u s t Forel. A u g u s t Forel: Briefe. Correspondance 1864— 1 9 2 7 . E d . by H a n s W. Walser. B e r n : H a n s H u b e r . C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w i n g letters f r o m J u n g : 1. 1 A p r . 1906. (381—82) 2. 12 O c t . 1909. (403) R e p u b . in G . 1 9 7 2 a . TR.—English: 1 9 7 3 b .

1968c

Psychogenese der Geisteskrankheiten. (GW, 3.) See Part II.

1968a

Mysterium Coniunctionis.

1969a

Uber Grundlagen der Analytischen Psychologie. Die Tavistock Lectures. Z u r i c h : R a s c h e r . p p . 218. T r a n s , f r o m E . 1968a by H i l d e Binsw a n g e r . 1 9 7 5 : ("Studienausgabe.") O l t e n : Walter. R e p u b . as G W 18,2.

1969b

Freud und die Psychoanalyse. (GW, 4.) See Part II.

J97ia

Der Einzelne in der Gesellschaft. pp. 117. Contents:

(GW, 14.) S e e Part I I .

("Studienausgabe.") O l t e n : Walter,

55

GERMAN

1. "Die B e d e u t u n g des Vaters fiir das Schicksal des Einzelnen." ( 7 - 3 1 ) G W 4,14. 2. "Die F r a u in Europa." (33-55) G. 1929a repub. R e p u b . as G W 10,6. 3. "Das Liebesproblem des Studenten." (57—77) First pub. in English trans. Repub. as G W 10,5. Lecture to the student body, Universitat Zurich, in Dec. 1924. TR.—English: 19283,7 / C W 10,5. 4. "Die B e d e u t u n g d e r analytischen Psychologie fiir die Erzieh u n g . " (79-96) G W 17,3 prepub. Orig. G e r m a n here pub. f o r the first time. C f . E. 19283,13, Lecture I, f o r English version. Lecture given at the C o n g r e s international de Pedagogic, Territet / M o n t r e u x , 1923. 5. "Die B e d e u t u n g des Unbewussten fiir die individuelle Erziehung." ( 9 7 - 1 1 5 ) G W 17,6 p r e p u b . O r i g . G e r m a n h e r e pub. f o r the 1st time. Lecture given at the International Congress o f Education, Heidelberg, 1925. TR.—English: 19283,14 / C W 17,6. 197 l b Mensch und Seele. Aus dem Gesamtwerk 1905 bis 1961. Selected 3nd ed. by Jolande Jacobi. Olten: Walter, pp. 391. "Dritte, erweiterte A u f l a g e von Psychologische Betrachtungen." G. 1945a, rev. a n d e x p . C f . E. 1970b f o r details, TR. (in effect)—English: 1970b. '97IC Psychiatrie und Okkultismus. (Friihe Schriften I; "Studienausgabe.") Olten: Walter, pp. 155. Contents: 1. " Z u r Psychologie u n d Pathologie sogenannter okkulter Phanomene." (7-102) G W 1,1. 2. " U b e r hysterisches Verlesen." (103-06) G W 1,2. 3. "Kryptomnesie." ( 1 0 7 - 1 9 ) G W 1,3. 4. " U b e r manische Verstimmung." ( 1 2 1 - 4 9 ) G W 1,4. 1971a Psychologie und Religion. 280. Contents:

("Studienausgabe") Olten: Walter, pp.

1. "Psychologie u n d Religion." ( 7 - 1 2 7 ) G W 1 1 , 1 . 2. " U b e r die B e z i e h u n g d e r Psychotherapie z u r Seelsorge." (129-52) G W 11,7. 3. "Psychoanalyse u n d Seelsorge." (153—61) G W 11,8. 4. "Das Wandlungssymbol in d e r Messe." (163—267) G W 11,3.

56

1

197 ie Uber das Phanomen S e e P a r t II.

971b - i972e

des Geistes in Kunst und Wissenschaft. ( G W , 15.)

1972a Briefe. Erster Band, 1906-1945. Ed. by A n i e l a J a f f e in c o l l a b o r a t i o n with G e r h a r d A d l e r . O l t e n : Walter, p p . 530. English a n d F r e n c h letters trans, by A n i e l a J a f f e . T h e 1st o f 3 vols. C f . G . 1 9 7 2 b a n d G . 1973a- Letters a r r a n g e d chronologically. C o n t a i n s 381 letters. " W i t h a v e r y f e w e x c e p t i o n s . . . the selection o f letters in the Swiss a n d A m e r i c a n editions is identical." C f . E. 1 9 7 3 b . TR.—English: 1973b and 1975b. 1972b

Briefe. Zweiter Band, 1946-1955. p p . 560. B i b l i o g r a p h i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n the s a m e as f o r G . 1972a. T h e s d o f 3 vols. C f . G . 1 9 7 2 a a n d G . 1 9 7 3 a . C o n t a i n s 333 letters, TR.—English: 1 9 7 3 b a n d i975b-

1972c

Probleme der Psychotherapie. 107. C o n t e n t s :

("Studienausgabe.") O l t e n : Walter, p p .

1. " G r u n d f r a g e n d e r P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " (7—22) G W 1 6 , 1 0 . 2. " G r u n d s a t z l i c h e s z u r praktischen P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " (23—42) G W 16,2. 3. " W a s ist P s y c h o t h e r a p i e ? " (43—51) G W 16,3. 4. " E i n i g e A s p e k t e d e r m o d e r n e n P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " (52—59) G W 16,4. 5. " D e r t h e r a p e u t i s c h e W e r t d e s A b r e a g i e r e n s . " (60—70) G W 16,11. 6. " P s y c h o t h e r a p i e u n d W e l t a n s c h a u u n g . " (71—78) G W 1 6 , 7 . 7. " M e d i z i n u n d P s y c h o t h e r a p i e . " (79—88) G W 16,8. ' 8. " D i e P s y c h o t h e r a p i e in d e r G e g e n w a r t . " (89—106) G W 16,9. I972d

Typologie. ("Studienausgabe.") O l t e n : Walter, p p . 208. C o n t e n t s : 1. 2. 3. 4.

1972e

" Z u r F r a g e d e r p s y c h o l o g i s c h e n T y p e n . " (7—17) G W 6,4. " A l l g e m e i n e B e s c h r e i b u n g d e r T y p e n . " (18—104) G W 6,3,10. "Definitionen." (105-89) G W 6,3,11. " P s y c h o l o g i s c h e T y p e n . " (190—205) G W 6,5.

Zur Psychoanalyse. (Friihe S c h r i f t e n I I I ; " S t u d i e n a u s g a b e . " ) O l t e n : Walter, p p . 1 2 1 . C o n t e n t s : 1. " D i e H y s t e r i e l e h r e Freuds. Eine E r w i d e r u n g a u f d i e A s c h a f f e n b u r g s c h e Kritik." (7—14) G W 4 , 1 .

57

GERMAN

2. "Die Freudsche Hyst£rietheorie." (15-30) G W 4,2. 3. "Die Traumanalyse." (31—40) G W 4,3. 4. "Ein Beitrag zur Psychologie des Geriichtes." (41—55) G W 4>45. "Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Zahlentraumes." (56-64) G W 4>56. "Morton Prince M.D. The Mechanism and Interpretation of Dreams. Eine kritische Besprechung." (65—85) G W 4,6. 7. "Zur Kritik uber Psychoanalyse." (86-89) G W 4,7. 8. " Z u r Psychoanalyse." (90-93) G W 4,8. 9. "Allgemeine Aspekte der Psychoanalyse." (94—108) G W 4,10. 10. " U b e r Psychoanalyse." (109—18) G W 4 , 1 1 . i972f Psychologie und Alchemie. (GW 12.) See Part II. !97 2 g Uber die Entwicklung der Persdnlichkeit. (GW, 17.) See Part II. WS* Briefe. Dritter Band, 1956-61. pp. 431. Bibliographical information the same as for G. 1972a. T h e last of 3 vols. C f . G. 1972a and G. 1972b. Contains 258 letters and a general index to the 3 vols. TR.— English: 1975b. Versuch einer Darstellung der psychoanalytischen Theorie. (Friihe Schriften I V ; "Studienausgabe.") Olten: Walter, pp. 209. Contents: 1. "Versuch einer Darstellung d e r psychoanalytischen Theorie." ( 9 - 1 6 1 ) G W 4,9. 2. "Psychotherapeutische Zeitfragen. Ein Briefwechsel zwischen C. G. J u n g und R. Loy." (163-206) G W 4,12. l973c

Zum 149. 1. 2.

Wesen des Psychischen. ("Studienausgabe.") Olten: Walter, pp. Contents: "Die transzendente Funktion." (7-36) G W 8,2. "Die B e d e u t u n g von Konstitution und V e r e r b u n g f u r die Psychologie." (37-46) G W 8,4. 3. "Psychologische Determinanten des menschlichen Verhaltens." (47-62) G W 8,5. 4. "Theoretische Uberlegungen zum Wesen des Psychischen." (63-145) G W 8,8. 58

j 973 d Zur Psychogenese der Geisteskrankheiten. (“Studienausgabe.”) Olten: W alter, pp. 100. Contents: 1. “D er In h alt d e r Psychose.” (7—49) GW 3,2. 2. “IJber das Problem d e r Psychogenese bei G eisteskrankhei­ ten.” (51-66) GW 3,5. 3. “lib e r die B edeutung des U nbewussten in d e r Psychopathologie.” (67-74) GW 3,4. 4. “G eisteskrankheit un d Seele.” (75—79) GW 3,6. 5. “Die Schizophrenic.” (81-98) GW 3,9. i973e Symbole der Wandlung. Analyse des Vorspiels zu einer Schizophrenie. (GW, 5.) See P art II. i974a W ith Sigm und F reud: Briefwechsel. Edited by William M cGuire an d W olfgang Sauerlander. F ran k fu rt a. M.: S. Fischer, pp. 766. C ontains 294 letters by Ju n g , dated 1906—1914 ( 4 - 1 from 1923), o f which 8 prev. appeared in G. 1972a. Editorial ap p aratu s tran s­ lated from E. 1974b by W. Sauerlander. t r .— English: 1974b. *974b Zivilisation im IJbertragung. (GW, io.) See P art II. J975a A ddress at the presentation o f the J u n g C odex and letters to G. Q uispel. Gilles Quispel: “J u n g en de Gnosis.” pp. 85—146. Jung—een mens voor deze tijd. R otterdam : Lemniscaat. Contains the following works by Ju n g : L etters to Quispel: 1. 18 Feb. 1953. (139) 2. 21 A pr. 1950. (140-41) Also pub. in G. 1972b. t r .— E n ­ glish: 1973b. 3. 22 July i 951. (142-43) 4. [Address at the presentation o f the Ju n g Codex]. (144—46) Given in Zurich, 15 Nov. 1953. D utch sum m ary included. GW 18,97. TR·—English: CW 18,97. *975b 100 Briefe. Eine Auswahl. Selected by Aniela Jaffd. O lten: W alter, pp. 254. D raw n from G. 1972a / 1972b / 1973a. 1976a

Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewusste. (GW, 91.) See P a rt II.

1976b

Aion: Beitrage zur Symbolik des Selbst. (GW, 911.) See P art II.

GERMAN

1977a C. G.Jung: BUd und Wort. Edited by Aniela J a f f e . O l t e n a n d Freib u r g im Breisgau: Walter, pp. 240. Many quotations f r o m Jung's published and unpublished writings, with interconnecting biographical passages, appendixes, illustrations, etc. 1983: special edition, including bibliography, TR.—English: 1979b. 1977b Mandala. Bilder aus dem Unbewussten. Olten: Walter, pp. 1 1 7 . with 24 color and 54 black/white plates. Contents: 1. " Z u r Empirie des individuationsprozesses." G. 1950a,4. 2. " U b e r Mandalasymbolik." G. 19508,5. 3. "Mandalas." G. 1955c. 1978a Studien iiber alchemistische Vorstellungen. ( G W 13.) See Part II. !979a Experimentelle Untersuchungen. (GW, 2.) See Part II. 19813 Das symbolische Leben. (GW, 18.) See Part II. 1982a

J)ie Dynamik des Unbewussten. (GW, Part II.

8.)

Rev. edn., repaginated. See

1983a Das C. G. Jung Lesebuch. Selected by Franz Alt. Olten a n d Freiburg im Breisgau: Walter, pp. 376. Contents: 1. "Das G r u n d p r o b l e m d e r gegenwartigen Psychologie." ( 1 3 36) G W 8,13. 2. C . G . J u n g iiber S i g m u n d F r e u d . (37—43) Extract f r o m G . 19628,6. 3. "Einige A s p e k t e d e r m o d e r n e n Psychotherapie." (44—52) G W 16,4. 4. " V o m Wesen d e r T r a u m e . " (53—72) G W 8,10. 5. "Die praktische Verwendbarkeit der T r a u m a n a l y s e . " ( 7 3 100) G W 16,12. 6. "Die B e d e u t u n g der Analytischen Psychologie f u r die Erziehung." ( 1 0 1 - 1 8 ) G W 17,3. 7. " V o m W e r d e n d e r Personlichkeit." ( 1 1 9 - 4 3 ) G W 17,7. 8. "Die Lebenswende." (144-64) G W 8,16. 9. "Seele u n d T o d . " ( 1 6 5 - 7 9 ) G W 8,17. 10. "Die Frau in Europa." (180-204) G W 10,6. 1 1 . "Wotan." (205-20) G W 10,10. 12. " N a c h d e r Katastrophe." (221-50) G W 1 0 , 1 1 . 13. " G e g e n w a r t u n d Zukunft." (251—324) G W 10,14.

60

14. “T echniken fu r einen dem W eltfrieden dienlichen Einstellungsw andel ” (325-35) GW 18,75. 15. “Religion un d Psychologie. Eine A ntw ort a u f M artin B u­ ber.” (336-45) GW 18,96. 16. Letters (each with them atic title) to N iederer, Irm inger, Ser­ rano, O ftinger, W estm ann, B ruecher, draw n from the Bnefe, G. 1 972a/ 1972b/ 1973a. i984a Grundfragen zur Praxis. (“G rundw erk C. G. Ju n g ,” ed. by H elm u t Barz, U rsula B aum gardt, R udolf Blomeyer, H ans D ieckm ann, H elm ut Rem m ler, T h e o d o r Seifert; vol. 1.) O lten: W alter, pp. 339. C ontents: 1. “G rundsatzliches zur praktischen Psychotherapie.” (11—30) 2. “Ziele d e r Psychotherapie.” (31—48) GW 16,5. 3. “Psychotherapie u n d W eltanschauung.” (49—56) GW 16,7. 4. “Die Psychotherapie in der G egenw art.” (57—72) GW 16,9. 5. “G ru n d frag en d e r Psychotherapie.” (73—87) GW 16,10. 6. “D er therapeutische W ert des A breagierens.” (88—98) GW 16,11. 7. “Die praktische V erw endbarkeit d e r T raum analyse.” (90— 121) GW 16,12. 8. “A llgemeine G esichtspunkte zur Psychologie des T rau m es.” (122-67) GW 8,9. 9. “Vom Wesen d e r T rau m e.” (168—84) GW 8,10. 10. “Allgemeines zur K om plextheorie.” (185—98) GW 8,3. 11. “A llgem eine B eschreibung d e r T y p en .” (199-282) GW 6,10. 12. “Die Schizophrenic.” (283—339) GW 3,9. 1984b

Archetyp und Unbewusstes. (“G rundw erk,” 2; cf. G. 1984a.) pp. 443. C ontents: 1. “T heoretische LJberlegungen zum W esen des Psychischen.” (1-76) GW 8,8. 2. “LJber die A rchetypen des kollektiven U nbew ussten.” (77— 113) GW 91,1. 3. “D er B egriff des kollektiven U nbew ussten.” (114—25) GW 91,2. 4. “Liber d en A rchetypus m it beson d erer B eriicksichtigung des A nim abegriffes.” (126—42) GW 91,3. 5. “Die psychologischen Aspekte des M utterarchetypus.” (143— 75) GW 91,4. 6. “Z ur Psychologie des K indarchetypus.” (176—205) GW 91,6.

GERMAN

7. "Zur Phanomenologie des Geistes im Marchen." (206—50) G W 9i,8. 8. "Die transzendente Funktion." (251-78) G W 8,2. 9. " U b e r Synchronizitat." (279-343) G W 8,19. 1984c

Persdnlichkeit und Ubertragung. ("Grundwerk," 3; cf. G. 1984a.) pp. 320. Contents: 1. "Die Beziehungen zwischen d e m Ich u n d d e m Unbewussten." (9-125) G W 7,2. 2. "Die Psychologie d e r Ubertragung." (127—287) G W 16,13.

1984a Menschenbild und Gottesbild. ("Grundwerk," 4; cf. G. 1984a.) pp. 361. Contents: 1. "Psychologie u n d Religion." (9-109) G W 1 1 , 1 . 2. "Das Wandlungssymbol in der Messe." ( 1 1 1 - 9 9 ) G W 11,3. 3. "Antwort auf Hiob." (201-361) G W 11,9. !984e Traumsymbole des Individuationsprozesses. (Psychologie und Alchemie 1.) ("Grundwerk," 5; cf. G. 1984a.) pp. 267. Contents: 1. "Einleitung in die religionspsychologische Problematik der Alchemie." (7-44) G W 12,1. 2. "Traumsymbole des Individuationsprozesses." (45-235) G W 12,11. 1984f

Erlosungsvorstellungen in der Alchemie. (Psychologie und Alchemie 2.) ("Grundwerk," 6; cf. G. 1984a.) pp. 304. Contents: 1. "Der Erlosungsvorstellungen in der Alchemie." (9-246) G W 12,111.

!984g With Sigmund Freud: Briefwechsel. Edited by William McGuire and Wolfgang Sauerlander. A b r i d g e d by A l a n McGlashan. (G. 1974a edited [by Ingeborg Meyer-Palmedo] to c o n f o r m with E. 1979a.) pp. 275. (Paperback.) Frankfurt am Main: Fischer Taschenbuch Verlag. 1984b Mysterium Coniunctionis. (GW, 14.) Rev. edn. See Part II. »985a Symbol und Libido. (Symbole der Wandlung 1.) ("Grundwerk," 7; cf. G. 1984a.) pp. 247. G W 5: V o r r e d e (1950), Erster Teil, Zweiter Teil, 1 - 1 1 1 . V o r r e d e 1924 and 1937 (187-89).

62

1984c —1986c 1985b

Heros und Mutterarcfietyp. (Symbole der W andlung 2.) (“G ru n d w e rk ,” 8; cf. G. 1984a.) p p . 368. GW 5: Zweite Teil, IV -IX .

i985c Mensch und K ultur. (“G ru n d w e rk ,” 9; cf. G. 1984a.) p p . 303. C o n ­ tents: 1. “V om W e rd e n d e r P ersonlichkeit.” (7 -2 6 ) GW 17,7. 2. “D ie F ra u in E u ro p a .” (27—47) GW 10,6. 3. “D ie E he als psychologische B ezieh u n g .” (48—60) GW 17,8. 4. “D ie L eb en sw en d e.” (61—77) GW 8,16. 5. “Seele u n d T o d .” (78—89) GW 8,17. 6. “Das G ew issen in psychologischer Sicht.” (9 0 -1 0 9 ) GW 10,16. 7. “G u t u n d Bose in d e r analytischen P s y c h o l o g i e (110—23) GW 10,17. 8. “Psychologie u n d D ichtung.” (124—46) G W 15,7. 9. “Die tra u m e n d e W elt In d ien s.” (147—57) GW 10,23. 10. “W as In d ie n u n s le h re n k an n .” (158—63) GW 10,24. 11. “Z u r Psychologie o stlicher M editation.” (164—81) GW 11,14. 12. “V o rw o rt zu m I G ing.” (182—201) GW 11,16. 13. “D ie V isionen des Zosim os.” (202—44) GW 13,2. 14. “P aracelsus als A m .” (245—61) G W 15,2. 15. “S ig m u n d F re u d .” (262—70) GW 15,4. 1986a

1986b

1986c

Von Sinn und W ahn-Sinn. (E insichten u n d W eisheiten.) S elected by F ra n z A lt. O lten : W alter, p p . 72. Q u o tatio n s fro m th e p u b lish e d w ritings, o n th e m es ex p ressed by th e titles. Von Traum und Selbsterkenntnis. (E insichten u n d W eisheiten.) p p . 104. (Cf. G. 1986a.)

c. G. J u n g im Gesprach. Interviews, Reden, Begegnungen. Z urich: Daim on. pp. 340. B ased o n E. 1977a, w ith om issions a n d ad d itio n s. T h e co n ten ts a re m em oirs, n o tes (som etim es sten o g rap h ic), a n d jo u rn a listic articles, th e re fo re n o t co n sid ere d to hav e b e e n w ritte n by J u n g , ex ce p t fo r th e follow ing, w hich w ere tra n sc rib e d fro m electronic reco rd in g s or, if re c o rd e d in a n o th e r way, w ere a p ­ p ro v e d by J u n g : 1. “H o u sto n Film e” (1957). (9 4 -1 7 8 ) T r. fro m E. 1977a, p p . 276- 3 5 2 · 2. “G u t u n d B ose in d e r A nalytischen Psychologie” (1958). (208—24) GW 10,17.

GERMAN

3. "Diskussion mit der Psychologischen Gesellschaft Basel' (1958). (225-48) 4. "Das 'Face to Face' Interview von John Freeman und C. G. J u n g " (1959). (264-280) T r . f r o m E. 1977a, pp. 424-39. 5. "Interview von Dr. G e o r g Gerster mit C. G . J u n g anlasslici seines 85. Geburtstag, Radio D R S " (i960) (308-22) ig86d "Briefe von Carl Gustav J u n g an Sabina Spielrein (1908-1919)." In: Tagebuch einer heimlichen Symmetrie. Sabina Spielrein zwischen Jung und Freud, pp. 187—225. Edited by A l d o Carotenuto. [Vol. I of a 2-vol. set; Vol. II: Collected writings of Spielrein.] Freiburgi. Br.: "Kore," T r a u t e Hensch. Vol. I is based on Carotenuto, Diario di una segreta simmetria, Rome: Astrolabio, ig8o. T h e following writings by Jung, in addition to his letters to Spielrein, are added in the " K o r e " edition: 1. "Sabina Spielrein in dem Briefwechsel zwischen Sigmund Freud und Carl Gustav J u n g (1906-1912)." pp. 227-49. Contains passages relating to Spielrein in Jung's letters to Freud o f 23 Oct 1906; 6 Jul 1907; 7 Mar, 11 Mar, 4 Jun, 12 Jun, 21 Jun, 10/13 Jul ^ o ^ 12 Jun, 14 Nov, 11 Dec 1 9 1 1 ; 10 Mar, 1 A p r 1912. From G. 1974a. 2. "Sabina Spielrein in dem Vortrag Carl Gustav Jungs iiber die Freudsche Hysterietheorie (1907)." pp. 250-54. Extract from G W 4,2, retitled. 1987a

Von Religion und Christentum. (Einsichten und Weisheiten.) pp. 106. (Cf. G. 1986a.)

1987b Kindertraume. Seminare. See Part III, [1987] (p. 202). 1988a

Lexikon Jungscher Grundbegriffe. Mit Originaltexten von C. G. Jung. Ed. by Helmut Hark. Olten: Walter, pp. 197.

1988b

Von Sexualitat und Liebe. (Einsichten und Weisheiten.) pp. 146. (Cf. G. 1986a.)

1988c

Zur Psychologie westlicher und ostlicher Religion. (GW 11.) Rev edn., repaginated, without A n h a n g (appendix).

1989a

Von Vater, Mutter und Kind. (Einsichten u n d Weisheiten.) pp. 132. (Cf. G. 1986a.)

64

ig 8 6 d — x 990c 1989b

!9 8 9 c

1990a

1990b

Von Mensch und Gott. Ein Lesebuch. Selected by Franz Alt. O lten and Freiburg i. Br.: Walter, pp. 326. [Each selection is follow ed by letters quoted from the Briefe, G. 1972a, ig 7 2 b , 1973a.] Contents: 1. “Einleitung in die religionspsychologische Problematik.” (11—32) Excerpt from GW 12,3. Letters to Boltze and Lang. (33- 36) 2. “Psychotherapie und W eltanschauung.” (3 7 -4 5 ) GW 16,7. Letters to Wittwer, Eickhoff, and Rolfe. (46—50) 3. “fib er die B eziehung der Psychotherapie zur Seelsorge.” (5 1—73) GW 11,7. Letters to David, H och, and Sinclair. (74— 85) 4. “Das personliche und das kollektive U nbew usste.” (86—98) Excerpt from GW 7,1. Letters to Cogo and Serrano. (99— 108) 5. “D ie Individuation.” (109—54) Excerpt from GW 7,2. Letters to W hite and U hsadel. (155—62) 6. “Was indien uns lehren kann.” (163—68) GW 10,24. Letters to A non, and W hite. (169-77) 7. “Zur Psychologie ostliche Meditation [Yoga].” (178—98) GW 11,14. Letters to Magor and A non. (199-200) 8. “Zur Phanom enologie des Geistes im M archen.” (201—40) GW 91,8. Letters to Werblowsky and Buri. (2 4 1 -4 5 ) g. “Gut un d B ose in der analytischen Psychologie.” (246—60) GW 10,17. Letters to W egm ann and Kelsey. (261—66) 10. “Das Gewissen in psychologischer Sicht.” (267—89) GW 10,16. Letters to Kinney and Leonhard. (290—92) 11. “fib er das Leben nach dem T od .” (293—323) G. 1962a,12. Zwei Schriften iiber Analytische Psychologie. (GW, 7.) Rev. ed., repag­ inated. See Part II. γ οη Schein und Sein. (Einsichten und W eisheiten.) pp. 119. (Cf. G. 1986a.) Von Gut und Bose. (Einsichten und W eisheiten.) pp. 154. (Cf. G. 1986a.)

λ9902.

66

i 9 9 ° d ~ i99*d 3. " U b e r d e n A r c h e t y p u s mit b e s o n d e r e r B e r ticks ich t i g u n g des A n i m a b e g r i f f e s . " (57—74) G W 9^3. 4. " D i e psychologischen A s p e k t e des M u t t e r a r c h e t y p u s . " ( 7 5 106) G W gi.4. 5. " Z u r Psychologie des K i n d a r c h e t y p u s . " ( 1 0 7 - 4 4 ) G W gi,6. 6. " Z u m psychologischen A s p e k t d e r K o r e f i g u r . " ( 1 4 5 - 5 8 ) G W 9i>77. " Z u r Psychologie d e r Tricksterfigur." ( 1 5 9 - 7 6 ) G W 91,9. i99oi Wirklichkeit der Seele. pp. 138. ( T a s c h e n b u c h . C f . G . 1990c; also G . 1934b.) C o n t e n t s : 1. " V o r w o r t " [to G . 1934b, abridged]. (7-8) ( G W 18,133) 2. "Das G r u n d p r o b l e m d e r g e g e n w a r t i g e n Psychologie." (9-26) G W 8,13. 3. " D i e B e d e u t u n g d e r Psychologie f i i r die G e g e n w a r t . " (27—48) G W 10,7. 4. "Paracelsus." (49-58) G W 1 5 , 1 . 5. " S i g m u n d F r e u d als kulturhistorische E r s c h e i n u n g . " ( 5 9 - 6 6 ) G W 15,3. 6. " 'Ulysses'; Ein M o n o l o g . " (67-90) G W 15,8. 7. "Picasso." ( 9 1 - 9 6 ) G W 15,9. 8. " V o m W e r d e n d e r Personlichkeit," ( 9 7 - 1 1 6 ) G W 1 7 , 7 . 9. "Seele u n d T o d . " ( 1 1 7 - 2 8 ) G W 8,17. i 99 i a

Traumanalyse. S e m i n a r e . See Part I I I , [ 1 9 9 1 ] (p. 196).

J 99 l b

Die Psychologie der Ubertragung. 1990c.) G W 1 6 , 1 3 .

p p . 166. ( T a s c h e n b u c h . C f .

G.

^ g i c Psychologie und Religion, pp. 236. ( T a s c h e n b u c h . C f . G . l g g o c . ) Contents: 1. "Psychologie u n d Religion." (7—116) G W 1 1 , 1 . 2. " U b e r die B e z i e h u n g d e r Psychotherapie z u r Seelsorge." (117—32) G W 1 1 , 7 . 3. "Psychoanalyse u n d Seelsorge." (133—38) G W 11,8. 4. "Die W a n d l u n g s s y m b o l in d e r Messe." ( 1 3 9 - 2 2 8 ) G W 1 1 , 3 . i99id Vom Leiden und Heilen. (Einsichten u n d Weisheiten.) p p . 144. (Cf. G . 1986a.)

67

GERMAN

i99 i e Vom Abenteuer Wachsen und Erwachsenwerden. Ein Lesebuch. Selected by Franz Alt. pp. 336. (Cf. G. 1989b.) 1. "Die Struktur der Seele." (9-32) G W 8,7. Letters to Illing and Isaac. (32-39) 2. " U b e r Konflikte der kindlichen Seele." (40-70) G W 17,1. 3. "Das Liebesproblem des Studenten." ( 7 1 - g i ) G W 10,5. Letter to Bovet. ( g i - 9 2 ) 4. "Die Ehe als psychologische Beziehung." (93-107) G W 17,9. 5. "Die B e d e u t u n g des Vaters f u r das Schicksal des Einzelnen." (108-29) Excerpt f r o m G W 4,14. Letter to Corti. (129-30) 6. " U b e r den Archetypus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Animabegriffes." ( 1 3 1 - 5 1 ) G W 91,3. Letters to Lewino, Rolfe, Evans, and A n o n . (151—57) 7. "Die psychologischen Aspekte des Mutterarchetypus." (158— 96) G W 91,4. Letters to Vetter, Keyserling, and McCullen. (196-201) 8. "Allgemeines zur Komplextheorie." (202-17) G W 8,3. Letters to A n o n . (3), Meyer, Verzar, and Rolfe. ( 2 1 7 - 2 6 ) 9. "Die B e d e u t u n g des Unbewussten f u r die individuelle Erziehung." (227-45) G W 17,6. Letters to A n o n . , England, T h o m p s o n , and van Lier-Schmidt Ernsthausen. (245—57) 10. "Analytische Psychologie u n d Erziehung." (258-321) Extract f r o m G W 17,4. Letters to Frei and Lasky. (321-29) !99i f Seelenprobleme der Gegenwart. pp. 258. (Taschenbuch. C f . G. 1990c.) Contents: Vorwort zur ersten A u f l a g e (1931) (7) G W 18,67. Vorwort zur zweiten A u f l a g e (1933) (8) G W 18,67. 1. "Die Probleme der m o d e r n e n Psychotherapie" (1929) (9— 30) G W 16,6. 2. "Uber die Beziehungen der analytischen Psychologie zum dichterischen Kunstwerk" (1922) (31-50) G W 15,6. 3. "Der Gegensatz Freud und J u n g " (1929) (51-58) G W 4,16. 4. "Ziele der Psychotherapie" (1929) (59-76) G W 16,5. 5. "Psychologische T y p o l o g i e " (1928) (77—94) G W 6,6. 6. "Die Struktur d e r Seele" (1927) ( 9 5 - 1 1 4 ) G W 8,7. 7. "Seele und E r d e " (1927) ( 1 1 5 - 3 4 ) G W 10,2. 8. "Der archaische Mensch" (1930) (135—56) G W 10,3. 9. "Die Lebenswende" (1930) ( 1 5 7 - 7 2 ) G W 8,16. 10. "Die Ehe als psychologische Beziehung" (1925) (173-84) G W 17,8.

68

lggie-lggig 1 1 . "Analytische Psychologie u n d W e l t a n s c h a u u n g " ( 1 9 2 7 ) ( 1 8 5 - 2 0 8 ) G W 8,14. 12. "Geist u n d L e b e n " (1926) (209-28) G W 8,12. 13. "Das S e e l e n p r o b l e m des m o d e r n e n M e n s c h e n " (1928) (229— 48) G W 10,4. 199*8 Wandlungen und Symbole der Libido. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens. pp. 446. G. 1938b r e p u b . with corrs. o f citations a c c o r d i n g to G W 5, transls. o f f o r e i g n quots., b i b l i o g r a p h y , f o r e w o r d by L u t z Niehus. ( T a s c h e n b u c h . C f . G . 1990c.) C o n tents: 1. V o r r e d e zur vierten A u f l a g e (7). 2. V o r r e d e z u r zweiten A u f l a g e (12). 3. V o r r e d e zur dritten A u f l a g e (13). Erster T e i l : 1. Einleitung ( 1 7 - 2 0 ) . 2. U b e r die zwei A r t e n des D e n k e n s (21—47). 3. V o r b e r e i t e n d e Materialien z u r A n a l y s e d e r Millerschen Phantasien (48-53). 4. D e r S c h o p f e r h y m n u s (54-84). 5. Das L i e d v o n d e r Motte (85—121). Zweiter T e i l : 1. Einleitung (123—32). 2. U b e r d e n B e g r i f f u n d die genetische T h e o r i e d e r L i b i d o (133-46). 3. Die V e r l a g e r u n g d e r Libido als m o g l i c h e Q u e l l e d e r primitiven menschlichen E r f i n d u n g e n (147—74). 4. Die unbewusste E n t s t e h u n g des H e r o s (175—207). 5. S y m b o l e d e r M u t t e r u n d d e r W i e d e r g e b u r t (208-66). 6. D e r K a m p f u m die B e f r e i u n g v o n d e r M u t t e r (267—94). 7. Das O p f e r ( 2 9 5 - 4 1 1 ) . A n h a n g : Miss F r a n k Miller: P h a n o m e n e v o r i i b e r g e h e n d e r S u g gestion o d e r m o m e n t a n e r A u t o s u g g e s t i o n (415—26).

69

E N G L IS H 1907a

“O n Psychophysical R elations o f th e A ssociative E x p e rim e n t.” J . abnorm. Psychol., 1 : 6 (Feb.), 2 4 7 —5 5 . R e p u b ., slightly rev., w ith slig h t title c h a n g e as CW 2 , 1 2 . t r .— GW 2 , 1 2 .

1907b

W ith F. P eterso n : “Psycho-physical Investigations w ith th e G alva­ n o m e te r a n d P n e u m o g ra p h in N o rm al a n d In sa n e In d iv id u a ls.” Brain, X X X :2 (pt. 118) (July), 153—218. R e p u b ., slightly rev., as CW 2,13. t r . — G W 2,13.

1908a

W ith C h arles R ic k sh er: “F u r th e r In v estig atio n s o n th e G alvanic P h e n o m e n o n a n d R esp iratio n in N o rm a l a n d In sa n e In d iv id u a ls.” J . abnorm. Psychol., IL 5 (Dec. 1 9 0 7 -Ja n . 1908), 1 8 9 -2 1 7 . R e p u b ., slightly rev., as CW 2,14. t r .— GW 2,14.

J9°9a The Psychology o f Dementia Praecox. (N ervous a n d M ental D isease M o n o g ra p h Series N o. 3.) N ew Y ork: T h e J o u r n a l o f N erv o u s a n d M ental D isease P u b lish in g Co. p p . 153. 1971: facsim ile e d n . N ew York: J o h n s o n R e p rin t C o rp . p p . 150. T ra n s, fro m G. 1907a by F re d e ric k W. P e terso n a n d A. A. Brill. C o n ten ts: A u th o r ’s P reface, (xix—xx) D a te d J u ly 1906. I. C ritical P re se n ta tio n o f T h e o re tic a l Views o n th e Psy­ chology o f D e m e n tia P raecox. II. T h e E m o tio n al C o m p lex a n d Its G e n e ra l A ction o n th e Psyche. I II . T h e In flu e n c e o f th e E m o tio n al C o m p lex o n A ssociation. IV. D e m e n tia P raeco x a n d H y steria, a Parallel. V. A nalysis o f a C ase o f P a ra n o id D e m e n tia as a P a rad ig m . Pub. in dif. tra n s.’s as E. 1936b a n d CW 3,1. 1910a

“T h e A ssociation M e th o d .” American Journal o f Psychology, X X I:2 (A pr.), 2 1 9 -6 9 . T ra n s, fro m a largely u n p u b . G e rm a n te x t by A. A. B rill. C o n ten ts: 1. L e c tu re I. (U n titled ) (2 1 9 -4 0 ) P ub. in a d if. tra n s. as C W 2,10. Partially in c o rp o ra te s It. 1908a.

1 9 0 7 a - 1914a 2. L ec tu re II. “Fam ilial [p rin ted as “F am iliar”] C onstellations. (240—51) P ub. in a dif. tran s. as CW 2,11. Cf. Fr. 1907a. 3. L ec tu re I I I . “E x p erien ces C o n cern in g th e Psychic L ife o f th e C hild.” (251—69) G erm an version p u b . as G. i g i o k . Cf. CW 17. 1-

R ep u b . in Lectures and Addresses Delivered before the Departments o f Psychology and Pedagogy in Celebration of the Twentieth Anniversary of the Opening of Clark University— September, 1909. W orcester, M ass.: T h e U niversity, p p . 3 9 -8 9 . P ub. w ith stylistic alteratio n s as E. 1916a,3. 19133 “O n th e D octrin e o f C om plexes.” Australasian Medical Congress, Transactions of the 9th Session, II, 835—39. Sydney: W m . A p p leg ate G ullick, G o v e rn m e n t P rin te r, u n d e r th e d irec tio n o f th e L iterary C om m ittee. R ep u b ., slightly rev., as CW 2,18. P a p e r c o n trib u te d to th e C ongress, Sydney, A ustralia, Sept. 1911. t r .— G W 2,18. 1913b

“T h e T h e o ry o f Psychoanalysis.” [1st section: In tro d u c tio n a n d Chs. I - I I I .] Psychoanal. Rev., I : i (Nov.), 1—40. T ra n s , fro m G. 1913a by E d ith a n d M. D. E d e r a n d M ary M oltzer. T h e 1st o f 5 sections. R ep u b ., w ith E. 1914a a n d 1915b, as E. 1915a. P ub., to ­ g e th e r w ith E. 1914a a n d 1915b, w ith ad d n s., in a d if. tra n s. as CW 4,9. F irst p a r t o f a series o f g lectu res given in E nglish as a n E x ten sio n C o u rse a t F o rd h am U niversity, N ew Y ork City, S ept. 1912.

1913c “L e tte r fro m D r. J u n g .” (T o The Psychoanalytic Review, Nov. 1913.) Psychoanal. Rev., I : i (Nov.), 1 1 7 -1 8 . R ep u b . in E. 1973b. t r .— G e r­ m an : 1972a. 1913d

“Psycho-A nalysis.” Transactions o f the Psycho-Medical Society, IV :2 , p p . 19. T ra n s . (by ?) fro m th e o rig. G e rm a n m s., a v ersio n o f w hich was u ltim ately p u b . as G W 4,10. R ep u b . w ith slig h t title c h an g e as E. ig i g d . R ead b e fo re th e Psycho-M edical Society, L o n ­ d o n , 5 A ug. 1913.

!9143 “T h e T h e o ry o f Psychoanalysis.” Psychoanal. Rev. [2d—4 th sections: C hs. IV —V II: 1:2 (Feb.), 153—77; C h. V III: L 3 (July), 2 6 0 -8 4 ; C h. IX : 1:4 (O ct.), 415—30.] T ra n s , fro m G. 1913a by E d ith a n d M. D. E d e r a n d M ary M oltzer. T h e 2d, 3 d , a n d 4 th o f 5 sections. Cf. E. 1913b a n d E. 1915b. R ep u b ., w ith E. 1913b a n d 1915b, as E.

1915a. Pub., with E. 1913b and 1915b, with addns., in a dif. trans. as CW 4,9. T he middle portion o f a series o f 9 lectures. Cf. E. 1913b. Ig1-Ib “On the Im portance of the Unconscious in Psychopathology.” Brit­ ish Medical Journal, II (5 Dec.), 964—66. Repub. as E. 19163,11. Pa­ per read in the Section of Neurology and Psychological Medicine, 82d A nnual Meeting of the British Medical Association, Aber­ deen, 29—31 July 1914. (Discussion with E rn estJo n es follows ?) Summary appeared in The Lancet, II (1914) (5 Sept.), 650. i9'5a The Theory of Psychoanalysis. (Nervous and Mental Disease Mono­ graph Series No. 19.) New York: Journal o f Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Co. pp. 135. 1971: Facsimile edn. New York: Johnson Reprint Corp. Contents: Introduction. (1—3) I. Consideration o f Early Hypotheses. (4-16) II. T he Infantile Sexuality. (17—26) III. T h e Conception o f Libido. (27-44) IV. T he Etiological Significance o f the Infantile Sexuality. (45- 54 ) V. T he Unconscious. (55—59) VI. T he Dream. (60-66) VII. T he Content of the Unconscious. (67—71) V III. T h e Etiology o f the Neuroses. (72—95) IX. T h e Therapeutical Principles o f Psychoanalysis. (96-110) X. Some General Remarks on Psychoanalysis. (111-33) E. 1913b, 1914a, and 1915b repub. as a m onograph. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 4,9. ^ 1Sb “The Theory o f Psychoanalysis.” [5th section: Ch. X.] Psychoanal. Rev., II: 1 (Jan.), 29-51. Trans, from G. 1913a by Edith and M. D. Eder and Mary Moltzer. T he last o f 5 sections. Cf. E. 1913b and 1914a. Repub., with E. 1913b and 1914a, as E. 1915a. Pub., with E. 1913b and 1914a, with addns., in a dif. trans. as CW 4,9. T he last of a series o f lectures. Cf. E. 1913b. 1O1Sc “O n Psychological U nderstanding.”/ , abnorm. Psychol., IX:6 (Feb.— Mar.), 385-99. G erm an version, rev. and slightly exp., pub. as sup­ plem ent in G. 1914a. PIncorporated in E. 1916a,14. English ver-

1914b — 1916a sio n r e a d b e fo r e th e P sycho-M edical S ociety, L o n d o n , 24 J u ly 1914. igi5d “ P sy ch o an aly sis.” PsychoanaL R ev., I I :3 (July), 241—59. E. 1 9 1 3 d r e ­ p u b . w ith s lig h t title c h a n g e . R e p u b . as E. 19168,8. P u b . in a d if. tra n s ., w ith title c h a n g e , as C W 4,10. 1916a

Collected Papers on Analytical Psychology. E d. by C o n s ta n c e E. L o n g . N e w Y ork: M o ffa t, Y a rd ; L o n d o n : B ailliere, T in d a ll & C ox. p p . 3 9 2 . S o m e c o p ie s b e a r th e title: Analytical Psychology. C o n te n ts : 1. A u th o r ’s P re fa c e , (vii-x) P ro b a b ly tra n s . fro m a G e r m a n m s. by C o n s ta n c e E. L o n g . D a te d J a n . 1916. R e p u b . as E. 1 917a, 1, a n d in a d if. tra n s . as C W 4,13. “F irst E d itio n .” t r .— G e r ­ m a n : G W 4 ,1 3 3 . 2. “O n th e P sychology a n d P a th o lo g y o f So-called O c c u lt P h e ­ n o m e n a .” (1—93) T r a n s , fro m G. 1902a by M . D. E d e r. R e­ p u b . as E. 19178,2, a n d , in a d if. tra n s ., as C W 1,1. 3. “T h e A sso c ia tio n M e th o d .” (9 4 -1 5 5 ) E. 1910a p u b . w ith sty­ listic a lte ra tio n s . C onsists o f 3 le c tu re s , th e 1st 2 p u b . in a d if. tra n s . as C W 2,10 a n d 11. I n r e g a r d to th e 3 d , cf. C W 17,1. R e p u b . as E. 19173,3. 4. “T h e S ig n ifican ce o f th e F a th e r in th e D e stin y o f th e I n d i ­ v id u a l.” (156—75) T r a n s . fro m G. 1909c by M. D. E d e r. R e ­ p u b . as E. 19178,4. Cf. C W 4,14. 5. “A C o n tr ib u tio n to th e P sychology o f R u m o u r.” (176—90) T r a n s , fro m G. l g i o q . R e p u b . as E. 19173,5. P u b . in a d if. tra n s . as C W 4,4. 6. “O n th e S ig n ifican ce o f N u m b e r-D re a m s .” (191—99) T r a n s , fro m G. 191 i e by M. D. E d e r. R e p u b . as E. 19173,6. P u b . in a d if. tra n s . as C W 4,5. 7. “A C riticism o f B le u le r’s ‘T h e o r y o f S c h iz o p h re n ic N e g a tiv ­ ism ’.” (2 0 0 -0 5 ) T r a n s , fro m G. l g n c b y M . D . E d e r. R e p u b . as E. 19178,7. P u b . in a d if. tra n s . as C W 3,4. 8. “P sy ch o an aly sis.” (206—25) E. i g i 5 d r e p u b . R e p u b . as E. i g i7 a ,8 . P u b . in a d if. tra n s ., w ith title c h a n g e , as C W 4 ,1 0 . 9. “O n P sychoanalysis.” (226—35) R e p u b . as E. 19173,9, a n d w ith m in o r revs, a n d title c h a n g e as C W 4 ,1 1 . R e a d in E n ­ g lish b e fo re th e N ew Y ork A c a d e m y o f M e d ic in e, 8 O ct. 1912, a n d to th e 1 7 th I n te r n a tio n a l M ed ical C o n g re s s, L o n ­ d o n , 1913. 10. “O n S o m e C ru c ia l P o in ts in P sychoanalysis.” (236—77)

T rans, from G. 1914b by Edith Eder. Repub. as E. 1917a, 10. Pub. in a dif. trans. with m inor title change as CW 4>i2.

11. “O n the Im portance o f the Unconscious in Psychopathol­ ogy.” (278—86) E. 1914b repub. Repub. as E. 19173,11. Pub., slightly rev., as CW 3,5. 12. “A Contribution to the Study o f Psychological Types.” (287— 98) Trans, from Fr. 1913a by Constance E. Long. Repub. as E. 19178,12. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 6,5. 13. “T he Psychology o f Dreams.” (299-311) Trans, from an un­ pub. ms. (greatly exp. and pub. as G. ig28b,2) by Dora Hecht. Repub. as E. 19178,13. Cf. E. 1956b and CW 8,9 for dif. trans.’s o f an exp. version. 14. “The Content o f the Psychoses.” (312—51) Trans, from G. 1914a by M. D. Eder. Repub. as E. 19173,14. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 3,2. PIncorporates E. 1915c. 15. “New Paths in Psychology.” (352—77) T rans, from G. i g i 2 d by Dora Hecht. Pub., rev. and exp., with title change, as E. 19173,15. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 7,3. 1Ql6b Psychology of the Unconscious. A Study of the Transformations and Sym­ bolisms of the Libido. A Contribution to the History of the Evolution of Thought. New York: Moffat, Yard; London: Kegan Paul, Trench, T rubner. pp. Ivi + 566. (Lengthy front m atter contains intro, by the translator.) Trans, from G. ig i 2 a by Beatrice M. Hinkle. T he American edn. was im ported, presumably as sheets, into Great Britain by Kegan Paul, who substituted their title page. Publication date for the London edn. is considered to be 1917, although cop­ ies bear only the 1916 copyright date by Moffat Yard. In 1919, Moffat Yard issued a “new edn.,” xxxvi + 339 pp. Kegan Paul reprinted this last version in 1921, continuing to do so through the 6th impression, 1951. (In 1947, the im print became Routledge Sc Kegan Paul.) Dodd Mead (New York) acquired the book from Moffat Yard in 1925, reprinting the 1916 edn. which was in print until 1972. Contents (the first pagination given is that o f the 1916 edn., the second, that o f the 1919 edn.): 1. A uthor’s Note, (xlvii) (xxix) Cf. CW 5, 2d edn., 2d pr. Part I. 2. Introduction. (3-7) (1—3) 3. Concerning the Two Kinds o f Thinking. (8—41) (4—21) 4. T he Miller Phantasies. (42—48) (22—25)

1916b - 1918a 5. T h e H y m n o f C re a tio n . (4 9 -8 6 ) (26—46) 6. T h e S o n g o f th e M o th . (87—126) (47—69) P a r t II. 7. A sp e c ts o f th e L ib id o . (127—38) (7 0 -7 6 ) 8. T h e C o n c e p tio n a n d th e G e n e tic T h e o r y o f L ib id o . (139— 56) (7 7 -8 6 ) 9. T h e T r a n s f o r m a tio n o f th e L ib id o . A P ossible S o u rc e o f P rim itiv e H u m a n D iscoveries. (1 5 7 -9 0 ) (87—105) 10. T h e U n c o n sc io u s O rig in o f th e H e ro . (191—232) (1 0 6 -2 8 ) 11. S y m b o lism o f th e M o th e r a n d o f R e b irth . (233—306) (1 2 9 -1 6 8 ) 12. T h e B a ttle f o r D e liv e ran c e fro m th e M o th e r. (307—40) (1 6 9 -8 7 ) 13. T h e D u a l M o th e r R ole. (341—427) (188—236) 14. T h e S acrifice. (428—83) (2 3 7 -6 7 ) E n tir e w o rk p u b ., rev. a n d e x p a n d e d , in a d if. tra n s . w ith c h a n g e o f title , as C W 5. F o r re issu e o f th e 1916 w o rk , see P a r t I I , S u p p le ­ m e n ta ry Vol. B. !917a Collected Papers on Analytical Psychology. E d. by C o n s ta n c e E. L o n g . 2 d e d n . N ew Y ork: M o ffa t, Y a rd ; L o n d o n : B ailli^ re, T in d a ll Sc C o x . p p . 49 2 . C o n te n ts c o n fo rm to th o se o f th e 1st e d n . (cf. E. 1916a) w ith th e fo llo w in g a d d n s . a n d s u b s titu tio n : 1a. A u th o r ’s P re fa c e to th e S e c o n d E d itio n , (ix—xii) P ro b a b ly tra n s . fro m th e G e rm a n m s. by C o n s ta n c e E. L o n g . D a te d J u n e 1917. R e p u b . in a d if. tra n s. as C W 4 ,1 3 ,6 . 15. “T h e P sychology o f th e U n c o n sc io u s P ro cesses.” (352— 4 44) T r a n s , fro m G . 1917a by D o ra H e c h t. R e p la ce s E. 1 9 16a, 15, o f w h ich th is is a rev. a n d e x p . v e rsio n . C f. E. i g 2 8 b ,i a n d C W 7,1 f o r tra n s .’s o f f u r t h e r rev. v e rsio n s. 16. “T h e C o n c e p tio n o f th e U n c o n sc io u s.” (4 4 5 —7 4 ) T r a n s , fro m a G e r m a n m s. su b s e q u e n tly lost, a F r e n c h tra n s . o f w h ich was p u b . as F r. 1916a. T h e o rig . m s. w as f o u n d p o s th u m o u s ly a n d a dif. tra n s . p u b . as C W 7 ,4 (2d e d n .). C f. E. 19 2 8 b ,2 a n d C W 7,2 f o r tra n s . o f f u r t h e r rev. v e r­ sions. D e liv e re d as a le c tu re to th e Z u ric h S ch o o l o f A n a ­ lytical P sychology, 1916. l 9 l8a Studies in Word-Association. Experiments in the Diagnosis o f Psychopathological Conditions Carried O ut at the Psychiatric Clinic o f the University o f Zurich, under the direction o f C. G .J u n g . N ew Y ork: M of-

fat, Yard; London: H einem ann, i g i g . pp. 575. ig 6 g : N ew York: Russell & Russell; London: R outledge & K egan Paul. Trans, by M. D. Eder. Contains the follow ing works by Jung: 1. W ith F. Riklin: “T h e Associations o f N orm al Subjects.” (8— 172) Trans, from G. ig o 6 a ,i. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 2,1. 2. “Analysis o f the Associations o f an Epileptic.” (206—26) T rans, from G. ig o 6 a ,2 . Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 2,2. 3. “R eaction-Tim e in Association E xperim ents.” (22 7 -6 5 ) Trans, from G. igo6a,3· Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 2,3. 4. “Psycho-Analysis and Association E xperim ents.” (2g7—321) Trans, from G. tgo6a,4· Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as CW 2,5. 5. “Association, Dream , and Hysterical Sym ptom s.” (354—gs) Trans, from G. igo g a , 1. Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as CW 2,7. 6. “O n Disturbances in R eproduction in Association Experi­ m ents.” (3 g 6 -4 o 6 ) Trans, from G. igoga,2. Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as CW 2,g. 19 19» “O n the Problem o f Psychogenesis in M ental Diseases.” Proceedings o f the Royal Society of Medicine (Section o f Psychiatry), X IL g (Aug.), 63—76. R epub., slightly rev., as CW 3,6. W ritten in English and read to the Section o f Psychiatry, T h e Society, A nnual M eeting, L ondon, 11 July i g ig . 1919b

1 92 0a

1920b

“Instinct and the U nconscious.” Bntish Journal of Psychology, X :i (Nov.), 15 -2 6 . Trans, by H . G. Baynes from a Germ an ms. subse­ quently pub. as G. ig28b,4· Repub. as E. ig 2 8 a ,io . *Also issued as a pam phlet including other authors’ papers, Cam bridge, England: Cam bridge University Press. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 8,6. A c on ­ tribution to the Sym posium o f the sam e nam e, presented at the jo in t m eetin g o f the British Psychological Society, the Aristotelian Society, and the Mind Association, L ondon, 12 July i g i g . “Introduction.” Elida Evans: The Problem o f the Nervous Child, pp. v-viii. N ew York: D odd Mead; London: K egan Paul [1921]. Dated Oct. i g i g . Repub. as CW i8 ,i2 g . “T h e Psychological Foundations o f B elief in Spirits.” Proceedings o f the Society fo r Psychical Research, X X X L 79 (May), 7 5 -9 3 . Trans, by H. G. Baynes from a G erm an ms. subsequently pub. as G. 1928b,

1919a -

!925a

5. R e p u b . as E. 19288,9. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 8 , 1 1 . R e a d b e f o r e a g e n e r a l m e e t i n g o f the Society, L o n d o n , 4 July 1 9 1 9 . 1921a " T h e Q u e s t i o n o f the T h e r a p e u t i c Value o f 'Abreaction'." British Journal of Psychology (Medical Section), II: 1 (Oct.), 13—22. Pub., slightly rev., as E. 1 9 2 8 3 , 1 1 . TR.—German: G W 1 6 , 1 1 . 1923a

Psychological Types, or, The Psychology of Individuation. N e w Y o r k : H a r c o u r t B r a c e ; L o n d o n : R e g a n Paul, T r e n c h , T r u b n e r . p p . 654. 1959: N e w Y o r k : Pantheon; L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n Paul. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 2 1 a by H. G. Baynes. Contents: 1. Introduction. (9—14) 2. T h e P r o b l e m o f T y p e s in the History o f Classical a n d Medieval T h o u g h t . ( 1 5 - 8 6 ) 3. Schiller's Ideas u p o n the T y p e Problem. (87—169) 4. T h e A p o l l o n i a n and the Dionysian. ( 1 7 0 - 8 3 ) 5. T h e T y p e Problem in the Discernment o f H u m a n C h a r a c ter. ( 1 8 4 - 2 0 6 ) 6. T h e Problem o f T y p e s in Poetry. (207—336) 7. T h e T y p e Problem in Psychiatry. (337—57) 8. T h e P r o b l e m o f T y p i c a l Attitudes in Aesthetics. ( 3 5 8 - 7 1 ) g. T h e P r o b l e m o f T y p e s in M o d e r n Philosophy. (372—400) 10. T h e T y p e Problem in B i o g r a p h y . (401—11) 1 1 . G e n e r a l Description o f the T y p e s . ( 4 1 2 - 5 1 7 ) 12. Definitions. (518—617) 13. Conclusion. (618—28) R e p u b . , trans, rev., as C W 6. Items 1, 1 1 , 12 pub. as E. 19598,4.

1993b " O n the Relation o f Analytical Psychology to Poetic A r t . " British Journal of Medical Psychology, 111:3, 2 1 3 - 3 1 . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1922a by H . G . Baynes. R e p u b . as E. 1928a,8. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 8,11. 1925a

VII Sermones ad Mortuos. The Seven Sermons to the Dead Written by Basilides in Alexandria, the City Where the East Toucheth the West. Edi n b u r g h : Neill. p p . 28. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 1 6 a by H . G . Baynes. Printed f o r private circulation. R e p u b . as E. 1966a, 19 a n d E. 1967b. C f . E. 1967a. Presentation copy e x a m i n e d inscribed " T o R. F. C. Hull. C . G . J u n g . J u n e 1959. T r a n s l a t i o n by H . G . Baynes."

77

1925b

1926a

1927a

“Psychological T ypes.” Problems o f Personality. Studies Presented to Morton Prince, Pioneer in American Psychopathology, pp. 289—302. Ed. by C. MacFie Cam pbell, et al. New York: H arco u rt Brace; L on­ don: K egan Paul, T ren ch , T ru b n e r. T ran s, from G. 1925c by H . G. Baynes. Pub. in dif. trans.’s as E. 1928a, 12 an d CW 6,6. Lec­ tu re delivered at th e In tern atio n al C ongress o f Education, T erritet, 1923. “M arriage as a Psychological Relationship.” The Book o f Marriage. pp. 348—62. Ed. by H erm an n Keyserling. New York: H arc o u rt Brace. T ran s, from G. 1925b by T h erese D uerr. Pub. in dif. trans.’s as E. 19288,6 an d CW 17,8. “In tro d u ctio n .” Frances G. Wickes: The Inner World o f Childhood. pp. xiii—xiv. New York: D. A ppleton. T rans, from a ms. subse­ quently ex p an d ed into G. 1931c, o f which th e above com prises th e 1st 31/2 pars. E ntire tex t o f G. 1931c trans. an d pub. as E. 1966c. Cf. CW 17,2.

!9282 Contributions to Analytical Psychology. New York: H arco u rt Brace; L ondon: K egan Paul, T ren ch , T ru b n er. pp. 410. T ran s, by H. G. an d Cary F. Baynes. Contents: 1. “O n Psychical Energy.” (1—76) T ran s, from G. 1928b,2. Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as CW 8,1. 2. “S pirit an d Life.” (77-98) T rans, from G. 1926c. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 8,12. 3. “M ind an d th e E arth.” (99-140) T ran s, from a G erm an ms. subsequently pub. as G. 19318,8. Pub. in a dif. trans. with m inor title change as CW 10,2. 4. “Analytical Psychology an d W eltanschauung.” (141-63) T rans, from a G erm an ms. subsequently rev. an d exp. into G. 1931a,12. Cf. CW 8,14. 5. “W om an in E urope.” (164—88) T ran s, fro m G. 1927b. P re­ pub. as E. 1928c. E xcerpt pub. as E. i9 3 o d . Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 10,6. 6. “M arriage as a Psychological Relationship.” (189—203) T rans, from G. 1925b. Pub. in dif. trans.’s as E. 1926a an d CW 17,8. 7. “T h e Love Problem o f th e S tudent.” (204—24) T ran s, from a G erm an ms. subsequently pub. as G. 1971 a,3. Pub. in a

1 9 2 5 b - 1928b

8.

9. 10. 11.

12. 13.

14.

1928b

dif. trans. with m inor title change as CW 10,5. Lecture de­ livered to the student body, University o f Zurich, 1924. “O n the Relation o f Analytical Psychology to Poetic A rt.” {225—49) E. 1923b repub. Pub. in a dif. trans. with m inor title change as CW 15,6. “The Psychological Foundations o f Belief in Spirits.” (250— 69) E. 1920b repub. Pub, in a dif. trans. as CW 8,11. “Instinct and the Unconscious.” (270-81) E. 1919b repub. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 8,6. “T h e Q uestion o f the T herapeutic Value of ‘A breaction’.” (282-94) E. 1921a, slightly rev. Repub., slightly rev. and with m inor title change, as CW 16,11. “Psychological Types.” (295—312) Trans, from G. 1925c. Pub. in dif. trans.’s as E. 1925b and CW 6,6. “Analytical Psychology and Education.” (313—82) Consists of 4 lectures. Lecture I trans. from the unpub. G erm an ms. subsequently pub. as G. 19713,4. Repub., slightly rev., as CW 17,3. Delivered to the International Congress o f Edu­ cation, Territet, 1923. Lectures II-IV drafted in English and rev. by Roberts Aldrich. Cf. CW 17,4. Delivered to the International Congress of Education, London, May 1924. “T h e Significance o f the Unconscious in Individual Educa­ tion.” (383—402) Trans, from a G erm an ms. subsequently pub. as G. 1971a,5. Delivered as a lecture to the In tern a­ tional Congress o f Education, Heidelberg, 1925. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 17,6. Excerpt pub. as “Analysis o f Two Homosexual Dreams.” pp. 286—93. The Homosexuals as Seen by Themselves and Thirty Authorities. Ed. by A. M. Krich. New York: Citadel Press, 1957.

Two Essays on Analytical Psychology. New York: D odd, Mead; Lon­ don: Bailliere, Tindall & Cox. pp. 280. Trans, by H. G. and C. F. Baynes. Contents: 1. “T h e Unconscious in the Normal and Pathological Mind.” (1— 121) T rans, from G. 1926a. Cf. E. 1917a, 15 and CW 7,1 for trans.’s o f earlier and later versions. Extracts (Chs. V 8c V II; pt. o f last par. omitted) pub. in Classics in Psychology, pp. 715— 55. Ed. by T h o rn e Shipley. New York: Philosophical Library, 1961. 2. “T h e Relation o f the Ego to the Unconscious.” (125-269)

Trans, from G. 1928a. Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as CW 7,2. 1928c

1930a

“Woman in Europe.” New Adelphi, n.s. II: 1 (Sept.), 19-35. E· i928a,5 prepub. “Your Negroid and Indian Behavior.” Forum, LXXXIII:4 (Apr.), 193-99. Repub., slightly rev. and with title change, as CW 10,22. W ritten in English.

i 93 ob “Some Aspects of M odern Psychotherapy.” Journal of State Medi­ cine, XXXVIII:6 (June), 348—54. Repub. as CW 16,3. W ritten in English and delivered before the Congress o f the Society o f Public Health, Zurich, 1929. t r .—German: GW 16,4. 1930c

i9 3 ° d

193

“Psychology and Poetry.” transition, no. 19/20 (June), 23-45. Trans, from G. 1930a by Eugene Jolas. Pub. in a dif. trans. with title change as E. 19333,8. Cf. CW 15,7. “T he Plight o f Woman in Europe.” The 1930 European Scrap Book. pp. 213-16. New York: Forum Press. Excerpted from E. 19283,5.

ia With Richard Wilhelm: The Secret of the Golden Flower. New York: H arcourt Brace; London: Kegan Paul, Trench, T rubner. pp. 151. 1955: New York: W ehman Bros. pp. 151. Trans, by Cary F. Baynes. Pub., rev. and augm ented, as E. 1962b. Contains the fol­ lowing works by Jung: 1. “Commentary.” (77-137) Trans, from G. 1929^1,1-6. Cf. CW 13,1. 2. “Examples o f European Mandalas.” (137—38 + 10 plates) Trans, from G. 19296,1,7. Cf. CW 13,1, pp. 56 ff and CW 9,1,12. 3. “In Memory o f Richard Wilhelm.” (139-51) T rans, from G. 1930c. Cf. E. 19583,9 and CW 15,5.

193lb “Foreword.” Charles Roberts Aldrich: The Primitive Mind and Mod­ em Civilization, pp. xv—xvii. New York: H arcourt Brace; London: Kegan Paul, T rench, T rubner. Trans, by Aldrich from the G er­ m an ms. (Cf. GW 18,6g.) Repub., trans. slightly rev., as CW 18,69.

1928c- 1933a 193lc " T h e Spiritual Problem o f M o d e r n Man." Prabuddha Bharata, 36:8 (Aug.), 3 7 7 - 8 4 ; 36:9 (Sept.), 435-43. Trans, f r o m G. i g 2 8 f by? Also pub. as m o n o g r a p h : Mayavati A l m o r a , Himalayas: Advaiti A s h r a m a . pp. 15. C f . E. 19338,10 and C W 10,4 for trans.'s o f rev. version. 193id "Problems o f M o d e r n Psychotherapy." Schweizerische Medizinische Wochenschrift, L X L 3 5 (29 Aug.) 8 1 0 - 3 2 . T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 2 g d by Carl [F.] Baynes. Repub. as E. 19333,2. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 16,6. 1932a "Introduction." W. M. Kranefeldt: Secret Ways of the Mind. pp. xxv— xl. New Y o r k : H e n r y Holt; L o n d o n : K e g a n Paul, T r e n c h , T r u b ner, 1934. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1930b by Ralph M. Eaton. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 4 , 1 5 . 1932b " S i g m u n d Freud in His Historical Setting." Character and Personality, I : i (Sept.), 48—55. T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 3 2 f by Cary F. Baynes. English trans, issued simultaneously with the orig. G e r m a n (cf. G . i g 3 2 f ) which was pub. in the G e r m a n edn. o f this j o u r n a l . Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 15,3. J932C

" C r i m e 3nd the Soul. T h e Mystery o f Du3l Personality in the Lawbreaker. Inoffensive People W h o Become Criminals." Sunday Referee (London) (11 Dec.). For G e r m a n version, see G. ig33a. Pub., with minor rev. in accordance with G. 1933a, as C W 18,13.

i933a Modern Man in Search of a Soul. N e w Y o r k : Harcourt Brace; London: K e g a n Psul, T r e n c h , T r u b n e r . pp. 282. 1955: Paperback edn. (Harvest Books) New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. pp. 244. 1961: L o n d o n : Routledge &: K e g a n Paul. pp. 282. T r a n s , by W. S. Dell and Cary F. Baynes. Contents: 1. "Dream Analysis in Its Practical Application." ( 1 - 3 1 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1931c. Pub. in a dif. trans, with title c h a n g e as C W 16,12. 2. "Problems o f M o d e r n Psychotherapy." (32-62) E. 1 9 3 i d repub. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 16,6. 3. " T h e A i m s o f Psychotherapy." (63—84) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1931a, 5. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 16,5. 4. " A Psychological T h e o r y o f Types." (85-108) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1931a,6. Repub., trans, slightly rev., as C W 6,7.

81

5. “T h e S tages o f L ife.” (1 0 9 —31) T ran s, fro m G. 1 9 313,10. Pub. in a d if. trans. as CW 8 ,1 6 . 6. “F reu d an d Ju n g: C on trasts.” (1 3 2 -4 2 ) T ran s, fr o m G. 1931a, 4. Pub. in a d if. trans. as CW 4 ,1 6 . 7. “A rch aic M an.” (143—74) T ran s, fro m G. 1 931a,g. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 10,3. 8. “P sych ology an d L iterature.” (1 7 5 -9 9 ) T ran s. fr o m G. 1930a. Pub. in a d if. trans. w ith title ch a n g e as E. 1930c. Cf. C W i 5 l7 . 9. “T h e B asic P ostu lates o f A nalytical P sych ology.” (2 0 0 —25) T ra n s, fro m G. 1 9 3 ig . Pub., trans. slightly rev., as CW 8,13. 10. “T h e S piritual P rob lem o f M od ern M an.” (2 2 6 —5 4 ) T ran s, fr o m G . 19313,14. Pub. in a d if. trans. as CW 10,4. C f. E. 1 931c fo r a trans. o f earlier version . 11. “P sych oth erap ists o r th e C lergy.” (2 5 5 - 8 2 ) T ra n s, fr o m G. 1932a. R epu b . as E. ig 5 6 d . Pub. in a d if. trans. as CW 11,7. ! 933 13 “In tro d u ctio n .” Μ. E. H ard in g: The W ay o f AU Women, p p . ix -x iii. L o n d o n : L o n g m a n s, G reen . 1970: Rev. ed n . N e w York: G. P. P u t­ n a m ’s S on s fo r th e C. G. J u n g F ou n d ation fo r A nalytical Psycholog y . p p . x v -x v iii. T ran s. by Cary F. B ayn es fro m th e G erm an m s. su b seq u en tly pub. as G. 1935c. R ep u b ., so m ew h a t rev., as CW 1 8 ,1 3 0 . D a ted Feb. 1932. 19363 The Concept o f the Collective Unconscious. (Papers o f th e A n alytical P sy ch ology C lub o f N ew York.) N e w York: A n alytical P sych ology Club. p p . 20. M im eo g ra p h ed fo r private circulation , D ec. 1936. R eissu ed in 2 pts. as E. ig 3 6 d a n d 1937b . C f. CW 9,1,2. T e x t o f lectu re d eliv ered to th e A nalytical P sych ology C lub, Plaza H o tel, N ew York, 2 O ct. 1936, a n d in L o n d o n (cf. E. ig 3 6 d ). !9 3 6 b

The Psychology o f Dementia Praecox. (N erv o u s an d M ental D isease M o n o g ra p h S eries N o . ?3·) N e w Y ork an d W ash in gton : J o u r n a l o f N e r v o u s a n d M ental D isease Pub. C o. p p. 150. T ra n s, fr o m G. 1 9 0 7 a by A . A . B rill. Pub. in d if. trans.’s as E. 1 909a an d C W 3,1 . F or co n ten ts, see E. 1909a.

1936c

“Y oga a n d th e W est.” Prabuddha Bharata, S ection III, Sri R am ak rish n a C en ten ary N u m b e r (Feb.), 1 7 0 -7 7 . T ra n s, fr o m a G erm an m s. by Cary F. B ayn es. Pub. in a d if. trans. (based o n th is o n e) as C W 11 , 1 2 . For G erm an v ersion , see G W 1 1, 1 2 .

>936d “T h e Concept o f the Collective Unconscious.” (Pt. I.) St. Barthol­ omew’s Hospital Journal, XLIV.'3 (Dec.), 46—49. T he 1st part o f E. 1936a repub. T h e 1st o f 2 pts. Cf. E. 1937b. Repub., slightly rev., with E. 1937b, as CW 9,1,2. Text o f lecture previously delivered in New York (cf. E. 1936a) given before the A bernethian Society, St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London, 19 Oct. 1936. i936e See 1968a. 1937a “Psychological Factors D eterm ining H um an Behavior.” Factors De­ termining Human Behavior, pp. 49-63. (H arvard Tercentenary Publications.) Cambridge, Mass.: H arvard U. P.; London: H u m ­ phrey M ilford/Oxford U. P. Pub., with slight alterations and title change, as E. 1942a, and with above title and slight alterations as CW 8,5. For G erm an version based on the orig. ms., cf. GW 8,5. Paper delivered in English as contribution to the H arvard T ercen­ tenary Conference o f Arts and Sciences, Sept. 1936. A uthor given as Charles Gustav Jung. 1937: Pub. as a pam phlet by H arvard U. P. pp. 15. !937aa Letter to the author (24 Sept. 1926). Louis London: Mental Ther­ apy: studies in fifty cases. Vol. 2, p. 637. New York: Covici, Friede. Excerpts only. W ritten in English. Full text pub. in E. 1973b and trans. in G. 1972a. i937b “T h e Concept o f the Collective Unconscious.” (Pt. II.) St. Barthol­ omew’s Hospital Journal, XLIV:4 (Jan.), 64—66. T h e 2d pt. o f E. 1936a repub. T h e 2d o f 2 pts. Cf. E. 1936b. Repub., slightly rev., with E. 1936b, as CW 9,1,2. >937c “Wotan.” Saturday Review of Literature, XVI:25 (16 Oct.), 3—4, 18, 20. T rans, from G. 1936c by Barbara H annah and altered by the editors. Pub. unaltered in dif. trans.’s, as E. 19478,3 and CW 10,10. ’938a Psychology and Religion. (The T erry Lectures.) New Haven, Conn.: Yale U. P.; London: O xford U. P. pp. 131. ig6o: Paperback edn. (Yale Paperbound), New Haven: Yale U. P. Contents: 1. T h e A utonom y o f the Unconscious Mind. (1—39) 2. Dogma and N atural Symbols. (40-77) 3. T h e History and Psychology o f a N atural Symbol. (78—114)

Cf. CW 11,1. W ritten in English an d delivered as th e 15th series o f “L ectures on Religion in th e Light o f Science an d Philosophy,” Yale U niversity, New H aven, C onnecticut, 1937. Subsequently trans. into G erm an, rev. by T o n i W olff an d exp. by J u n g , to form G. 1940a. 1938b

“Presidential A ddress. Views H eld in C om m on by th e D ifferent Schools o f Psychotherapy R epresented at th e C ongress, July, !9 3 8 .’’Journal of Mental Science, LX X XIV :353 (Nov.), 1055. Sum ­ m ary o f J u n g ’s address delivered to th e T e n th In tern atio n al M ed­ ical Congress fo r Psychotherapy, O x ford, 2g Ju ly -2 Aug. 1938. Cf. CW 10,33.

i939a The Integration of the Personality. New York: F arrar an d R inehart; L ondon: K egan Paul, 1940. pp. 313. T ran s, by Stanley M. (i.e., W. Stanley) Dell. C ontents: 1. “T h e M eaning o f Individuation.” (3-29) W ritten in English fo r this volum e, an d pub. h ere with some addns. o f m aterial from o th e r o f J u n g ’s writings by th e translator. Subsequently rew ritten in G erm an, considerably rev., an d pub., with the deletion o f Dell’s addns., as G. i93ge. Cf. CW 9,1,10, fo r a trans. o f th e rev. version. 2. “A Study in th e Process o f Individuation.” (30—51) T rans, from G. 1934c. Cf. CW 9,1,11 fo r a trans. o f th e rev. version. 3. “A rchetypes o f th e Collective Unconscious.” (52—95) T ran s, fro m G. 1935b. Cf. CW 9,1,1 fo r a trans. o f th e rev. version. 4. “D ream Symbols o f th e Process o f Individuation.” (96—204) T ran s, fro m G. 1936a. Pub. in a dif. trans., with slight title change, as E. ig 5 9 d . Cf. CW 12,3, pt. II (2d edn.) fo r a trans. o f the rev. version. 5. “T h e Id ea o f R edem ption in Alchem y.” (205—80) T ran s, from G. 1937a. Cf. CW 12,3, pt. I l l (2d edn.) fo r a tran s. o f the rev. version. 6. “T h e D evelopm ent o f th e Personality.” (281—305) T ran s, from G. 1934b,9. Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as CW 17,7. 1939b

“T h e D ream like W orld o f India.” Asia, XXXIX: 1 (Jan.), 5—8. Re­ pub. as CW 10,23. W ritten in English, t r . —G erm an: GW 10,23.

!939c “W hat India Can T each Us.” Asia, XXXIX:2 (Feb.), 97—8. R epub. as CW 10,24. W ritten in English, t r . — G erm an: GW 10,24.

1938b- 1944a i939d " O n the Psychogenesis o f Schizophrenia." Journal of Mental Science, L X X X V : 3 5 8 (Sept.), 9 9 9 - 1 0 1 1 . R e p u b . as E. 1959a,8. W r i t t e n in English a n d read at a meeting o f the Section o f Psychiatry, Royal Society o f Medicine, L o n d o n , 4 A p r i l 1939. TR.—German: G W

3-71940a

Picasso. (Papers o f the Analytical Psychology Club.) N e w Y o r k : A n alytical Psychology C l u b . pp. 8. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1934b,8 by A l d a F. Oertly. Printed f o r private circulation. Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 19531and

1942a

c

w

is^-

" H u m a n Behaviour." Science and Man. Twenty-Four Original Essays. . . . pp. 4 2 3 - 3 5 . Ed. by R u t h N a n d a A n s h e n . N e w Y o r k : H a r c o u r t Brace. E. 1937a pub. with minor alterations, omission o f last par., a n d title change. Pub. with slight alterations a n d reversion to title o f E. 1937a as C W 8,5. A u t h o r given as "Charles Gustav J u n g . "

1942b "Psychotherapy T o d a y . " Spring 1942. pp. 1—12. N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology C l u b . T r a n s , by H i l d e g a r d N a g e l f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G. i945f- Printed f o r private circulation. Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 19473,4 a n d C W 16,9. 1942c

" F o r e w o r d . " J o l a n d e Jacobi: The Psychology of C. G. Jung. p p . vii— viii. L o n d o n : K e g a n Paul, T r e n c h , T r u b n e r . 1943: N e w H a v e n , C o n n . : Yale U . P.; L o n d o n : K e g a n Paul, T r e n c h , T r u b n e r . p p . v— vi. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1940c by K. W. Bash. Dated A u g . 1939. Pub. in a dif. trans, as E. 1962c. R e p u b . , trans, rev., as C W 18,40.

1943a " T h e Psychological Aspects o f the M o t h e r A r c h e t y p e . " Spring 1943. pp. 1—31. N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology C l u b . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1939b by C a r y F. Baynes a n d X i m e n a de A n g u l o . Printed f o r private circulation. C f . C W 94,4 f o r a trans, o f a rev. version, which incorporates parts o f the above. 1943b " A n Interview with C . G. Jung." Horizon, V I I I : 4 8 (Dec.), 3 7 2 - 8 1 . T r a n s , f r o m G . i 9 4 3 f by an u n k n o w n h a n d . R e p u b . , trans, rev. and with title c h a n g e , as E. i 9 6 g f and C W 1 8 , 1 3 1 . A n s w e r s written by J u n g to questions f r o m Jolande Jacobi. 1944a

" T h e D i f f e r e n t Aspects o f Rebirth." Spring 1944. p p . 1 - 2 5 . N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1940b by T h e o 85

d o r L o r e n z a n d X im e n a d e A n g u lo . P r in t e d f o r p r iv a t e c ir c u la ­ t io n . C f. C W 9 ,1 ,5 f o r a tr a n s . o f t h e re v . v e r s io n . »944b “ I n t r o d u c t io n .” J u liu s S p ie r : T h e H a n d s o f C h ild ren ; A n In tro d u c tio n to P sych o ch iro lo g y. p p . x v —x v i. L o n d o n : K e g a n P a u l, T r e n c h , T r u b n e r . 1 9 5 5 : 2 d e d n . L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n P a u l. T r a n s , f r o m t h e G e r m a n m s . b y V ic t o r G r o v e ( w h o t r a n s . t h e e n t ir e b o o k ) . (C f. G W 1 8 ,1 3 2 .) R e p u b ., tr a n s . r e v ., as C W 1 8 ,1 3 2 . *945a “T h e S o u l a n d D e a t h .” S p r in g 1 9 4 5 . p p . 1—9 . N e w Y o r k : A n a ly tic a l P s y c h o lo g y C lu b . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 3 4 ^ 1 0 b y E u g e n e H . H e n le y . P r in t e d f o r p r iv a t e c ir c u la t io n . R e p u b ., tr a n s . s lig h t ly r e v ., a s E. 1 9 5 9 c . C f. C W 8 ,1 7 . ! 945b “R e t u r n t o t h e S im p le L if e . E x c e r p t s f r o m a S w is s N e w s p a p e r A r ­ t ic le .” B u ll. A P C , 7 :1 (J a n .), S u p p le m e n t , 1 - 6 . E x c e r p t s o f G . 1 9 4 1 ε t r a n s . b y E u g e n e H . H e n le y . P r in t e d f o r p r iv a t e c ir c u la t io n . F u ll t e x t p u b . in a d if . tr a n s . a s C W 1 8 ,7 2 . 1946a

“A f t e r t h e C a t a s t r o p h e .” S p r in g 1 9 4 6 . p p . 4 - 2 3 . N e w Y o r k : A n a ­ ly tic a l P s y c h o lo g y C lu b . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 4 5 c b y E liz a b e t h W e ls h . P r in t e d f o r p r iv a t e c ir c u la t io n . R e p u b . a s E . 1 9 4 7 a ,6 . P u b . in a d if . tr a n s . a s C W 1 0 ,1 1 .

19461» F o r e w o r d t o K . A . Z ie g le r : “A lc h e m ie I I ,” L is t N o . 17 (M a y ), p p . 1—2 . B e r n . W r itt e n b o t h in E n g lis h a n d in G e r m a n a s a f o r e w o r d t o a b o o k s e lle r ’s c a t a lo g . E n g lis h t e x t r e p u b . a s E . i g b e d , a n d , s lig h t ly r e v ., a s C W 1 8 ,1 0 4 . C f. G . i g 4 6 f f o r t h e G e r m a n v e r s io n . 1946c

C o n t r ib u t io n e n t it l e d “J u n g ’s C o m m e n t a r y .” p p . 3 7 2 —7 7 . H o r a c e G r a y : “B r o t h e r K la u s , W it h a T r a n s la t i o n o f J u n g ’s C o m m e n t a r y .” J o u r n a l o f N e r v o u s a n d M e n ta l D iseases, C I I I : 4 ( A p r .) , 3 5 9 - 7 7 . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 3 3 c b y H o r a c e G r a y ; t itle o m it t e d . P u b . in a d if . tr a n s . w it h in c lu s io n o f t itle as C W 1 1 ,6 .

1946a T w o le t t e r s . (1 D e c ., a n d 2 6 M a y 1 9 3 4 ) E r n e s t H a r m s : “C a r l G u s ­ t a v J u n g — D e f e n d e r o f F r e u d a n d t h e J e w s .” P sy c h ia tric Q u a rterly, 2 0 : 2 ( A p r .) , 1 9 9 - 2 3 3 . T r a n s , b y E r n e s t H a r m s . 1. C ir c u la r le t t e r t o Z e n tr a lb la tt s u b s c r ib e r s (1 D e c . 1 9 3 4 ) . ( 2 2 2 — 2 3 ) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 3 4 ]· P u b . in a d if . tr a n s . a s C W 1 0 ,2 7 . 2 . E x c e r p t s f r o m le t t e r “t o a J e w is h p u p i l a n d f r i e n d ” (J a m e s

1 9 4 4 b - 1947b Kirsch, 26 May 1934) (227-30) Trans, f r o m the G e r m a n ms., parts o f which are included here on pp. 2 2 5 - 2 7 . C f . G . 1946I1. Repub. as E. 19720,7, and, in a dif. trans., in E. 1973b. C f . G. 1972a f o r text of the original letter. 1946c " T h e Fight with the Shadow." Listener, 37:930 (7 Nov.), 6 1 5 - 1 6 , 641. Repub. with title change as E. i 9 4 7 f and 19478,2. R e p u b . slightly rev. and with reversion to above title as C W 10,12. T e x t o f talk broadcast in the T h i r d Programme, British Broadcasting C o r p . , 3 Nov. 1946. i94&f " T h e B o l o g n a Enigma." Ambix, IL3/4 (Dec.), 1 8 2 - 9 1 . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1945b by Miss Marmorstein. Incorporated, in a dif. trans., into C W 14,11,3. ! 947 a

Essays on Contemporary Events. L o n d o n : K e g a n Paul, T r e n c h , T r u b ner. pp. 90. Contents: 1. Preface, (vii-viii) Trans, f r o m G. 19463,1 by Elizabeth Welsh. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 10,9. 2. Introduction: "Individual and Mass Psychology." (ix—xviii) E. 1946c repub. with title change. Repub. with title above as E. i 9 4 7 f , and, slightly rev. and with reversion to title o f E. 1946c, as C W 10,12. 3. "Wotan." (1-16) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19468,2 by Barbara H a n n a h . Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1937c and C W 10,10. 4. "Psychotherapy T o d a y . " (17—35) Trans, f r o m G. 19463,3 by Mary Briner. Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1942b and C W 16,9. 5. "Psychotherapy and a Philosophy o f Life." (36-44) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1946a,4 by Mary Briner. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 16,7. 6. " A f t e r the Catastrophe." (45-72) E. 1946a repub. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 10,11. 7. "Epilogue." (73-90) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19468,6 by Elizabeth Welsh. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 10,13.

»947b " O n the Psychology o f Eastern Meditation." Art and Thought. (Issued in h o n o r o f Dr. A n a n d a K. Coomaraswamy.) pp. 1 6 9 - 7 9 . Ed. by K. Bharatha Iyer. L o n d o n : Luzac. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1943c by Carol B a u m a n n . Reprint issued, dated Feb. 1948. Repub. as E. 1949b. Pub. in a dif. trans, with slight title c h a n g e as C W 1 1 , 1 4 .

87

ENGLISH 1947c

" A n Alchemistic T e x t Interpreted A s I f It Were a D r e a m . " Spring 1 9 4 7 . pp. 3 - 1 0 . N e w York: Analytical Psychology C l u b . T r a n s , and slightly condensed f r o m G. 19553,111,3 by Carol B a u m a n n . Printed f o r private circulation.

i947 d "Jungian M e t h o d o f D r e a m Analysis." World of Dreams. An Anthology. pp. 634—59. Ed. by Ralph L. Woods. N e w Y o r k : R a n d o m House. Extracts compiled f r o m E. 1 9 1 6 a , 8 & 1 3 ; E. 19393,3; E. 1928b,2 a n d E. 1 9 3 3 a , ! . *947e "Foreword." M. Esther Harding: Psychic Energy: Its Source and Goal. p p . xi—xii. (B. S. 10.) N e w Y o r k : Pantheon. 1963: 2d edn., rev. & enl. pp. xix—xx. Retitled Psychic Energy: Its Source and Its Transformation. pp. xix-xx. 1973: (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press. T r s n s . by Hildegard N a g e l f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G . i g 4 8 d . Dated 8 July 1947. Repub., trans, si. rev., as C W 18,42. !947 f "Individual and Mass Psychology." Chimera, V : 3 (Spring), 3—11. E. 1946c repub. Repub. with title c h a n g e as E. 19473,2. 1948a

" O n the Nature o f Dreams." Spring 1948. pp. 1 - 1 2 . N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 4 5 d by Ethel Kirkham. A l s o issued separately f o r private circulation as mimeog r a p h e d pamphlet: (Papers o f the Analytical Psychology C l u b o f N e w Y o r k , 6.) T h e Club. 12 p p . C f . C W 8,10 f o r trans, o f rev. & e x p . version.

1948b

" A d d r e s s Given at the O p e n i n g Meeting o f the C . G . J u n g Institute o f Zurich, A p r i l 24, 1948." Bull. APC, 10:7 (Oct.), Suppl., 1 7. T r a n s , by H i l d e g a r d N a g e l f r o m the u n p u b . G e r m a n ms. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 18,43.

1948c

"Letter to Miss Pinckney." Bull. APC, 10:7 (Oct.), 3. Written in English at the request o f the editor, Sally M. Pinckney; dated 30 Sept. 1948. Repub. in E. 1973b. TR.—German: 1972b.

1948a On the Psychology of the Spirit. (Papers o f the Analytical Psychology C l u b o f N e w Y o r k , 6.) N e w Y o r k : T h e Club. 43 pp. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1946c by H i l d e g a r d Nagel. Printed f o r private circulation.

88

1 9 4 7 c - i95 o c 1949a With C. Kerenyi: Essays on a Science of Mythology. The Myth of the Divine Child and the Mysteries of Eleusis. (B. S. 22.) N e w Y o r k : Pantheon. pp. 289. 1950: British edn. Introduction to a Science of Mythology. L o n d o n : Routledge 8c K e g a n Paul. pp. 289. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 4 1 c by R.F.C. Hull. Repub., trans, rev., as E. 1963a. C o n tains the following works by J u n g : 1. " T h e Psychology of the Child Archetype." (95-138) R e p u b . as E. 19583,4, and, trans, rev., as C W g,i,6. 2. " T h e Psychological Aspects o f the Kore." (215—56) Repub., trans, rev., as C W 9,1,7. i949b On the Psychology of Eastern Meditation. New Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. pp. i g . E. 1947b repub. Printed f o r private circulation. Pub. in a dif. trans, with slight title change as C W 1 1 , 1 4 . 1949c "Ulysses, a Monologue." Spring 1949. pp. 1—20. New Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. Trans, f r o m G. 1934b,7 by W. Stanley Dell. Printed f o r private circulation. Repub. as E. 1953b. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 15,8. Unauthorized facsimile o f this edn. without indication o f source pub. 1972: Folcroft, Pa.: Folcroft Library Editions. pp. 22. !949d "Foreword." Daisetz Teitaro Suzuki: An Introduction to Zen Buddhism. pp. g—2g. New York: Philosophical Library; L o n d o n : Rider. * i g 5 g : Paperback edn. L o n d o n : A r r o w Books. i g 6 4 : Paperback edn. (Evergreen Black Cat) New York: Grove Press. T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 3 g c by Constance Rolfe. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 1 1 , 1 3 . (1st e d n . — K y o t o , 1934—lacks Foreword.) i95 oa "Shadow, A n i m u s and Anima." Spring 1950. pp. 1—11. N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. Trans, f r o m G. i g 4 8 f by William H . K e n n e d y . Incorporated, in a dif. trans., into C W g,ii, Chs. II—III. 1950b

"Foreword." H. G. Baynes: Analytical Psychology and the English Mind and Other Papers, p. v. L o n d o n : Methuen. Written in English. Repub. as C W 18,78.

1950c

"Foreword." Linda Fierz-David: The Dream ofPoliphilo. pp. xiii—xv. (B. S. 25.) N e w Y o r k : Pantheon. Trans, f r o m G. 1947b by Mary Hottinger. Repub., trans, rev., as C W 18,118. 89

ENGLISH

i95od "Foreword." The I Ching, or Book of Changes. T h e Richard Wilhelm translation . . . pp. i—xx. New York: Pantheon (B. S. 19); L o n d o n : Routledge & K e g a n Paul. (In 2 vols.) 1961: 2d edn. (In 1 vol.) pp. i—xx. 1967: 3d edn. (In 1 vol.) Princeton University Press, pp. xxi— xxxix. Trans, f r o m the German ms. by Cary F. Baynes. Written for the English edn. and dated 1949. Repub. as E. 1958a,6 and, trans, slightly rev., as C W 11,16. Cf. G W 1 1 , 1 6 f o r original German version. i95oe "Introductions by C. G . J u n g . " Bull. APC, 12:5 (May), 1 0 - 1 3 . Excerpts f r o m G. 1935c and G. 1949c trans, by Hildegard Nagel. Entire text o f G. 1935c pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. i g 6 7 d and C W 18,45. Entire text o f G. 1949c pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 18,45. i95 i a "Concerning the Self." Spring 1951. pp. 1—20. New York: Analytical Psychology Club. Trans, f r o m G. 1949b by Hildegard Nagel. Also issued for private circulation as mimeographed pamphlet. (Papers of the A P C of N Y , 7.) 20 pp. Cf. C W g,ii, Chs. I V - V for trans, o f exp. version. 1951b "Foreword to the English Edition." Paracelsus: Selected Writings, pp. 23-24. Ed. by Jolande Jacobi. (B. S. 28.) New Y o r k : Pantheon. 1958: 2d edn. pp. xxi—xxii. Trans, f r o m the G e r m a n ms. by Norbert Guterman. Dated May 1949. Repub., slightly rev., as C W 18,120. (Cf. G W 18,120.) 1952a "Preface." J o h n Custance: Wisdom, Madness and Folly. The Philosophy of a Lunatic, pp. [1-4]. New York: Pellegrini and C u d a h y . Trans, by an u n k n o w n hand f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G. i g 5 4 d . Written in 1951. Repub., trans, rev., as C W 18,15. (British edn., 1951, lacks this Preface.) 1952b

"Introduction." R. J. Zwi Werblowsky: Lucifer and Prometheus. A Study of Milton's Satan, pp. ix-xii. L o n d o n : Routledge & K e g a n Paul. T r a n s , f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G W 11,5 by R.F.C. Hull Dated March 1951. Repub., trans, slighdy rev., as C W 11,5.

1952c

"Foreword." Victor White: God and the Unconscious, pp. xiii-xxv. L o n d o n : Harvill Press; Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1953. Trans, by Victor White f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G. 1957b. Dated May 1952. Pub. slightly rev. as C W 11,4. Also contains extracts f r o m

9°

letters to G eb h ard F rei (13 Jan . 1948 an d 17 Jan . 1949), A p p e n ­ d ix , p p. 2 3 5 —6 2 , th e fu ll texts o f w h ich a p p e a r in G. 1 9 7 2 b an d are trans. in E. 1973b . i953a Psychological Reflections. A n Anthology o f the W n tin gs o f C. G. J u n g . S elected a n d ed . by J o la n d e Jacob i. N ew York: P a n th eo n (B . S. 31); L o n d o n : R o u tle d g e & K egan Paul. p p . 3 4 2 . 1961: P ap erb ack ed n . (H a rp er T orch b ook s: T h e B o llin g e n L ibrary.) N e w York: H a rp er, p p . 3 4 0 . In e ffe c t, a trans. o f G. 1945a: “R .F.C . H u ll’s tra n slation s fo r th e Collected Works h ave b e e n d raw n u p o n in so fa r as p o ssib le . . . (su p p lem en ted by th o se o f S. D ell, H . G. a n d C. F. B a y n es an d oth ers; see p. xxi). . . . T h e p assages fo r w h ich n o E n ­ g lish tra n slation is cited h ave b een tran slated esp ecially . . . by J . V erzar an d revised by E lizabeth W elsh.” P ub., rev. a n d e x p ., as E. 1970b . i953b The S pirit M ercury. N e w York: A nalytical P sych ology C lu b. p p . 6 3 . T ra n s, fr o m G. 1 9 4 8 3 ,3 by G ladys P h ela n a n d H ild e g a r d N a g e l. P rin ted fo r p rivate circu lation . Pub. in a d if. trans. w ith slig h t title c h a n g e as C W 13,4. i 953 c “C o n c e r n in g S yn ch ro n icity .” S p n n g 1 9 5 3 · p p. 1 -1 0 . N e w York: A n a ly tica l P sych ology C lub. T ra n s, fr o m G. i 9 5 2 f by A lice H . D u n n . P rin ted fo r p rivate circulation . Pub. in a d if. trans. w ith title c h a n g e as E. 1957b. 1953d

“F o rew o rd .” F ried a F ordham : A n Introduction to J u n g ’s Psychology. p. 10. H a r m o n d sw o r th , E n glan d an d B altim ore, M d.: P e n g u in . 1966: 3d ed n . p. 11. W ritten in E n glish an d d a ted S ep t. 1 9 5 2 . R e ­ p u b . as C W 18,46. t r .— G erm an: 1959c / G W 18,46.

1953c “F o rew o rd .” J o h n W eir Perry: The S elf in Psychotic Process; Its Sym­ bolization in Schizophrenia, p p . v—viii. B erk eley a n d L os A n g eles: U n iv ersity o f C aliforn ia Press; L o n d o n : C am b rid ge U n iv ersity P ress. W ritten in E n glish . R epu b . as C W 18,16. t r .— G erm an : G W 1 8 ,1 6 . i 953 f “P re fa ce b y C. G. J u n g . Ostasien denkt anders. . . .” B ull. A P C , 15:3 (M ar.), S u p p le m e n t, 1 -3 . T ran s, fr o m G. i g s o d by H ild e g a r d N a ­ g el a n d E llen T h ayer. P rin ted fo r private circu lation . R ep u b . w ith title c h a n g e as E. i9 5 5 j.

ENGLISH 1953g

" T h e C h a l l e n g e o f the Christian Enigma. A Letter . . . to U p t o n Sinclair." (3 Nov. 1952) New Repub., 128:17 (27 Apr.), 1 8 - 1 9 . Repub., with omission o f some m i n o r changes, in E. 1975b. Written in English, TR.—German: 1972b.

'953h "Ulysses: A M o n o l o g u e . " Nimbus, II: 1 ( J u n e - A u g . ) , 7 - 2 0 . E. 1949c r e p u b . Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 15,8. '953' "Picasso." Nimbus, 11:2 (Autumn), 2 5 - 2 7 . T r a n s , f r o m G . i932g by Ivo Jarosy. Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1940a and C W 15,9. !953j Psychology and Alchemy. (CW, 12.) See Part II. !953k Two Essays on Analytical Psychology. (CW, 7.) See Part II. !954a Answer to Job. L o n d o n : Routledge & K e g a n Paul; G r e a t Neck, N . Y . : Pastoral Psychology B o o k Club, 1955. pp. 194. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1952a by R.F.C. Hull. R e p u b . with the addn. o f E. 1956c si. rev. and titled "Prefatory Note," as C W 11,9. 1979: (Paperback edn.) R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. 1954b

Spirit and Nature. (Papers f r o m the Eranos Yearbooks, 1.) N e w Y o r k : Pantheon (B. S. 30); L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n Paul, 1955. T r a n s , by R.F.C. Hull. 1982: (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Contains the following works by J u n g : 1. " T h e P h e n o m e n o l o g y o f the Spirit in Fairy Tales." (3—48) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19488,2. R e p u b . as E. 19583,3, and, trans, slightly rev., 3S C W 9,i,8. 2. " T h e Spirit o f Psychology." ( 3 7 1 - 4 4 4 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19473. Pub., slightly abbreviated, as E. 1957c. Cf. C W 8,8 f o r trans, o f the rev. 3nd exp. version.

I 954 c

The Symbolic Life. (Guild Lecture No. 80.) L o n d o n : Guild o f Pastoral Psychology, p p . 30. Pub. in abbrev. f o r m 3S E. i g 6 i d . Printed f o r private circulation. Repub., si. rev., as C W 18,3. T r a n s c r i p t f r o m the shorthand notes o f D e r e k Kitchin o f a seminar talk given to the Guild, L o n d o n , 5 A p r i l 1939. TR.—GW 18,3.

!954 d "Foreword to Symbok of Transformation." Spring 1954. pp. 13—15. N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1952c, Pt. 1,1 by R.F.C. Hull. R e p u b . as C W 5,4,I.I. 92

!953g1954e

i955b

"Psychological C o m m e n t a r y . " The Tibetan Book of the Great Liberation. . . . pp. x x i x - l x i v . Ed. by W. Y. Evans-Wentz. L o n d o n , N e w Y o r k : O x f o r d University Press. R e p u b . , slightly rev., as C W 1 1 , 1 0 . 1st 21 p p . o f the c o m m e n t a r y pub., very slightly rev. a n d with title c h a n g e , as E. 1955k. Written in English in 1939. TR.—German: 1955^-

*954f " F o r e w o r d . " Erich N e u m a n n : The Origins and History of Consciousness. p p . xiii-xiv. N e w Y o r k : P a n t h e o n (B. S. 42.); L o n d o n : Routl e d g e & K e g a n Paul. 1955. 1962: Paperback edn. ( H a r p e r T o r c h books: T h e Bollingen Library.) N e w Y o r k : H a r p e r . 2 vols. T r a n s , f r o m G . i 9 4 9 f by R.F.C. Hull. R e p u b . as C W 18,54. I954g " P r e f a c e by C . G . J u n g . " Bull. APC, 16:2 (Feb.), 7 - 8 . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 5 3 b by Ethel D. K i r k h a m . Printed f o r private circulation. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 18,57. 1954b " C . G . J u n g o n Flying Saucers." Bull. APC, 16:7 (Oct.), 7 - 1 4 . T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 5 4 c by Ellen T h a y e r with the h e l p o f H i l d e g a r d N a g e l . Printed f o r private circulation. Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 19591,3 a n d C W 18,80. Extracts pub. in a dif. trans, as E. i g 5 5 i . 1 954'

The Practice of Psychotherapy. (CW, 16.) See Part II.

'9543 The Development of Personality. (CW, 17.) See Part II. ! 955 a

With W. Pauli: The Interpretation of Nature and the Psyche. N e w Y o r k : P a n t h e o n (B. S. 51.); L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n Paul. p p . 247. Contains the following w o r k by J u n g : "Synchronicity: A n Acausal C o n n e c t i n g Principle." (5—146) G . 1952b, rev. a n d e x p . by the author, a n d trans, by R.F.C. Hull. D a t e d A u g u s t 1950. R e p u b . , trans, slightly rev., as C W 8,18. 1972: (Paperback edn.) R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n Paul.

!955b " T r a n s f o r m a t i o n Symbolism in the Mass." The Mysteries. (Papers f r o m the Eranos Yearbooks, 2.) pp. 2 7 4 - 3 3 6 . N e w Y o r k : P a n t h e o n (B. S. 30.); L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n Paul, 1956. 1978: (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1942c by R.F.C. Hull. I n c l u d e s certain o f the rev.'s o f G. 1954b,6. R e p u b . as E. 19588,5 a n d in a slightly dif. trans, as C W 11,3. C f . E. 1955I.

93

ENGLISH J 955 c

"Memorial to J. S." Spring 1955. p. 63. N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. Written in English and delivered in 1927. (J. S. = J e r o m e Schloss.—Ed. note.) Repub. as C W 18,107. (Cf. G W 18,107.)

l 955 d

" O n the Psychology o f the Trickster." Spring 1955. pp. 1 - 1 4 . New Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. Trans, f r o m G. 1954a by Hildeg a r d Nagel. Pub. in a dif. trans., with slight title change, as E. 1956a. C f . C W 9,i,g.

1 955 e

"Introduction." M. Esther Harding: Woman's Mysteries, p p . ix-xii. N e w a n d rev. edn. N e w Y o r k : Pantheon. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1949c! by E d w a r d Whitmont. Repub., trans, rev., as C W 18,53. ( l s t e d n - — L o n d o n , 1 9 3 5 — p u b . without this introduction, which was written f o r the Swiss edn.)

!955 f " T h e Christian L e g e n d . A n Interpretation." (Letter to U p t o n Sinclair, 7 Jan. 1955.) New Repub., 132:8 (21 Feb.), 3 0 - 3 1 . Written in English. Letter pub. with minor changes and some omissions. Full text pub. in E. 1975b. Title appears thus o n cover only. T i t l e d " A Communication." o n p. 30. TR.—German: 1972b. »955g "Mandalas." Du, J h g . X V : 4 (Apr.), 1 p. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1955c by E. W. [Elizabeth Welsh]. T h i s English trans, accompanied the pub. o f the G e r m a n original in the same issue. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 9,1,13. !955 h " H u m a n N a t u r e Does Not Yield Easily to Idealistic A d v i c e . " New Repub., 132:20 (16 May), 1 8 - 1 9 . Written in English as an invited c o m m e n t o n a previous article. Repub. as C W 18,83. !955> * " C . G . J u n g o n the Question o f Flying Saucers." Flying Saucer Review, May—June. Extracts trans, f r o m G. 1954c. (Extracts selected give misleading impression o f Jung's views.) R e p u b . as E. 1958^ Entire text pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1954b, E. 19591,3 a n d C W 18,81. 1955J " T h e Mind o f East and West." Inward Light, no. 49 (Fall), 3 - 4 . E. i 9 5 3 f repub. with title change. R e p u b . with tide c h a n g e as C W 18,92.

94

1955C- 1957a 1955k "Psychology, East and West." Tomorrow, I V : 1 ( A u t u m n ) , 5 - 2 3 . T h e 1st 21 p p . o f E. 1954c pub., very slightly rev. a n d with title c h a n g e . 19551 " T h e Mass a n d the Individuation Process." The Black Mountain Review (Banalbufar, Mallorca), no. 5 (Summer), 9 0 - 1 4 7 . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1942c, last part, by Elizabeth Welsh. C f . E. 1955b. 1956a

" O n the Psychology o f the T r i c k s t e r Figure." Paul R a d i n a n d K a r l K e r e n y i : The Trickster. A Study of American Indian Mythology, p p . 193—211. N e w Y o r k : Philosophical Library; L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1954a by R.F.C. Hull. R e p u b . , trans, slightly rev., as C W 9,i,9, a n d in a dif. trans, with slight title c h a n g e as E. i 9 5 5 d .

i956aa *Answer to Job. G r e a t N e c k , N . Y . : Pastoral Psychology B o o k C l u b , p p . ? i g 4 - E. 1954a p u b . with new title page. R e p u b . as C W 11,9. 1956b " G e n e r a l Aspects o f the Psychology o f the D r e a m . " Spring 1956. p p . 1 - 2 5 . N e w Y o r k : Analytical Psychology Club. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1948b,4 by R o b e r t A . Clark. Pub. in a dif. trans, with slight title c h a n g e as C W 8,9. C f . E. 1 9 1 6 8 , 1 3 f o r trans, o f an earlier version. 1956c

" W h y a n d H o w I W r o t e My ' A n s w e r to Job'." Pastoral Psychology, V I : 6 o (Jan.), 8 0 - 8 1 . Written in English as a letter to the ed., S i m o n D o n i g e r (Nov. 1955). R e p u b . in Bull. APC, 18:4 (Apr.), 1—3. Inc l u d e d as " P r e f a t o r y Note," with minor stylistic rev., in C W 1 1 , 9 . Pub. with the restoration o f "an important p h r a s e " in E. 1973a. O r i g i n a l letter pub. in E. 1975b. TR.—German: 1 9 6 1 a ("Nachwort") / 1972b (text o f letter).

i956d "Psychotherapists o r the C l e r g y . " Pastoral Psychology, V I I :63 (Apr.), 27—42. E. 1 9 3 3 a , 1 1 r e p u b . Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 1 1 , 7 . ig 5 6e " P r e f a c e . " Psychotherapy, I : i (Apr.), 1 p. T y p e s c r i p t written in English a n d dated 7 Sept. 1955. I n a u g u r a l issue o f Calcutta j o u r n a l d e v o t e d to Analytical Psychology. R e p u b . as C W 1 8 , 1 2 7 . i956f Symbols of Transformation. (CW, 5.) See Part II. 1957a The Transcendent Function. Zurich: Students' Association, C . G . Jung-Institut. p p . 23. T r a n s , by A . R. P o p e f r o m a G e r m a n ms.

95

w r itte n in 1 9 1 6 a n d p u b ., rev. a n d e x p ., as G . 1 9 5 8 b . P r in te d fo r p r iv a te c ir c u la tio n . C f. C W 8 ,2 fo r a tra n s. o f th e rev. v e r sio n . !957b “O n S y n c h r o n ic ity .” M a n a n d Tim e. (P a p ers fr o m th e E r a n o s Y ear­ b o o k s , 3.) p p . 2 0 1 —11. N e w Y ork: P a n th e o n (B . S. 30); L o n d o n : R o u d e d g e & K e g a n P a u l, 1 9 5 8 . T r a n s, fr o m G . i 9 5 2 f b y R .F .C . H u ll. R e p u b ., tr a n s. slig h tly r e v ., as C W 8 ,1 9 . P u b . in a d if. tran s. w ith title c h a n g e as E. 1 9 5 3 c . >957c “T h e M in d o f M a n R e a c h e s O u t.” N e w F rontiers o f K now ledge: A Sym posium , p p . 5 3 - 5 5 . E d . b y M . B . S c h n a p p e r . W a sh in g to n : P u b ­ lic A ffa ir s P ress. E. 1 9 5 7 b c o n d e n s e d a n d r e -e d it e d , w ith title change. i 957 d “A n s w e r to B u b e r .” S p rin g 1 9 5 7 . p p . 1 - 9 . N e w Y ork: A n a ly tic a l P sy c h o lo g y C lu b . T r a n s , fr o m G . 1952] by R o b e r t A . C lark. P r in te d fo r p r iv a te c ir c u la tio n . P u b . in a d if. tra n s. w ith title c h a n g e as E . 1 9 7 3 ε . J957e “T h e S p ir it o f P sy c h o lo g y .” This Is M y Philosophy, p p . 1 1 5 —6 7 . E d . b y W h it B u r n e tt. N e w Y ork: H a r p e r ; L o n d o n : A lle n a n d U n w in . E. 19 5 4 b ,2, slig h tly a b b r e v ia te d . !957f “P sy c h o lo g ic a l C o m m e n ta r y .” The Tibetan Book o f the D ea d . . . p p . x x x v —lii. E d . b y W. Y. E van s—W en tz. 3 d e d n . L o n d o n : O x fo r d U n iv e r sity P ress. T r a n s , fr o m G . i 9 3 5 f b y R .F .C . H u ll. R e p u b . w ith s lig h t title c h a n g e as E. 1 9 5 8 3 ,8 , a n d , w ith m in o r a lte r a tio n s, as C W 1 1 , 11 . (1 st a n d 2 d e d n .’s lack c o m m e n ta r y .) !957g “F o r e w o r d .” M ic h a e l F o r d h a m : N e w D evelopm ents in A n a lytica l P sy­ chology. p p . x i- x iv . L o n d o n : R o u tle d g e & K e g a n P a u l. T r a n s , fr o m a G e r m a n m s. d a te d J u n e 1 9 5 7 . R e p u b . as C W 1 8 ,4 7 . J957b “D r. J u n g ’s C o n tr ib u tio n to th e V o ic e o f A m e r ic a n S y m p o siu m ‘T h e F r o n tie r s o f K n o w le d g e a n d H u m a n ity ’s H o p e s fo r th e F u ­ tu r e ’.” B u ll. A P C , 1 9 :4 (A p r.), S u p p le m e n t, 1 - 8 . T e x t o f c o n tr ib u ­ tio n , w r itte n in E n g lish , to th e U n it e d S ta tes I n f o r m a t io n A g e n c y b r o a d c a st in 3 0 la n g u a g e s th e w e e k o f th e 1 6 th D e c . 1 9 5 6 . P r in te d f o r p r iv a te c ir c u la tio n . R e p u b . as E. 1 9 5 9 L P u b ., slig h tly rev. in a c c o r d a n c e w ith th e G e r m a n v e r s io n (G . 1 9 5 9 Ο a n d w ith title

1957b-

1958a

c h a n g e , as C W 3,9. Pub., condensed a n d re-edited, with title c h a n g e , as E. 1957c. TR.—German: l g s g f . 1957' Letters to the a u t h o r (26 Jan. and 10 Feb. 1955). Hans A . Illing: "C. G. J u n g on the Present T r e n d s in G r o u p Psychotherapy." Human Relations, X : i , 7 8 f f . T r a n s , f r o m the orig. G e r m a n mss. by H a n s A . Illing. Letter o f 10 Feb. repub., with slight deletions, o n p. 394, in Illing's "Jung's T h e o r y o f the G r o u p as a T o o l in Psyc h o t h e r a p y . " International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, V I L 4 (Oct.), 3 9 2 - 9 7 . Letters pub. in a dif. trans, in E. 1975b. G e r m a n originals pub. in full in G. 1972b, and with deletions as G. i95&d (both letters), a n d G . i 9 5 5 f (letter o f 10 Feb. only). !957j E x c e r p t o f letter to the author. Patricia Hutchins: James Joyce's World, pp. 184—85, ftnote i. L o n d o n : M e t h u e n . Written in English to Patricia G r a e c e n (Hutchins) (29 J u n e 1955). R e p u b . as E. 19591,2. Entire letter pub. in E. 1976a. !957 k Psychiatric Studies. (CW, 1.) See Part II. 1958a Psyche and Symbol. A Selection from the Writings of C. G.Jung. Ed. by Violet S. de Laszlo. Paperback. ( A n c h o r Books.) G a r d e n City, N . Y . : D o u b l e d a y . pp. 363. Contents: 1. "Preface." (xi—xvii) Dated A u g u s t 1957. R e p u b . , slightly rev., as C W 18,62. 2. "Five C h a p t e r s f r o m : Aion." (1—60) C W g,ii, Chs. I—V p r e p u b . 3. " T h e P h e n o m e n o l o g y o f the Spirit in Fairy Tales." (61—112) E. 1954b, 1 r e p u b . Repub., trans, slightly rev., as C W g,i,8. 4. " T h e Psychology o f the Child A r c h e t y p e . " (113—47) E. 1949a, 1 r e p u b . R e p u b . , trans, rev., as C W g,i,6 (1st edn.). 5. " T r a n s f o r m a t i o n Symbolism in the Mass." ( 1 4 8 - 2 2 4 ) E. 1955b repub. R e p u b . , trans, slightly rev., as C W 1 1 , 3 . 6. " F o r e w o r d to the I Ching." (225-44) E. l g s o d r e p u b . R e p u b . , trans, slightly rev., as C W 1 1 , 1 6 . 7. " T w o C h a p t e r s f r o m : The Interpretation of Nature and the Psyche." (245-82) E. 1955a, Chs. I l l — I V repub. R e p u b . , a l o n g with rest o f text, trans, slightly rev., as C W 8,18. 8. "Psychological C o m m e n t a r y on The Tibetan Book of the Dead." (283—301) E. i 9 5 7 f repub. Repub., trans, slightly rev., as C W 11,11.

97

9. “C om m entary on T h e Secret o f the G olden Flower.” (302—51) E. 1962b, 2 p repub. Pub. in a dif. trans. as CW 13,1. R epub. as E. 1991b. !958b The Undiscovered Self. (Atlantic M onthly Press Book.) Boston: Lit­ tle, Brow n; London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. pp. 113. 1959: Pa­ perback edn. New York: M entor Books/New A m erican Library, pp. 125. 1971: (Atlantic M onthly Press Book.) B oston: Little, Brow n, pp. 113. 1974: (Paperback edn.) R outledge & K egan Paul. T rans, from G. 19571 by R.F.C. H ull, and rev. by th e A m erican editors. R epub., trans. fu rth e r rev., as CW 10,14 a n d E. 1990a. E xtract prep u b . as “God, th e Devil, an d th e H u m an Soul.” Atlantic Monthly, C C :5 (Nov. 1957), 57—63. “. . . p ro m p ted by conversations betw een Dr. J u n g an d Dr. C arleton Smith, D irector o f the N a­ tional A rts Foundation, which b ro u g h t it to th e atten tio n of th e editors o f th e Atlantic M onthly Press.” !958c Answers to questions of, an d correspondence with, th e au th o r an d David Cox. H ow ard L. P hilp: Jung and the Problem of Evil. pp. 5 21, 209-54. L ondon: Rockliff. Repub., with m in o r stylistic rev. and addn. o f title, as CW 18,103. L etter o f 11 J u n e 1957 repub. in E. 1976a. »958d “M essage o f th e H o n o rary President." Chemical Concepts of Psycho­ sis. p. xxi. Ed. by M ax Rinkel with H erm an C. B. D enber. New York: McDowell/Obolensky. L etter to M ax Rinkel (Apr. 1957), chairm an o f a Sym posium o n Chem ical Concepts o f Psychosis, pub. in th e volum e above, which com prises th e “Proceedings o f the Sym posium . . . held at th e Second In tern atio n al C ongress o f Psychiatry in Zurich . . . 1 to 7 S eptem ber 1957.” Repub. with title change as CW 3,11. t r .— G erm an: 1973a. 1958ε “Forew ord.” E leanor B ertine: Human Relationships: In the Family, in Friendship, in Love. pp. v—vii. New York, L ondon: Longm ans, G reen. 1963: New York: David M acKay. T ran s, from G. 19576 by B arbara H an n ah . Repub., trans. slightly rev., as CW 18,61. i958f “D r. C arl J u n g on U nconventional A erial Objects.” A.P.R.O. Bul­ letin (July), 1,5. E. 19551 repub. R epub. in E. 19591,3. Cf. E. 1954b an d CW 18,81.

1958b- 1959a I958g "Dr. J u n g Sets the Record Straight." UFO Investigator, 1:5 ( A u g Sept.), 1 p. Letter written (in English) to Major K e y h o e ( N I C A P ) (16 A u g . 1958). Repub. with title change as E. i 9 5 9 g . Pub. condensed as E. 1959!,2. i95 8h "Released to United Press f r o m Dr. Jung." Bull. APC, 20:6 (Oct.), 10. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1958b by Henry Carioba. Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. i958j, 19591,1 and C W 18,81. Repudiates statement attributed to him in an A.P.R.O. Bulletin article. Cf. E. 1955L 19581 "Banalized beyond Endurance." Contribution to symposium, " I f Christ Walked the Earth Today." Cosmopolitan, C X L V : 6 (Dec.), 30. Title a d d e d by editors. Repub. u n d e r title o f the symposium as C W 18,86. i958J Statement to United Press International. A.P.R.O. Bulletin (Sept.), 7. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1958b. Repub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1958b, 19591,1 and C W 18,81. 1958k Psychology and Religion: West and East. (CW, 11.) See Part II. !959a The Basic Writings of C. G.Jung. Ed. by Violet Staub de Laszlo. N e w Y o r k : M o d e r n Library (Div. o f R a n d o m House), pp. 552. C o n tents: 1. f r o m Symbols of Transformation. (3—36) C W 5 , i & 4 , Pt. I, C h . I—II repub. 2. f r o m " O n the Nature of the Psyche." (37-104) C W 8,8 repub. with some omissions. 3. f r o m " T h e Relations between the E g o and the U n c o n scious." (105-82) C W 7,2: Preface to 2d edn.; Pt. I, Chs. 1 3; Pt. II, Chs. 1—2, repub. 4. f r o m Psychological Types. (183—285) E. 1923a: Introduction, and Chs. 1 0 - 1 1 (abridged), repub. C f . C W 6. 5. "Archetypes o f the Collective Unconscious." (286—326) C W g,i,i repub. 6. "Psychological Aspects o f the Mother Archetype." (327—60) C W g,i,4 repub. 7. " O n the Nature o f Dreams." (363—79) C W 8,10 p r e p u b . 8. " O n the Psychogenesis o f Schizophrenia." (380-97) E. i 9 3 g d repub. Repub. as C W 3,8.

99

9. from “T he Psychology o f the Transference.” (398—429) CW 16,13 (lst edn.): Introduction, repub. 10. “Introduction to the Religious and Psychological Problems of Alchemy.” (433-68) CW 12,2, Pt. I (1st edn.) repub. 11. “Psychology and Religion.” (469—528) CW 11,1 repub. 12. “M arriage as a Psychological Relationship.” (531-44) CW 17,8 repub. Repub. as E. 1991c. J959b Flying Saucers. A Modem Myth of Things Seen in the Skies. New York: H arcourt Brace: London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. pp. 184. 1969: Paperback edn. New York: Signet Books/New American Li­ brary. pp. 144. Trans, from G. 1958a by R.F.C. Hull. Pts. 1 & 9 below not included in the text o f G. 1958a. Repub., trans. slightly rev., as CW 10,15. Much abbreviated version pub. with title change as E. ig59h. 1977: (Paperback edn.) Routledge & Kegan Paul. Cf. E. 1978a. 1987: (Ark Paperback.) Contents: 1. Preface to the English Edition, (ix—x) Dated Sept. 1958. t r .— German: GW 10,15. 2. Introductory, (xi—xiv) 3. Ufos as Rumours. (1—24) 4. Ufos in Dreams. (25—101) 5. Ufos in M odern Painting. (102—27) 6. Previous History o f the Ufo Phenomenon. (128-45) 7. Ufos Considered in a Non-PsychoIogicaI Light. (146—53) 8. Epilogue. (154-74) 9. Supplement. (174—76) A dded to the English edition, t r .— German: GW 10,15. PP- 4 7 1_73Repub. in E. 1978a. !959c “T he Soul and Death.” The Meaning of Death, pp. 3—15. Ed. by H er­ m an Feifel. New York: McGraw-Hill, Blakiston Division. E. 1945a repub., trans. slightly rev. by R.F.C. Hull. Repub. as CW 8,17. J959d “Dream Symbols o f the Individuation Process.” Spiritual Disciplines. (Papers from the Eranos Yearbooks, 4.) pp. 341-423. New York: Pantheon (B. S. 30); London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Trans, from G. 1936a by R.F.C. Hull. Pub. in a dif. trans. with slight title change as E. 19398,4. Cf. GW 12,3. Pt. II (2d edn.) for a trans. of the rev. version.

!959

b

-

19593

i959e "Foreword." Jolande Jacobi: Complex!Archetype!Symbol in the Psychology of C. G.Jung, pp. ix-xi. New York: Pantheon (B. S. 57); London: Routledge & K e g a n Paul. 1 9 7 1 : Paperback edn. (Princeton/ Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press. T r a n s , f r o m G . i 9 5 7 g by R.F.C. Hull. Repub. as C W 18,60. i959f " N e w T h o u g h t s on Schizophrenia." Universitas, III: 1 (Jan.), 5 3 - 5 8 . E. 1957I1 repub. with title change. Repub., slightly rev., with title change, as C W 3,9. C f . E. 1957c for condensed version. Pub. simultaneously with the G e r m a n trans. Cf. G. l g s g f . i959g " U F O . " Bull. APC, 21:2 (Feb.), 6 - 8 . E. i 9 5 8 g repub. with title change. Printed f o r private circulation. Repub. with title c h a n g e as C W 18,83. Pub. condensed as E. 19591,2. !959h " A Visionary Rumour." Journal of Analytical Psychology, I V : 1 (Apr.), 5—19. E. 1959b m u c h abbreviated. 1959" "Jung o n the U F O . . ." CSI of New York, No. 27 (July), var. pp. Contains the following works by J u n g : 1. Statement o n U F O ' s to U P I (13 A u g . 1958). (4) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1958I1 by "CSI." Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1958b, 1958] and C W 18,81. 2. Letter to Maj. Donald K e y h o e ( N I C A P ) , (16 A u g . 1958). (5) E. i 9 5 9 g pub. condensed. Full text pub. as E. i g 5 8 g , i 9 5 9 g and C W 18,82. 3. "C. G. J u n g o n the Question o f Flying Saucers." ( A p p e n d i x 1: 1—5) Consists o f a trans, by " C S I " o f G. 1954c together with E. 19551 repub. f o r purpose o f comparison. Includes in brackets "material omitted [from E. 1955!]. W h e n [these translations] d i f f e r appreciably, the C S I version appears [on left, the other] in the right-hand column." Pub. in dif. trans.'s as E. 1954b and C W 18,80. Repub. in E. 1978a. 1959)

" 'National Character' and Behavior in T r a f f i c . A Letter f r o m Dr. J u n g . " Bull. APC, 21:8 (Dec.), Supplement, 1—4. Trans, f r o m G . i958j by Hildegard Nagel. Printed f o r private circulation. Letter to F. von T i s c h e n d o r f (19 April 1958). Pub. in a dif. trans, in E. 1975b-

101

'959^ “T h e S w iss N a tio n a l C h a r a c te r .” A d a m , 2 7 5 (2 7 th y e a r ), 1 3 - 1 6 . T r a n s , fr o m G . 1 9 2 8 ε b y G w e n M o u n tfo r d a n d M ir o n G r in d e a . P u b . in a d if. tra n s. w ith title c h a n g e as C W 1 0 ,1 9 . A r e to r t to K eys e r lin g ’s D a s Spektrum E uropas. ! 959 1 T w o le tte r s. R ic h a r d E llm a n n : Jam es Joyce. N e w Y ork: O x f o r d U n i­ v e r sity P ress. C o n ta in s th e fo llo w in g le tte r s fr o m J u n g : 1. T o J a m e s J o y c e (2 7 S e p t. 1 9 3 2 ) (6 4 2 ) R e p u b . as E. ig 6 6 d . 2. T o P a tricia G r a e c e n (H u tc h in s) (2 9 J u n e 1 9 5 5 ) (6 9 2 ) E . 1 9 5 7 r e p u b . E n tir e le tte r p u b . in E. 1 9 7 5 b a n d tr a n s. in G . 1 9 7 2 b . ! 959 m The Archetypes a n d the Collective Unconscious. (C W , g i.) S e e P a rt II. !959n A ion . (C W , g ii.) S e e P art II. 1960a

A n sw er to J o b . P a p e r b a c k e d n . N e w Y ork: M e r id ia n , p p . 2 2 3 . C W 1 1 ,9 r e p u b . (reset) w ith o m is s io n o f “P r e fa to r y N o t e .”

1960b

“F o r e w o r d .” M ig u e l S e r r a n o : The Visits o f the Q ueen o f Sheba. 2 p p . B o m b a y : A sia P u b lis h in g H o u s e . 1 9 7 2 : L o n d o n : R o u tle d g e & K eg a n P a u l. P a p e r b a c k e d n . N e w Y ork: H a r p e r . W r itte n in E n g lish as le tte r to S e r r a n o (1 4 J a n . i9 6 0 ) a n d p u b . h e r e slig h tly rev. R e ­ p u b ., s o m e w h a t r e v ., as C W 1 8 ,1 2 2 . E n tir e le tte r p u b . in fu ll as E. 19 6 6 b , 1.

1960c

L e tte r to th e E d ito r (Jan. i 9 6 0 ) . L istener, X L I I L 1 6 0 8 (21 J a n .), 1 3 3 . W r itte n in E n g lis h in r e s p o n s e to r e a c tio n to h is in te r v ie w o n th e B .B .C . p r o g r a m “F ace to F ace,” 22 O ct. 1 9 5 9 . C f. E. 1 9 7 5 b , le tte r s to H u g h B u r n e tt (5 D e c . 1 9 5 9 ) a n d M . L e o n a r d (5 D e c . 1 9 5 9 ). t r .— G e r m a n : G W 1 1 ,2 5 /1 9 7 3 3 .

1960c!

“P r e fa c e by D r. J u n g .” B u ll. A P C , 2 2 :5 (M ay), 2 0 - 2 8 . T r a n s , fr o m G . 1 9 5 9 ε b y E d ith W allace. P u b . in a d if. tra n s. w ith title c h a n g e as C W 1 0 ,1 8 .

1960ε

“G o o d a n d E v il in A n a ly tic a l P s y c h o lo g y .” J o u rn a l o f A n a lytica l P sy ­ chology, V :2 (Ju ly), 9 1 - 9 9 · T r a n s , fr o m G . 1 9 5 9 b b y R .F .C . H u ll. R e p u b ., tra n s. rev ., as C W 1 0 ,1 7 .

ig 6 °f The Psychogenesis o f M e n ta l Disease. (C W , 3.) S e e P a rt II.

ig 6 ° g

1961a

T h e S tr u c tu r e a n d D y n a m ic s o f th e P s y c h e . ( C W 8 .) S e e P a r t I I . “A

L e tte r o n

P a r a p s y c h o l o g y a n d S y n c h r o n i c i t y . D r . J u n g ’s R e ­

s p o n s e t o a n I n q u i r y . ” S p r i n g 1 9 6 1 . p p . 5 0 —5 7 . N e w Y o r k : A n a l y t ­ ic a l P s y c h o l o g y C lu b . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 6 1 b b y H i l d e g a r d N a g e l . W r it t e n in E n g lis h t o A . D . C o r n e ll (9 F e b . i 9 6 0 ) a n d t r a n s ., w it h a d d n s . a n d c o r r e c t io n s b y J u n g , a s G . 1 9 6 1 c , f r o m w h ic h t h e a b o v e h a s b e e n tr a n s . in t u r n . R e p u b ., s lig h t ly r e v ., in E . 1 9 7 5 b . ( I n li e u o f t h e o r ig . E n g lis h m s ., w h ic h h a d b e e n lo s t.) S p r in g 1 9 6 1 r e is ­ s u e d , p h o t o c o p i e d a n d b o u n d a s o n e w ith S p r in g i 9 6 0 a n d S p r in g 1 9 6 2 , in 1 9 7 3 . 1961b

“F o r e w o r d . ” H u g h C n c h to n - M il le r , 1 8 7 7 —1 9 5 9 , A P e r s o n a l M e m o i r by H i s F r ie n d s a n d F a m ily , p p . 1—2 . D o r c h e s t e r ( E n g l a n d ) : L o n g m a n s L td . W r it t e n in E n g lis h a n d d a t e d J a n . i 9 6 0 . R e p u b ., s lig h t ly r e v ., a s C W 1 8 ,8 7 .

1961c

“Y o g a , Z e n , a n d K o e s t l e r . ” E n c o u n te r , X V I : 2 ( F e b .) , 5 6 —5 8 . L e t t e r w r it t e n in E n g lis h to t h e e d it o r , M e lv in J . L a sk y (1 9 O c t. i 9 6 0 ) in r e s p o n s e t o 2 a r t i c l e s b y K o e s t l e r . R e p u b . a s E . 1 9 6 3 L t r .— G e r ­ m an: 1 9 6 1 b / 1973a.

i9 6 i d

“T h e S y m b o l i c L i f e . ” D a r s h a n a , 1 :3 ( A u g . ) (C . G . J u n g m e m o r i a l i s s u e . ) 1 1 —2 2 . E . 1 9 5 4 c a b b r e v . C f . C W 1 8 , 3 .

i 96 i e

F r e u d a n d P s y c h o a n a ly s is . ( C W , 4 . ) S e e P a r t I I .

1962a

M e m o r ie s , D r e a m s , R e fle c tio n s . R e c o r d e d a n d e d . b y A n i e l a J a f f e . N e w Y o r k : P a n t h e o n ( D iv . o f R a n d o m H o u s e ) , p p . 3 9 8 . L o n d o n : C o llin s a n d R o u t le d g e & K e g a n P a u l, 1 9 6 3 . p p . 3 8 3 . 1 9 6 5 : P a p e r ­ b a c k e d n . N e w Y o r k : V i n t a g e ( D iv . o f R a n d o m H o u s e ) , p p . 3 9 8 ( in d e x a d d e d ) . 1 9 7 3 : R e v . e d n ., w ith c o r r e c tio n s . T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 6 2 a b y R i c h a r d a n d C la r a W i n s t o n . P u b . w i t h a d d n . a s E . 1 9 6 6 a . 1 9 8 3 : (P a p e r b a c k e d n .) L o n d o n : F la m in g o . C o n te n ts (2 d p a g in a ­ t i o n r e f e r s t o L o n d o n e d n .) : 1 . P r o l o g u e . ( 3 —5 ) ( 1 7 —1 9 ) E x t r a c t s p r e p u b . a s p t . o f “J u n g o n F r e u d ." A tl a n ti c M o n t h ly , C C X : 5 ( N o v . ) , 4 7 —5 6 . C f . n o . 6 b e ­ lo w . 2 . F i r s t Y e a r s . ( 6 —2 3 ) ( 2 1 —3 6 ) 3 . S c h o o l Y e a r s . ( 2 4 - 8 3 ) ( 3 7 —8 9 )

ENGLISH

4. Student Years. (84-113) (90-115) 5. Psychiatric Activities. ( 1 1 4 - 4 5 ) 16-43) 6. Sigmund Freud. (146-69) (144—64) Extracts pub. as pt. o f "Jung o n Freud." Cf. no. 1 above. 7. Confrontation with the Unconscious. (170—99) (165—91) 8. T h e Work. (200-22) ( 1 9 2 - 2 1 1 ) 9. T h e Tower. (223-37) (212-24) 10. Travels. (238-88) (224-69) 11. Visions. (289-98) (270-77) 12. O n Life after Death. (299-326) (278-301) Extracts pub. as "Jung o n Life after Death." Atlantic Monthly, C C X : 6 (Dec.), 39-4413. Late T h o u g h t s . (327-54) (302-26) 1st par. and Pt. I pub. as "Jung's View o f Christianity." Atlantic Monthly, C C X I : i (Jan. 1963), 6 1 - 6 6 . 14. Retrospect. (355-59) (327-30) A p p e n d i x e s (contents d i f f e r somewhat f r o m A n h a n g of G. 1962a): 15. Freud to Jung. (Letters: 16 A p r . 1909; 12 May 1 9 1 1 ; 15 J u n e 1 9 1 1 ) (361-64) (333-35) c f - E - 1 9 7 4 b 16. Letters to E m m a J u n g f r o m A m e r i c a (1909). (365—70) (336— 40) 17. Letters to Emma J u n g f r o m North A f r i c a (1920). ( 3 7 1 - 7 2 ) (340-41) 18. "Richard Wilhelm." (373-77) (342-45) Also contains pts. o f letter to Gustav Steiner (30 Dec. 1957). (viii— ix) ( 1 1 - 1 2 ) C f . E. 1975a. 1962b

With Richard Wilhelm: The Secret of the Golden Flower. A Chinese Book of Life. New York: Harcourt Brace, pp. 149. 1962: Paperback edn. New York: Harvest Books. Trans, f r o m G. 1938a by Cary F. Baynes. E. 1931a, rev. and augmented by the addn. o f "part o f the Chinese meditation text ' T h e Book o f Consciousness and Life' with a Foreword by Salome Wilhelm." Cf. G. 1957b. Contains the following works by Jung: 1. "Foreword to the Second German Edition." (xiii—xiv) Trans, f r o m G. 1938a,!. Pub. in a dif. trans, as pp. 3 - 5 , C W 13,1. 2. "Commentary." ( 8 1 - 1 3 7 ) Trans, f r o m G. i938a,3&4, here combined. Pub. in a dif. trans, as C W 13,1. Prepub. as E. i95 8a >9-

104

1962b — 1963c 3. “In M em ory o f R ichard W ilh elm .” (1 3 8 -4 9 ) T ra n s, fr o m G. 1 9 3 8 3 ,2 . Pub. in a d if. trans. with title c h a n g e as C W 15,5. 1962c

“F o rew o rd .” J o la n d e Jacobi: The Psychology o f C. G. Ju n g. p. vii. N e w H a v en : Yale U n iversity Press. T ran s, fro m G. 1940c by R alp h M a n h eim . R ep u b ., trans. rev., as C W 18,40. Pub. in a d if. trans. as E. 1942c.

1963a W ith C. K erenyi: Essays on a Science o f Mythology: The M yth o f the D ivin e Child and The Mysteries o f Eleusis. P ap erb ack ed n . (H a rp er T o r c h b o o k s/B o llin g e n L ibrary.) N e w York: H a rp er & Row. p p. 2 0 0 . E. 1949a, trans. rev. Cf. E. 1969a. C on tain s th e fo llo w in g w orks by J u n g : 1. “T h e P sych ology o f th e C hild A rch ety p e.” (70—100) C W 9,1,6 (1st e d n .) rep u b . R ep u b ., trans. fu rth e r slightly rev., as C W 9.1.6 (2 d ed n .). 2. “T h e P sych ological A sp ects o f th e K ore.” (1 5 6 - 7 7 ) C W 9,1,7 (1 st e d n .) rep u b . R ep u b ., trans. fu rth e r slightly rev., as CW 9.1.7 (2 d ed n .). 1963b

“F o rew o rd .” A n iela J a ffe: Apparitions an d Precognition; A Study from the P o in t o f View o f C. G. J u n g ’s A nalytical Psychology, p p . v—viii. N e w H y d e Park, N .Y .: U n iversity B ook s. T ran s, fro m G. 1 9 5 8 c by R .F.C . H u ll. R ep u b ., trans. si. rev., as C W 18,8.

*963c L etter to E m a n u e l M aier (24 M arch 1950). B en ja m in N e lso n : “H e sse an d J u n g . T w o N ew ly R eco v ered L etters.” p. 15. Psychoanal. R ev., 5 0 :3 (Fall), 1 1 -1 6 . R epu b . in E. 1973b . t r .— G er­ m an : 1972b . L etter to W m . G. W ilson (3 0 Jan. 1961), p p. 6 —7, “T h e B ill W .Carl J u n g L etters.” A A Grapevine, X IX :8 (Jan.), 2—7. A lso p ub . in B ull. A P C , 2 5:3 (M ar.), 6 - 1 3 . R ep u b . as E. ig 6 8 e . t r .— G erm an: 1973a·

>9 63 e A n sw ers to q u estio n n a ire, “T h e F u tu re o f P arap sych ology,” a d d e d as “A p p e n d ix ,” p p. 4 5 0 - 5 1 , to M artin E bon , “T h e S e co n d S o u l o f C. G. J u n g .” International Jou rnal o f Parapsychology, V :4 (A u tu m n ), 4 2 7 —5 8 . D a ted 23 J u n e i9 6 0 . R epu b . w ith a d d n . o f title as C W 18,50.

*9 63 f L e tte r to M elv in L asky, e d ito r o f Encounter, Bull. A P C , 2 5 :6 (O ct.), 1 6 -2 0 . D a te d 19 O ct. i9 6 0 . E. 1961c r e p u b . w ith o u t title . R e p u b . in Bull. A P C , 2 5 :6 (O ct.), 1 6 -2 0 , a n d in E. 1975b. '9638 M ystenum Coniunctionis. (CW , 14.) S ee P a r t II. i964a “A p p r o a c h in g th e U n c o n sc io u s .” M an and H is Symbols, p p . 1 8 -1 0 3 . E d . b y C a rl G. J u n g a n d a f te r h is d e a th M .-L . v o n F ra n z . C o -o r­ d in a tin g e d ., J o h n F re e m a n . L o n d o n : A ld u s B o o k s; G a r d e n C ity, N .Y .: D o u b le d a y . ig 6 8 : P a p e r b a c k e d n . N ew Y ork: D ell. p p . 1—94. 1978: (P a p e rb a c k e d n .) L o n d o n : P ic a d o r B o o k s. W r itte n in E n ­ g lish in 1961 a n d ex te n siv e ly re v . a n d r e a r r a n g e d u n d e r th e s u ­ p e rv is io n o f J o h n F re e m a n in c o lla b o ra tio n w ith M a rie -L o u ise v o n F ra n z . J u n g ’s o rig in a l te x t p u b . w ith title c h a n g e as C W 18,2. “T h e re m a in in g c h a p te r s w e re w ritte n b y th e v a rio u s a u th o r s to J u n g ’s d ir e c tio n a n d u n d e r h is s u p e rv is io n .” t r . — G e rm a n : ig 6 8 a . 1964b L e tte rs to R ic h a rd E v an s. R ic h a rd I. E v an s: Conversations xvith C arl J u n g and Reactions from Ernest Jones. P rin c e to n , N .J .: D . V a n N o s ­ t r a n d . p p . 173. C o n ta in s th e fo llo w in g le tte rs : 1. A p ril 1957. (7) 2. A p ril 1957. (9) 3. 3 0 M ay 1957. (10) A lso c o n ta in s a le n g th y in te rv ie w fr o m c in e m a film , rev. b y E vans. R e p u b . 1976: J u n g on Elementary Psychology: A Discussion between Carl J u n g and Richard E vans. N e w Y ork: D u tto n . A v e rb a tim t r a n ­ s c rip t o f th e in te rv ie w a d d e d in a p p e n d ix . C f. E. 1 9 7 7 6 ,4 . t r .— G e rm a n : 1967c. 1964c A b rid g e m e n t o f in te rv ie w w ith J u n g b y J o h n F r e e m a n , in : Face to Face. E d . b y H u g h B u r n e tt. L o n d o n : J o n a t h a n C a p e . p p . 48—51. C f. E . 19 7 7 b ,6 f o r c o m p le te in terv iew . 1964^ Civilization in Transition. (C W , 10.) S ee P a r t I I . i965aa A nsw er to Job. P a p e r b a c k e d n . L o n d o n : H o d d e r a n d S to u g h to n , p p . 192. E . 1 9 5 4 a r e p u b . (o ffset). R e p u b . w ith th e a d d n . o f “P re f a to ry N o te ” as E . 1 9 7 13,15. 19653 L e tte r to th e a u t h o r (7 J u ly 1958), p p . 1 4 1 -4 2 . E d w a rd T h o r n t o n : “J u n g i a n P sy ch o lo g y a n d th e V e d a n ta .” p p . 1 3 1 -4 2 . Spectrum Psy-

x g 6 3 f - ig66e chologiae. Eine Freundesgabe. Festschrift z u m 60. Geburtstag C . A . Meier. Ed. by C . T . Frey-Wehrlin. Zurich: Rascher. Written in English. 1966a Memories, Dreams, Reflections. Recorded and ed. by Aniela J a f f 6 . Pap e r b a c k e d n . N e w Y o r k : V i n t a g e B o o k s (Div. o f R a n d o m House), p p . 430. E. 1962a (New Y o r k edn., i g 6 s paperback) repub. with the f o l l o w i n g addn.: 19. " S e p t e m S e r m o n e s ad Mortuos." (378-90) E. 1925a repub. C f . h a r d c o v e r , E. 1967a. 1966b Letters to the author. Miguel Serrano: C. G. Jung and Hermann Hesse. A Record of Two Friendships. L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. p p . 1 1 2 . 1968: Paperback edn. N e w Y o r k : Schocken. pp. 1 1 2 . W r i t t e n in English. Letters orig. pub. with Spanish trans, in S e r r a n o , El circulo hermetico, de Hermann Hesse a C. G. Jung, Santia g o (Chile): Z i g Zag, 1965. 1966: (Paperback edn.) R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. Contains the following letters by J u n g : 1. 14 J a n u a r y i960. (68) Pub. with minor deletions a n d alteration as E. i g 6 o b . 2. 1 6 J u n e i960. (69—70) 3. 31 M a r c h i g 6 o . ( 7 4 - 7 5 ) R e p u b . in E. IG75B. TR.—German: 1973*. 4. 14 S e p t e m b e r i g 6 o . (83-88) Repub. in E. i g 7 5 b . TR.—Germ a n : 1973a. 1966c "Introduction." Frances G. Wickes: The Inner World of Childhood. A Study in Analytical Psychology, pp. xvii—xxv. Rev. edn. N e w Y o r k : A p p l e t o n - C e n t u r y . 1968: Paperback edn. (Signet) N e w Y o r k : N e w A m e r i c a n Library, p p . 304. C W 17,2 repub. Original brief version p u b . as E. 1927a. i966d Letter to J a m e s J o y c e (27 Sept. 1932).t Letters ofJames Joyce. Ed. by R i c h a r d Ellmann. Vol. 3, pp. 253-54- N e w Y o r k : V i k i n g . E. i g 5 g l , i r e p u b . R e p u b . in C W 15,8, pp. 1 3 3 - 3 4 a n d E. i g 7 3 b . t Date given as "? August 1932."

1966c " F o r e w o r d . " G e r h a r d A d l e r : Studies in Analytical Psychology, p p . 3 5. N e w edn. L o n d o n : H o d d e r 8c Stoughton. i g 6 7 : N e w Y o r k : G . P. Putnam's Sons f o r the C . G. J u n g Foundation f o r Analytical Psychology. i g 6 g : Paperback edn. N e w Y o r k : Capricorn. T r a n s .

107

ENGLISH

f r o m G. i g 5 2 g by R.F.C. Hull. Repub. as C W 18,55. ( l s t L o n d o n & N e w Y o r k , 1948—lacks Foreword.)

edn.—

jg66f The Spirit in Man, Art, and Literature. ( C W 15.) See Part II. •966g The Practice of Psychotherapy. (CW, 16.) 2d edn., partially reset, with new a p p e n d i x . See Part II. i9 6 7 a Memories, Dreams, Reflections. R e c o r d e d a n d ed. by Aniela Jaff£. 4th ptg. N e w Y o r k : Pantheon (Div. o f R a n d o m House), pp. 430. E. 1962a repub. with same addn. as E. 1966a. 1967b

VII Sermones ad Mortuos. The Seven Sermons to the Dead Written by Basilides in Alexandria. . . . L o n d o n : Stuart 8c Watkins. pp. 34. E. 1925a repub. C f . 19663,19.

1967c Symbols of Transformation. (CW, 5.) 2d edn. See Part II. 1967^ "Foreword to Studies f r o m the C. G. J u n g Institute, Zurich." Evil. pp. xi—xii. Ed. by the C u r a t o r i u m o f the C . G . J u n g Institute, Zurich. (Studies in Jungian T h o u g h t . ) Evanston, 111.: Northwestern University Press. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1949c by Ralph M a n h e i m . A l s o pub. in C . A . Meier: Ancient Incubation and Modern Psychotherapy. p p . i x - x . (Studies in J u n g i a n T h o u g h t . ) Evanston, 111.: Northwestern University Press. Pub. in a dif. trans, with slight tide c h a n g e as C W 18,45. Excerpt pub. in a dif. trans, as pt. o f E. 1950c. 1967c "Preface." J o h n Trinick: The Fire-Tried Stone, pp. [8—11]. Marazion, Cornwall: Wordens o f Cornwall, in association with L o n d o n : Stuart & Watkins. T w o letters to the author, written in English (13 Oct. 1956 and 15 Oct. 1957), pub. as Preface. Letter o f 15 Oct. 1957 repub. in E. 1975b. !9 6 7 f Letter to the author (1 Dec. i960). E d w a r d T h o r n t o n : Diary of a Mystic, p. 14. L o n d o n : G e o r g e Allen & Unwin. Written in English. R e p u b . in E. 1975b. TR.—German: 1973a. i9 6 7g Alchemical Studies. (CW, 13.) See Part II. 1968a

Analytical Psychology; Its Theory and Practice. The Tavistock Lectures. N e w Y o r k : Pantheon (Div. o f R a n d o m House); L o n d o n : Rout-

108

i g 6 6 f - i9 6 8 g le d g e & K e g a n P au l. p p . 224. 1970: P a p e rb a c k e d n . N ew Y ork: V in ta g e B o o k s (Div. o f R a n d o m H o u se ), p p . 224. 1976: ( P a p e r ­ b a c k e d n .) R o u tle d g e 8c K e g a n P a u l. 1986: (A rk P a p e rb a c k .) R o u tle d g e & K e g a n P au l. 5 le c tu re s , e a c h w ith tr a n s c r ip t o f e n s u in g d is c u s s io n , g iv e n f o r th e In s titu te o f M edical P sy ch o lo g y , L o n d o n , 3 0 S e p t - 4 O ct. 1935. S te n o g ra p h ic tr a n s c r ip t ed . by M a ry B a r k e r a n d M a r g a r e t G a m e , m im e o g ra p h e d f o r p riv a te c irc u la tio n b y th e A n a ly tic a l P sy ch o lo g y C lu b o f L o n d o n , 1936, e n title d Fundam ental Psychological Conceptions: A Report o f Five Lectures . , . a n d h e r e slig h tly rev . by R .F .C . H u ll. R e p u b . as C W 18,1. t r .— G e r m a n : 1969a. 1968b

L e tte r to th e a u t h o r (27 A p ril 1959). J o s e p h F. R y ch lak : A Philos­ ophy o f Science f o r Personality Theory, p p . 3 4 2 —4 3 . B o s to n : H o u g h to n M ifflin . W r itte n in E n g lish . R e p u b . in E. 1975b. t r . — G e rm a n : 1973a·

196 8 c

“L e tte r o f P ro fe s s o r C . G . J u n g to th e A u th o r .” J o s e f R u d i n : Psy­ chotherapy an d Religion, p p . xi—xiii. N o tre D a m e , I n d .: N o tr e D a m e U n iv e rs ity P ress. T r a n s , fr o m G. 1964a b y E lisa b e th R e in e c k e a n d P a u l C . B ailey. D a te d 30 A p r. i9 6 0 . P u b . in a d if. tra n s . in E.

i975b· ig68d P r e f a to r y n o te . Alchemy and the Occult. A Catalogue o f Books and M anuscripts from the Collection o f P a u l and M ary M ellon Given to Yale University Library. Vol. I, 1 p. C o m p ile d b y I a n M acP haiI. N e w H a ­ v e n , C o n n .: Y ale U n iv e rs ity L ib ra ry . ( I n 2 vols.) E. 1 946b r e p u b . R e p u b ., slig h tly rev. a n d w ith a d d n . o f title, as C W 18,104. 1968ε L e tte r to W m . G. W ilso n (30 J a n . 1961), p p . 2 0 - 2 1 , “T h e B ill W .C a r l J u n g L e tte rs .” A A Grapevine, X X IV :8 (Ja n .), 1 6 -2 1 . E. 1 9 6 3 d r e p u b . R e p u b . in E . 1975b. ig 6 8 f

“A n s w e rs to Q u e stio n s o n F r e u d .” S pring 1968. p p . 4 6 —4 8 . N e w Y o rk : A n a ly tica l P sy ch o lo g y C lu b . W r itte n in E n g lis h in re p ly to q u e s tio n s s e n t by M ich ae l L . H o ff m a n , G e n e v a r e p r e s e n ta tiv e o f th e N ew York Times, a n d d a te d 7 A u g . 1953. R e p u b . as C W 18,32.

•968g “A 1937 L e tte r fr o m C . G . J u n g .” Jou rnal o f Religion and H ealth, V :3 (July), 2 7 5 . W r itte n in E n g lish to th e R ev. K e n d ig C u lly (25 S e p t. 1937). R e p u b . in E . 1 973b. t r . — G e rm a n : 1972a.

ig68h Psychology a n d Alchem y. (C W , 12.) 2 d e d n ., r e se t. S e e P art II. 19681

p h e A rchetypes a n d the Collective Unconscious. (C W , 91.) 2 d e d n . S e e P a rt II.

196¾

A io n . (C W , 911.) 2 d e d n . S e e P a rt II.

1968k

Psychology a n d R elig io n : W est a n d E ast. (C W , 11.) 2 d e d n . S e e P art II.

1969a

W ith C . K er£ n y i: Essays on a Science o f M ythology . . . R ev. e d n . (P r in c e to n /B o llin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r in c e to n U n iv e r sity P ress, p p . 2 0 0 . C W 9,1,6 a n d 7 (2 d e d n .) r e p u b .

i

96 9b O n

the N a tu re o f the Psyche. (P r in c e to n /B o llin g e n P a p er b a c k .) P r in c e to n U n iv e r s ity P ress. 1 9 8 2 : (P a p er b a ck e d n .) R o u tle d g e 8c K e g a n P a u l. 1 9 8 9 : (A r k P a p e r b a c k .) R o u tle d g e . p p . 1 7 5 . C o n ­ ten ts: 1. “O n P sy c h ic E n e r g y .” ( 3 - 6 6 ) C W 8,1 r ep u b . 2. “O n th e N a t u r e o f th e P sy c h e .” ( 6 7 - 1 4 4 ) C W 8 ,8 r e p u b .

>9 6 9 c Psychology a n d E du cation . (P r in c e to n /B o llin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r in c e ­ to n U n iv e r s ity P r e ss, p p . 1 6 1 . C o n te n ts: 1. “P sy c h ic C o n flic ts in a C h ild .” (1—3 5 ) C W 17,1 r e p u b . 2. “C h ild D e v e lo p m e n t a n d E d u c a tio n .” ( 3 7 - 5 2 ) C W 1 7 ,3 r e ­ pub. 3. “A n a ly tic a l P s y c h o lo g y a n d E d u c a tio n .” (5 3 —122) C W 1 7 ,4 r e ­ pub. 4 . “T h e G ifte d C h ild .” (1 2 3 —3 5 ) C W 1 7 ,5 r e p u b . !9 6 9 ^

The Psychology o f the Transference. (P r in c e to n /B o llin g e n P a p er b a ck .) P r in c e to n U n iv e r s ity P ress, p p . 2 0 7 . C W 1 6 ,1 3 (2 d e d n .) r e p u b . 1 9 8 3 : (A rk P a p e r b a c k .) R o u tle d g e .

1969ε

“F o r e w o r d .” E rich N e u m a n n : D epth Psychology a n d a N e w E thic, p p . 11—18. N e w Y ork: G . P. P u tn a m ’s S o n s f o r th e C. G . J u n g F o u n ­ d a tio n f o r A n a ly tic a l P sy c h o lo g y . T r a n s , fr o m th e G e r m a n m s. by R .F .C . H u ll. W r itte n f o r a p r o p o s e d E n g lis h e d n . n o t p u b . u n til 1 9 6 9 . D a te d M a rch 1 9 4 9 . R e p u b ., tra n s. slig h tly rev., as C W 1 8 ,7 7 . G e r m a n e d n . la ck s th is F o r e w o r d .

ig 6 8 h — 1970c ig 69f “D e p t h P s y c h o lo g y a n d S e lf - K n o w le d g e . D r . J u n g ’s A n s w e r s to Q u e s t i o n s A s k e d b y D r . J o l a n d e J a c o b i.” S p r in g 1 9 6 9 . p p . 1 2 9 - 3 9 . N e w Y o r k : A n a ly t ic a l P s y c h o lo g y C lu b . E . 1 9 4 3 b r e p u b . w it h t itle c h a n g e ; tr a n s . r e v . b y R .F .C . H u ll. R e p u b . a s C W 1 8 ,1 3 1 . i 969g T h e S tr u c tu r e a n d D y n a m ic s o f th e P sych e. (C W , 8 .) 2 d e d n ., e x t e n s i v e rev s. S e e P art II.

i9 7 ° a

P o u r A rch ety p es: M o th e r , R e b irth , S p irit, T rick ster. ( P r in c e t o n /B o l lin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r i n c e t o n U n iv e r s it y P r e s s , p p . 1 7 3 . 1 9 7 2 : L o n ­ d o n : R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n P a u l. 1 9 8 6 : ( A r k P a p e r b a c k .) R o u t l e d g e Sc K e g a n P a u l. C o n t e n t s : 1 . “P s y c h o lo g ic a l A s p e c t s o f t h e M o t h e r A r c h e t y p e .” (7 —4 4 ) C W 9 ,1 ,4 r e p u b . 2 . “C o n c e r n i n g R e b ir t h .” ( 4 5 —8 1 ) C W 9 ,1 ,5 r e p u b . 3 . “T h e P h e n o m e n o l o g y o f t h e S p ir it in F a ir y ta le s .” ( 8 3 —1 3 2 ) C W g , i ,8 r e p u b . 4 . “O n t h e P s y c h o lo g y o f t h e T r ic k s t e r - F ig u r e .” ( 1 3 3 —5 2 ) C W 9 ,1 ,9 r e p u b .

1970b

P sy c h o lo g ic a l R e flectio n s. A N e w A n th o lo g y o f H is W r itin g s 1 9 0 5 —1 9 6 1 . S e le c t e d a n d e d . b y J o l a n d e J a c o b i in c o lla b o r a t io n w it h R .F .C . H u ll. P r i n c e t o n U n i v e r s it y P r e s s ( B . S . 3 1 ) ; L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e Sc K e g a n P a u l. p p . 3 9 1 . 1 9 7 1 : ( P a p e r b a c k e d n .) R o u t l e d g e Sc K e g a n P a u l. 1 9 8 6 : ( A r k P a p e r b a c k .) R o u t le d g e . 1 9 7 3 : ( P r in c e t o n /B o l lin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r i n c e t o n U n iv e r s it y P r e s s , p p . 3 7 9 . T r a n s , b y R .F .C . H u ll. (“. . . a ll b u t r e la t iv e ly f e w o f t h e q u o t a t i o n s a r e t a k e n f r o m t h e C o lle c t e d W o r k s . . . .” T h i s r e v is io n , p r e p a r e d in E n g lis h , a d d s p a s s a g e s f r o m 1 9 4 5 —6 1 a n d o m it s s o m e o l d e r m a t e r ia l. T h e S w is s e d n . [G . 1 9 7 1 b ] is b a s e d o n t h is o n e .) E . 1 9 5 3 a r e v . a n d e x p . E x tra c ts p u b . as E . 1 9 7 2 c .

1970c

“T w o P o s t h u m o u s P a p e r s . 1 9 1 6 .” S p r in g 1 9 7 0 . p p . 1 7 0 - 7 6 . Z u ­ r ic h : A n a ly t ic a l P s y c h o lo g y C lu b o f N e w Y o r k . T r a n s , b y R .F .C . H u l l f r o m t h e u n p u b . G e r m a n t y p e s c r ip t s f o u n d p o s t h u m o u s ly . D a te d O c t. 1 9 1 6 . C o n te n ts: 1. “A d a p t a t io n .” ( 1 7 0 - 7 3 ) 2 . “I n d iv i d u a t i o n a n d C o lle c t iv it y .” ( 1 7 4 —7 6 ) R e p u b . a s C W 1 8 ,3 5 . Ill

ig 7 ° d

* L e tte r to ΑηάΓέ B a rb a u lt (26 M ay 1954). Aquarian Agent, !:13 (Dec.). T ra n s, fro m Fr. 1954b by a n u n k n o w n h a n d . P ub. in a dif. tra n s. in E. 1976a.

1970ε

Psychiatric Studies. (CW, 1.) 2d e d n . See P a rt II.

1QVof Civilization in Transition. (CW, 10.) 2d ed n . See P a rt II. W o g Mysterium Coniunctionis. (CW, 14.) 2d e d n . See P a rt II. !9 7 1 a

The Portable Jung. E d. w ith a n in tro , by J o s e p h C am pbell. N ew Y ork: V iking, p p . 650. (P ublished sim u ltaneously in p ap erb ack .) T ra n s, by R.F.C. H ull. C ontents: P a rt I. 1. “T h e Stages o f L ife.” (3—22) CW 8,16 re p u b . 2. “T h e S tru c tu re o f th e Psyche.” (23—46) C W 8,7 re p u b . 3. “In stin c t a n d th e U nconscious.” (47—58) CW 8,6 re p u b . 4. “T h e C o n c e p t o f th e C ollective U nconscious.” (5 9 -6 9 ) CW 9,1,2 re p u b . 5. “T h e R elations b etw een th e E go a n d th e U nconscious.” (7 0 -1 3 8 ) CW 7,2 rep u b . 6. “A ion: P h en o m en o lo g y o f th e Self.” (1 3 9 -6 2 ) CW g,ii, C hs. I—I I I , re p u b . 7. “M a rria g e as a Psychological R elatio n sh ip .” (1 6 3 -7 7 ) CW 17,8 re p u b . 8. “Psychological T y p e s.” (178—269) CW 6, C h. X, re p u b . P a rt II. 9. “T h e T ra n s c e n d e n t F u n c tio n .” (273—300) C W 8,2 re p u b . 10. “O n th e R elation o f A nalytical Psychology to P o etry .” (301—22) CW 15,6 re p u b . 11. “In d iv id u a l D re a m Sym bolism in R elation to A lchem y.” (323—455) CW 12,3, Pt. II (2d ed n .) re p u b . 12. “T h e S p iritu al P ro b lem o f M o d e rn M an.” (4 5 6 -7 9 ) CW 10,4 re p u b . 13. “T h e D ifferen ce b etw een E a ste rn a n d W estern T h in k ­ in g .” (4 8 0 -5 0 2 ) CW 11,10, p ars. 7 5 9 -8 7 , re p u b . P a rt I II . 14. “O n S y nchronicity.” (50 5 -1 8 ) C W 8,19 re p u b . 15. “A n sw er to J o b .” (5 1 9 -6 5 0 ) C W 11,9 re p u b . Cf. E. 1973a.

i9 7 °d - 1972b 1971b

“Excerpts from Selected Letters.” Spnng /9 7 /. pp. 121-35. Zurich: Analytical Psychology Club o f New York. Excerpts from E. 1973b and 1976a prepub. Contents: t i . “· . . to a little daughter.” (1 July 1919) To M arianne Jung. I"2. “to a solicitous colleague.” (6 Nov. 1926) To Frances G. Wickes. f3· “. . . to Freud.” (5 Oct. 1906) Also prepub. from E. 1974b. !4. “Recollections o f . . . the U. S.” (23 July 1949) To Virginia Payne. ¢5. “On Einstein and Synchronicity.” (25 Feb. 1953) T o Carl Seelig. t 6 . “On Mescalin.” (15 Feb. 1955) To A. M. H ubbard. ty . “On the Shadow and Protestantism.” (9 Nov. 1955) To T heodor Bovet. t8 . “To a Colleague on Suicide.” (25 July 1946) To Eleanor Bertine. $9. “O n Suicide.” (19 Nov. 1955) To an anonymous recipient. ¢10. “In Old Age.” (10 Aug. i960) To the Earl of Sandwich. t Prepub. from E. 1973b. t Prepub. from E. 1975b.

x97lc Psychological Types. (CW, 6.) See Part II. !972a Mandala Symbolism. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 121. Contents: 1. “Mandalas.” (3—5) CW 9,1,13 repub. 2. “A Study in the Process o f Individuation.” (6—70) CW 9,1,11 repub. 3. “Concerning Mandala Symbolism.” (71—100) CW 9,1,12 re ­ pub. 1972b Letters to the author (4 Mar. and 3 Dec. 1957). Frederic Spiegelberg; Images from Tibetan Art. pp. [4—5]. A folio collection o f eight reproductions for coloring and meditation with an essay and com­ m entaries by Frederic Spiegelberg and additional comm entaries by C. G. Jung. San Francisco: Lodestar Press. T rans, by Frederic Spiegelberg from the German letters. 1972c

“Letters to a Friend: Part I.” Psychological Perspectives, I I I .i (Spring), 9-18. T oJam es Kirsch. Trans, by Jam es Kirsch from the

G erm an mss. except as otherw ise noted. T h e is t o f 2 pts. Cf. E. ig72d. Contents: 1. 19 Aug. 1929. Pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1976a. G erm an let­ ter pub. in G. 1973a. 2. 15 Aug. 1930. 3. 12 Aug. 1931. 4. 12 Mar. 1932. 5. 20 Ja n . 1933. 6. 20 Feb. 1934. 7. 26 May 1934. E. i946d,2 repub. T ran s, by E rnest H arm s. Pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1973b. G erm an letter pub. in G. 1972a. 8. 16 Aug. 1934. 9. 29 Sept. 1934. Last par. only. E ntire letter pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1973b. G erm an letter pub. in G. 1972a. 10. 17 Feb. 1935. 11. 25 Ju ly 1946. W ritten in English. 12. 12 Ju ly 1951. 13. 18 Nov. 1952. W ritten in English. R epub. in E. 1975b. t r .— G erm an: 1972b. 14. 23 Nov. 1952. 15. 28 Nov. 1952. W ritten in English. i972d “Letters to a Friend: P art II.” Psychological Perspectives, 111:2 (Fall), 167—78. T o Jam es Kirsch, except no. 15 below, to H ildegard Kirsch. T ran s, by Jam es Kirsch from th e G erm an mss. except as otherw ise noted. T h e last o f 2 pts. Cf. E. 1972c. C ontents: 1. 2g Ja n . 1953. Pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1975b. G erm an letter pub. in G. 1972b. 2. 28 May 1953. Pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1975b. G erm an letter pub. in G. 1972b. 3. 6 Aug. 1953. 4. 2 Oct. 1953. 5. 16 Feb. 1954. Pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1975b. G erm an letter pub. in G. 1972b. 6. 5 Mar. 1954. Pub. in a dif. trans. in E. 1975b. G erm an letter pub. in G. 1972b. 7. 23 J u n e 1954. 8. 11 Sept. 1954. 9. S um m er 1957.

i 9 7 2 c - 1973d

10. 29 A p r . 1958. Pub. in a dif. trans, in E. 1975b. G e r m a n letter p u b . in G . 1973a. 1 1 . 3 N o v . 1958. 12. 10 Dec. 1958. Pub. in a dif. trans, in E. 1975b. G e r m a n letter p u b . in G. 1973a. 13. 12 Nov. 1959. Pub. in a dif. trans, in E. 1975b. G e r m a n letter pub. in G . 1973a. 14. 10 Jan. i960. 15. 2 Nov. i960. T o H i l d e g a r d Kirsch. 1 97 2 e

" ' P s y c h o l o g i c a l Reflections' on Y o u t h and A g e . " University, (Winter), 18—22. Extracts o f E. 1970b.

51

i97 2 f Two Essays on Analytical Psychology. (CW, 7.) 2d edn., rev. See Part II. 1 973 a

Answer to Job. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton U n i v e r sity Press, p p . 1 2 1 . C W 11,9, 2d edn., 2d ptg. (1973) r e p u b .

i973 b Letters. I: 1906-1950. Selected a n d ed. by G e r h a r d A d l e r in collaboration with A n i e l a J a f f e . Princeton University Press (B. S. 95); L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. pp. 596. G e r m a n letters trans, by R.F.C. Hull, French letters by Jane A . Pratt. T h e 1st o f 2 vols. C f . E. 1976a. Contains 522 letters, o f which 152 are in the orig. English. Contents a r r a n g e d chronologically. " W i t h a very f e w exceptions . . . the selection o f letters in the Swiss a n d A m e r i c a n editions is identical." C f . G. 1972a and 1 9 7 2 b f o r the G e r m a n version; E. 1984a f o r a b r i d g e d edn. TR.—(English originals) G e r m a n : 19723/1972^ 1 973 c

Synchronicity: An Acausal Connecting Principle. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press; L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e & Keg a n Paul. p p . 135. 1985: (Paperback edn.) R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. Contents: 1. "Synchronicity: A n Acausal C o n n e c t i n g Principle." (1—103) C W 8,18 r e p u b . 2. " O n Synchronicity." (104—15) E. 1 9 7 1 3 , 1 4 r e p u b .

J973d

" T h r e e Early Papers." Spring 1973. pp. 171—87. Zurich: Analytical Psychology C l u b o f N e w Y o r k . T r a n s , by R.F.C. Hull. Contents:

1. "Sigm und F reud: On Dreams (1901).” (171—79) T ran s, fro m a typescript apparently o f a re p o rt given at B urghdlzli an d d ated 25 Ja n . 1901. CW 18,18 prep u b . 2. “M arginal N ote on F. Wittels: Die sexuelle Not. (1910).” (179— 82) T ran s, from G. 1910I. CW 18,24 p repub. 3. “A C om m ent on T au sk ’s Criticism o f N eIken (1913).” (1 8 2 87) T ran s, from G. 1913d. CW 18,31 p repub. ' 973 e “Religion an d Psychology: A Reply to M artin B uber.” Spring 1973. pp. 196—203. Zurich: Analytical Psychology Club o f New York. T rans, from G. i952j by R.F.C. H ull. Repub. as CW 18,96. Pub. in a dif. trans. with title change as E. i957d. ' 973 f Expenmental Researches. (CW, 2.) See P art II. ' 974 3 Dreams. (Princeton/B ollingen Paperback.) Princeton U niversity Press. 1982: (Paperback edn.) R outledge & K egan Paul. 1985: (Ark Paperback.) R outledge 8c Kegan Paul. pp. 337. C ontents: P art I: D ream s an d Psychoanalysis. 1. “T h e Analysis o f D ream s.” (3—12) CW 4,3 rep u b . 2. “O n th e Significance o f N u m ber D ream s.” (13-20) CW 4,5 repub. P art II: D ream s an d Psychic Energy. 3. “G eneral Aspects o f D ream Psychology.” (23—66) CW 8,9 repub. 4. “O n the N atu re o f D ream s.” (67-83) CW 8,10 repub. P art III: T h e Practical Use o f D ream —Analysis. 5. “T h e Practical Use o f Dream-Analysis.” (87-109) CW 16,12 repub. P art IV : Individual D ream Symbolism in Relation to Alchemy. 6. “Individual D ream Symbolism in Relation to Alchem y.” (111-297) CW 12,3, P art II (2d edn.) repub. '974b W ith Sigm und F reud: The FreudIJung Letters. The Correspondence be­ tween Sigmund Freud and C. G. Jung. Ed. by W illiam M cGuire. P rinceton University Press (B. S. 94); L ondon: H o g arth Press and R outledge & K egan Paul. pp. 650. F reu d letters trans. by Ralph M anheim , J u n g letters trans. by R.F.C. H ull, from th e G erm an mss. (pub. sim ultaneously as G. 1974a). C ontains 196 letters by J u n g to F reu d w ritten 1906-1914 (+ 1 from 1923); 8 w ere p re ­ pub. in E. 1973b, 8 in E. ig74d, an d 1 as E. 19716,3. In tro , in-

i973e-

i974f

eludes 2 letters to Ernest Jones (22 Feb. 1952) p. xxi and (19 Dec. 1953) p. xxiii, and 1 to K. R. Eissler (20 July 1958) pp. xxvii-xxviii, the full texts o f which appear in E. 1975b. 1975: Princeton/Bolling e n Paperback (bound sheets f r o m 2nd, unaltered, printing). 1977: Paperback (bound sheets), Routledge & K e g a n Paul. 1979: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. " T h i r d Printing, with corrections and additions (in the notes)." Princeton University Press. C f . E. 1979a and E. 1988a. i974c The Psychology of Dementia Praecox. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 222. C W 3,1 repub. i974d Letters to Freud, pp. 40-42, 86—94. " T h e Freud/Jung Letters." Ed. by William McGuire. Psychology Today, V I L 9 (Feb.), 37—42, 86—94. Extracts o f E. 1974b prepub. 8 letters dated 18 Jan. 1911—6 Jan. 1 9 1 3 , selected and ed. by Elizabeth Hall, with an introduction by William McGuire. i974e Letters to Mary Foote. pp. 259-66. Edward Footer " W h o Was Mary Foote?" Spring 1974. pp. 256—68. Zurich: Analytical Psychology Club o f New York. Contents: 1. 19 Mar. 1927. Prepub. f r o m E. 1975b. 2. 12 Dec. 1929. 3. 18 Dec. 1929. Prepub. f r o m E. 1975b. 4. 29 Mar. 1933. Prepub. f r o m E. 1975b. 5. 12 July 1937. Prepub. f r o m E. 1975b. 6. 22 July 1939. 7. 28 July 1942. 8. 11 May 1944. »974f The Psychoanalytic Years. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 168. Contents: 1. "Psychoanalysis and Association Experiments." (3—32) C W 2.52. "Freud's T h e o r y o f Hysteria: A Reply to A s c h a f f e n b u r g . " (33-39) c w 4 ' 1 3. " T h e Freudian T h e o r y o f Hysteria." (40-54) C W 4,2. 4. " A Contribution to the Psychology o f Rumour." (55-67) C W 4-45. " M o r t o n Prince, The Mechanism and Interpretation of Dreams: A Critical Review." (68-85) C W 4,6.

117

6 . “O n t h e C r itic ism o f P sy c h o a n a ly sis.” ( 8 6 - 8 9 ) C W 4 ,7 . 7. “C o n c e r n in g P sy c h o a n a ly sis.” ( 9 0 - 9 3 ) C W 4 ,8 . 8. “T h e S ig n ific a n c e o f th e F a th e r in th e D e s tin y o f th e I n d iv id ­ u a l.” ( 9 4 - 1 1 6 ) C W 4 ,1 4 . 9. “P sy c h ic C o n flic ts in a C h ild .” ( 1 1 7 - 5 1 ) C W 1 7 ,1 b . 1974g Symbols o f T ransform ation. (C W , 5 .) 2 d e d n ., 2 d p r in tin g . S e e P art II. i 975a “T o O sk a r S c h m itz ( 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 3 1 ) ” Psychological Perspectives, 6:1 (S p r in g ), 7 9 - 9 5 . T r a n s , fr o m th e G e r m a n , w ith th e a id o f a n a n o n , tr a n s., by J a m e s K irsch , e x c e p t as n o te d b e lo w . C o n ta in s th e f o l­ lo w in g le tte r s fr o m J u n g to S ch m itz: 1. 15 M ar. 1 9 2 1 (8 0 ) 2. 2 6 M ay 1 9 2 3 ( 8 0 - 8 3 ) t R e p u b . fr o m E. 1 9 7 3 b . F o r o r ig . G e r ­ m an , see G. 1972a. 3. 2 N o v . 1 9 2 6 ( 8 3 - 8 4 ) 4 . 13 N o v . 1 9 2 6 ( 8 4 - 8 5 ) 5. 7 J a n . 1 9 2 7 (8 5 —8 6 ) fP r e p u b . fr o m E. 1 9 7 5 b . 6 . 21 J u ly 1 9 2 7 ( 8 6 - 8 7 ) f P r e p u b . f r o m E . 1 9 7 5 b . 7. 3 M ar. 1 9 2 8 (8 7 ) 8. 2 0 S e p t. 1 9 2 8 ( 8 9 - 9 0 ) t R e p u b . fr o m E. 1 9 7 3 b . 9 . 5 A p r . 1 9 2 9 (9 1 ) 10. 5 A p r . 1 9 2 9 (9 2 ) 11. 8 S e p t. 1 9 2 9 (9 2 ) 12. 2 4 S e p t. 1 9 2 9 (9 3 ) A ls o c o n ta in s a le tte r f r o m J u n g to K e y se r lin g (2 5 A u g . 1 9 2 8 ), p p . 8 7 - 8 8 ,1 r e p u b . fr o m E. 1 9 7 3 b , as w e ll as le tte r s to S c h m itz fr o m E m m a Ju n g, pp. 9 0 -9 1 , 9 3 -9 5 . t Trans, by R.F.C. Hull.

!975b Letters. 2 : 1 9 5 1 —1 9 6 1 . S e le c te d a n d e d . b y G e r h a r d A d le r in c o lla b ­ o r a tio n w ith A n ie la J a ffA P r in c e to n U n iv e r sity P ress (B . S. 9 5 ); L o n d o n : R o u t le d g e & K e g a n P a u l. p p . 7 1 6 . G e r m a n le tter s tran s. b y R .F .C . H u ll (8 tra n s. b y H ild e g a r d N a g e l), F r e n c h le tte r s b y J a n e A . P ratt. T h e 2 d o f 2 v o ls. C f. E. 1 9 7 3 b . C o n ta in s 4 6 3 le tte r s, o f w h ic h 2 1 4 a r e in t h e o r ig . E n g lis h . I n a d d itio n , th e 1 9 1 4 —5 0 A d d e n d a c o n s is t o f 16 le tte r s , o f w h ic h 9 a r e in th e o r ig . E n g lish . C o n te n ts a r r a n g e d c h r o n o lo g ic a lly . C f. G . 1 9 7 2 b a n d 1 9 7 3 a f o r

i974g-

i977b

the G e r m a n version; E. 1984a f o r abridged e d n . TR.—(English originals) G. 1 9 7 2 ^ 1 9 7 3 3 . i975c Critique of Psychoanalysis. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 259. Contents: 1. " T h e T h e o r y o f Psychoanalysis." ( 1 - 1 4 4 ) C W 4,9. 2. " G e n e r a l Aspects o f Psychoanalysis." (147—60) C W 4,10. 3. "Psychoanslysis a n d Neurosis." ( 1 6 1 - 6 9 ) C W 4 , 1 1 . 4. " S o m e Crucial Points in Psychoanalysis: . . . J u n g a n d Loy." ( 1 7 0 - 2 0 7 ) C W 4,12. 5. " P r e f a c e s to Collected Papers on Analytical Psychology." (208—15) C W 4,13. 6. "Introduction to Kranefeldt's Secret Ways of the Mind." (216— 24) C W 4 , 1 5 b . 7. " F r e u d s n d J u n g : Contrasts." (225-32) C W 4,16. Appendix: 8. " A n s w e r s to Questions on Freud." (235-37) C W 18,32. 1976a The Symbolic Life. (CW, 18.) See Part II. i977a Psychology and the Occult. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 167. 1982: (Paperback.) L o n d o n : Routl e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul. 1987: (Ark Paperback.) L o n d o n : R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Psul. Contents: 1. " F o r e w o r d to J u n g : Phenomenes occultes." (3—5) C W 18,5. 2. " O n the Psychology and Pathology o f So-Called O c c u l t Phen o m e n a . " ( 6 - 9 1 ) C W 1,1. 3. " O n Spiritualistic P h e n o m e n a . " ( 9 2 - 1 0 7 ) C W 18,4. 4. " T h e Psychological Foundations o f Belief in Spirits." (108— 25) C W 8 , 1 1 . 5. " T h e Soul and Death." ( 1 2 6 - 3 7 ) C W 8,17. 6. "Psychology a n d Spiritualism." ( 1 3 8 - 4 2 ) C W 18,6. 7. " O n Spooks: H e r e s y or T r u t h ? " ( 1 4 3 - 5 2 ) C W 18,7. with c h a n g e o f title. 8. " F o r e w o r d to J a f f 6 : Apparitions and Precognition." (153—55) C W 18,8. 9. " T h e F u t u r e o f Parapsychology." ( 1 5 6 - 5 7 ) C W 18,50. 1977b C. G. Jung Speaking: Interviews and Encounters. Ed. by William M c G u i r e a n d R.F.C. Hull. Princeton University Press, p p . 4 1 6 .

119

L o n d o n ; T h a m e s 8c H u d so n , p p . 447. (L a tter ed. om its, fo r r e a ­ sons o f co p y rig h t, tw o articles by M iguel S e rra n o .) Cf. G. 1986c 1980: P icad o r P a p erb ack (reset) o f L o n d o n ed . L o n d o n : P an B ooks, p p . 413. 1986: P ap e rb a c k ed . w ith c o rrectio n s. P rin c e to n U niversity Press. T h e c o n te n ts a re m em oirs, n o tes (som etim es ste n o g ra p h ic ), a n d jo u rn a listic articles, th e re fo re n o t c o n sid e re d to be by J u n g , e x c ep t fo r th e follow ing, w hich w ere tra n sc rib e d fro m e le c tro n ic re c o rd in g or, if re c o rd e d in a n o th e r way, w ere a p ­ p ro v e d by J u n g : 1. “A n In te rv ie w o n R adio B e rlin ” (1933; w ith R u d o lf W eizsacker). T ra n s , by R.F.C. H u ll fro m th e tra n s c rip t o f a steno g ra m in th e u n p u b lish e d Bericht iiber das Berliner Seminar. Cf. P a rt I I I , 1933 (p. 198). (59 -6 6 ) 2. “Q u e stio n s a n d A nsw ers a t th e O x fo rd C ongress, 1938.” T r a n s c rip t fro m ste n o g ra m . (9 9 -1 1 4 ) 3. “T h e S te p h e n B lack In te rv ie w s” (1955). T ra n s c rip t fro m cin em a film . (252—67) 4. “T h e H o u s to n Film s” (1957; w ith R ic h a rd I. Evans). T r a n ­ scrip t (co rrec ted by R.F.C. H u ll, A n iela J a ffe , W illiam M c­ G u ire , e t al.) fro m cinem a film. Cf. E. 1964b. (276—352) 5. “A t th e Basel Psychological C lu b ” (1958). T ra n s, by R.F.C. H u ll fro m tra n s c rip t o f ta p e re c o rd in g . (3 7 0 -9 1 ) 6. “T h e ‘Face to Face’ In te rv ie w ” (1959; w ith J o h n F re em a n ). T ra n s c rip t fro m television film. Cf. E. 1964c. (4 2 4 -3 9 ) 7. “A n E ighty-fifth B irth d a y In terv iew f o r S w itzerlan d ” (i9 6 0 ; w ith G e o rg G erster). T ra n s c rip t fro m rad io . (453—61) 1978a

Flying Saucers: A M odem M yth o f Things Seen in the Skies. (P rin c e to n / B o llin g en P ap erb ack .) P rin c e to n U niversity Press, p p . 138. (P a p e r­ back.) L o n d o n : R o u tled g e & K egan P aul. p p . 198. 1987: (A rk P a­ p erb ack .) L o n d o n : R o u tled g e. p p . 208. C o n te n ts (P.U.P. ed.): 1. “Flying S aucers.” (1—127) C W 10A5· 2. “O n F lying S aucers.” (1 3 1 -3 8 ) C W 1 8 ,8 0 -8 2 .

1978b

Psychology and the East. (P rin ceto n /B o llin g en P ap erb ack .) P rin c e to n U niversity Press, p p . 211. 1982: (P aperback.) L o n d o n : R o u tled g e 8c K e g a n P aul. 1986: (A rk P ap erb ack .) L o n d o n : R o u tled g e 8c Keg a n P aul. C o n ten ts: 1. “C o m m en ta ry o n The Secret o f the Golden Flower.” (3 -5 7 ) CW 13T.

2. “P s y c h o lo g ic a l C o m m e n ta r y o n The Tibetan B ook o f the D e a d .” (5 9 —7 6 ) C W 1 1 , 1 1 . 3 . “Y o g a a n d th e W est.” ( 7 7 - 8 5 ) C W 1 1 ,1 2 . 4 . “T h e D r e a m lik e W o r ld o f I n d ia .” ( 8 7 - 9 6 ) C W 1 0 ,2 3 . 5 . “W h a t I n d ia C a n T e a c h U s .” ( 9 7 - 1 0 2 ) C W 1 0 ,2 4 . 6 . “P s y c h o lo g ic a l C o m m e n ta r y o n The Tibetan B ook o f the G reat L ib era tio n .” (1 0 3 —3 7 ) C W 1 1 ,1 0 . 7. “F o r e w o r d to S u z u k i’s In trodu ction to Z en B u ddh ism .” ( 1 3 8 — 5 7 ) C W 1 1 ,1 3 . 8 . “T h e P sy c h o lo g y o f E a ste r n M e d ita tio n .” ( 1 5 8 - 7 5 ) C W 1 1 ,1 4 . 9 . “T h e H o ly M e n o f I n d ia .” (1 7 6 —8 6 ) C W 1 1 ,1 5 . 10. “F o r e w o r d to A b e g g , O stasien denkt anders.” (1 8 7 —8 8 ) C W 1 8 ,9 2 . 11. “F o r e w o r d to t h e I C h in gT ( 1 8 9 - 2 0 8 ) C W 1 1 ,1 6 . 12. “O n th e D is c o u r s e s o f th e B u d d h a .” ( 2 0 9 - 1 1 ) C W 1 8 ,1 0 1 . 1979a W ith S ig m u n d F r e u d : The F re u d lJ u n g Letters. . . . A b r id g e d b y A la n M cG Ia sh a n fr o m E. 1 9 7 4 b . L o n d o n : P ic a d o r (P a p e r b a c k ), P a n B o o k s , p p . 3 2 0 . I n c lu d e s p r e f. b y M cG la sh a n a n d in tr o , b y W il­ lia m M c G u ir e . C f. G . i g 8 4 g . i 979 b C. G .J u n g : W o rd a n d Im age. E d. b y A n ie la j a f f e . P r in c e to n U n iv e r ­ sity P r e ss (B .S . 9 7 :2 ). p p . 2 3 8 . 1 9 8 3 : P a p e r b a c k (fr o m s h e e ts ). P r in c e to n U n iv e r s ity P ress. T r a n s , fr o m G . 1 9 7 7 a b y K r ish n a W in ­ s to n (i.e ., te x t a n d e d ito r ia l m a te r ia l n o t p r e v io u s ly p u b lis h e d in E n g lis h ). S u b s e q u e n tly r e p r in te d . M a n y q u o ta tio n s f r o m J u n g ’s p u b lis h e d a n d u n p u b lis h e d w r itin g s, w ith b io g r a p h ic a l n a r r a tiv e , illu str a tio n s , fa c s im ile s , a n d a p p e n d ix e s . 1982a

A spects o f the F em inine. (P r in c e to n /B o llin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r in c e to n U n iv e r s ity P ress. (P a p e r b a c k .) L o n d o n : R o u tle d g e 8c K e g a n P a u l, p p . 1 7 9 . 1 9 8 6 : (A r k P a p e r b a c k .) L o n d o n : R o u t le d g e & K e g a n P a u l. C o n te n ts : 1. “T h e W o r s h ip o f W o m a n a n d t h e W o r sh ip o f th e S o u l.” (5— 2 3 ) C W 6 , p a rs. 3 7 5 - 6 0 6 r e p u b . [F r o m sec . 4 , “T h e T y p e P r o b le m in P o e tr y .”] 2. “T h e L o v e P r o b le m o f a S tu d e n t.” (2 5 —4 0 ) C W 1 0 ,5 . 3 . “M a r r ia g e a s a P sy c h o lo g ic a l R e la tio n s h ip .” (4 1 —5 3 ) C W 1 7 ,8 . 4 . “W o m a n in E u r o p e .” ( 5 5 - 7 5 ) C W 1 0 ,6 .

5 . “A n i m a a n d A n i m u s .” ( 7 7 - 1 0 0 ) C W 7 ( 2 d e d .) , p a r s. 2 9 6 350· 6 . “P s y c h o lo g ic a l A s p e c t s o f t h e M o t h e r A r c h e t y p e .” ( 1 0 1 - 4 0 ) C W 91,4. 7 . “T h e P s y c h o lo g ic a l A s p e c t s o f t h e K o r e .” ( 1 4 3 —6 4 ) C W 9 1 ,7 . 8 . “T h e S h a d o w a n d t h e S y z y g y .” ( 1 6 5 —7 9 ) C W 911, c h . I I , I I I . 19833 T h e Z o fin g ia L ectu res. S u p p le m e n t a r y v o l. A t o t h e C W . S e e P a r t I I , fo llo w in g C W 2 0 . 1983b T h e E s se n tia l J u n g . S e l. a n d in t r o , b y A n t h o n y S to r r . P r in c e t o n U n i ­ v e r s it y P r e s s ( s im u lt . c lo t h a n d p a p e r b a c k ; n o t in B .S .); L o n d o n : F o n t a n a P a p e r b a c k s ( F o n t a n a P o c k e t R e a d e r , e n t it l e d J u n g : S e ­ lected W ritin g s), p p . 4 4 7 . A n t h o l o g y o f 4 4 b r i e f e x t r a c t s a n d 9 c o m ­ p le t e w o r k s , f r o m C W , E . 1 9 6 2 a , E . 1 9 7 3 b , E . 1 9 7 4 b , a n d E . ! 9 7 5 b , i n t e r s p e r s e d w ith e d it o r ia l c o m m e n t a r y . T h e c o m p le t e w o rk s are: 1. “P s y c h o a n a ly s is a n d N e u r o s i s .” ( 4 6 - 5 4 ) C W 4 ,1 1 . 2 . “I n t r o d u c t i o n ” t o P syc h o lo g ica l T yp es. ( 1 2 9 - 3 3 ) G W 6 ,2 . 3 . “P s y c h o lo g ic a l T y p o l o g y . ” ( 1 3 3 —4 6 ) C W 6 ,8 . 4 . “T h e P r a c tic a l U s e o f D r e a m - A n a l y sis .” ( 1 6 8 - 8 9 ) C W 1 6 ,1 2 . 5 . “T h e D e v e l o p m e n t o f P e r s o n a lit y .” ( 1 9 1 —2 1 0 ) C W 1 7 ,7 . 6 . “C o n s c io u s , U n c o n s c io u s , a n d I n d iv i d u a t i o n .” ( 2 1 2 —2 6 ) C W 9i,io . 7 . “M a n d a la s .” ( 2 3 5 - 3 8 ) C W 9 1 ,1 3 . 8 . “ I n t r o d u c t io n t o t h e R e lig io u s a n d P s y c h o lo g ic a l P r o b le m s o f A lc h e m y .” ( 2 5 3 - 8 6 ) C W 1 2 ,2 ,1 . 9 . “T h e U n d is c o v e r e d S e lf .” ( 3 4 9 - 4 0 3 ) C W 1 0 ,1 4 . i 9 83c M e m o rie s, D rea m s, R eflectio n s. R e c o r d e d a n d e d . b y A n i e la J a f f e . P a ­ p e r b a c k e d n . L o n d o n : F la m in g o , p p . 4 4 0 . E . 1 9 6 2 a ( L o n d o n e d n .) repu b . 19843 S elected L etters o f C . G . J u n g , 1 9 0 9 —1 9 6 1 . S e l. a n d e d . [w ith a n e w p r e f .] b y G e r h a r d A d le r . ( P r in c e t o n /B o l lin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r i n c e ­ t o n U n i v e r s it y P r e s s , p p . 2 1 8 . 1 5 0 le t t e r s f r o m E . 1 9 7 3 b a n d E .

i975b· 1984b

P sych ology a n d W e stern R e lig io n . ( P r in c e t o n /B o l lin g e n P a p e r b a c k .) P r i n c e t o n U n iv e r s it y P r e s s , p p . 2 9 7 . 1 9 8 8 : (A r k P a p e r b a c k .) L o n ­ d o n : R o u t le d g e & K e g a n P a u l. C o n t e n t s :

1983a- 1989b 1. " A Psychological A p p r o a c h to the D o g m a o f the Trinity." ( 3 96) C W 11,2. 2. " T r a n s f o r m a t i o n Symbolism in the Mass." (97—192) C W 11,3. 3. "Psychotherapists or the Clergy." (195—216) C W 11,7. 4. "Psychoanalysis and the C u r e o f Souls." (217—24) C W 11,8. 5. " B r o t h e r Klaus." (225-32) C W 11,6. 6. "Letter to P£re Lachat." (233-46) C W 18,99. 7. " O n Resurrection." (247—51) C W 18,100. 8. "Jung and Religious Belief." (253-97) C W 18,103. 1984c

Dream Analysis. Notes of the Seminar Given in 1928—1930. [1].) See Part III, 1984 (p. ig6).

(B.S. 99:

1988a

With S i g m u n d Freud: The Freud!Jung Letters . . . (Paperback.) C a m bridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Reprint (reset) o f E. 1974b, third printing (1979), with new preface by William McGuire, which cites a corr. in the trans.

i9 8 9 a Essays on Contemporary Events. The Psychology of Nazism. With a f w d . by A n d r e w Samuels. Princeton University Press. (Ark Paperback.) L o n d o n : Routledge.t pp. 93- E. 1947a, with new subtitle, repub. in the Hull trans, f r o m C W 10 and C W 16. t In 1 9 8 9 the imprint R o u t l e d g e & K e g a n Paul c h a n g e d to R o u t l e d g e , a section o f R o u t l e d g e , C h a p m a n a n d Hall, Inc., L o n d o n . 1989b

Aspects of the Masculine. With intro. by J o h n Beebe. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press. (Ark Paperback.) L o n d o n : Routledge. pp. 173. With editorial commentary, set in the same typeface as the texts f r o m C W (sources omitted in this publication). Contents: I. T h e H e r o 1. " T h e Origin o f the Hero." (3—7) C W 5, pars. 2 5 1 , 297—99. 2. " T h e Battle f o r Deliverance f r o m the Mother." (9—23) C W 5, pars. 4 4 1 - 6 0 . II. Initiation and the Development o f Masculinity 3. " T h e Stages o f Life." (25-35) C W 8, pars. 7 5 9 - 9 ° , 7954. " O n the Psychology o f the Unconscious." (37—44) C W 7,1, pars. 167—83. 5. "Lecture V I I I , 13 March 1929." (45—50) Dream Analysis (Seminar, 1928—1930; see Part III), pp. 170—75. 6. " T h e Love Problem o f a Student." (51—59) C W 10,5, pars. 216-35.

123

ENGLISH

III. T h e Father 7. " T h e Significance o f the Father in the Destiny of the Individual." ( 6 1 - 7 1 ) C W 4,14. pars. 707-44. 8. " T h e Personal and the Collective Unconscious." (73-84) C W 7,2, ch. 1. IV. Logos and Eros: Sol and L u n a 9. " T h e Personification o f the Opposites." (85-108) C W 14, pars. 224—26, 104—33. V. T h e Masculine in Women 10. [Letter o f 12 N o v e m b e r 1957.] (109) E. 1975b, p, 402. 11. " T h e Houston Films." (110) E. 1977b,4, p. 294. 12. "From Esther Harding's Notebooks: 1922, 1925." (111— 14) E ! 9 7 7 b , pp. 25-30. VI. T h e Anima 13. "Concerning the Archetypes, with Special R e f e r e n c e to the A n i m a Concept." (115—22) C W gi,3, pars. 134—47. 14. " T h e Personification o f the Opposites: Interpretation and Meaning o f Salt." (123-25) C W 14, pars. 330—33. 15. [Letter o f 26 A u g u s t 1943.] (126) E . i g 7 3 b , pp. 334~3516. "Lecture V, 19 February 1930." (127—39) Dream Analysis (Seminar, 1928—1930; see Part III), pp. 479—91. V I I . T h e Spirit 17. " T h e Phenomenology o f the Spirit in Fairy Tales." (141— 48) C W gi,8, pars. 4 0 1 - 9 . 18. " T h e Spirit Mercurius." (149-73) C W 13,4. i99°a The Undiscovered Self with Symbols and the Interpretation of Dreams. With new intro. by William McGuire. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 144. Contents: 1. " T h e Undiscovered Self (Present and Future)." ( 1 - 6 1 ) C W 10,14 repub. 2. "Symbols and the Interpretation o f Dreams." (63-144) C W 18,2 repub. >99ia With Sigmund Freud: The Freudljung Letters. . . . A b r i d g e d . (Paperback.) L o n d o n : Penguin Books. Reprint o f E. 1979a. !99 l b Psyche and Symbol: A Selection from the Writings of C. G.Jung. Sel. and intro. by Violet S. de Laszlo. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) Princeton University Press, pp. 144. E. 1958b repub. in the H u l l trans, f r o m CW.

124

1991c

1992a

1992b

The Basic Writings o f C. G.Jung. Selected and intro, by Violet S. de Laszlo. (Princeton/Bollingen Paperback.) pp. 561. E. 1959a repub. in the H ull trans. from CW. Selections from CW 6 have been ex­ panded. Psychology o f the Unconscious. A Study of the Transformations and Sym­ bolisms o f the Libido. T rans, by Beatrice M. Hinkle. Supplem entary vol. B o f the CW. E. 1916 repub. See Part II, following CW 20. The Gnostic Jung. Sel. and intro, by Robert A. Segal. Princeton U ni­ versity Press (simult. cloth and paperback; not in B.S.). pp. 284. Anthology o f 22 brief extracts, 7 letters, and 6 complete works from CW, E. 19663,19, and E. 1975b, interspersed with editorial commentary. T h e complete works are: 1. “Gnostic Symbols o f the Self.” (55—91) CW 911, ch. X III. 2. “Foreword to N eum ann: Depth Psychology and a New Ethic.” (91-92) CW 18,77. 3. “Address at the Presentation o f the Ju n g Codex.” (98-101) CW 18,135. 4. “Foreword to Quispel: Tragic Christianity.” (103—6) CW 18,91. 5. “Religion and Psychology: A Reply to Martin Buber.” (155— 63) CW 18,96. 6. “Seven Sermons to the Dead” [“Septem Sermones ad Mortuous”]. (181-93) E. 19663,19.

FRENCH 907a

"Associations d'id^es familiales." Arcks. psychol., V I I : 2 6 (Oct.), 160— 68. T h e content o f this p a p e r considerably overlaps that o f E. 1910a,2; in addition, "some material reused in E T H lectures, Modern Psychology, A p r i l 1934-July 1935."

908a

A s u m m a r y o f Diagnostische Associationsstudien, Vol. I. Annee psychologique, X I V , 453—55. S u m m a r i z e d f r o m G. i g o 6 a . Each article summarized individually in 1 or 2 paragraphs.

909a

"L'Analyse des reves." Annee psychologique, X V , 1 6 0 - 6 7 . glish: C W 4,3.

TR-—En-

9!3 a "Contribution k l'etude des types psychologiques." Archs. psychol., X I I I : g 2 (Dec.), 289-99. L e c t u r e delivered to the Fourth Psychoanalytic Congress, Munich, 7—8 Sept. 1 9 1 3 , in G e r m a n and then rev. into French by the author. C f . G W 6,4 f o r the G e r m a n version. TR.—English: 1916a, 12. 9'3 b "La Psycho-analyse." Encephale, V I I I , 2 6 3 - 6 6 . S u m m a r y o f a rep o r t read in English to the 1 7 t h International C o n g r e s s o f Medicine, L o n d o n , A u g u s t 1913. C f . E. 1916a,9. 916a " L a Structure d e 1'inconscient." Archs. psychol., X V L 6 2 (Dec.), 1 5 2 79. T r a n s , by M. Marsen f r o m a G e r m a n ms. subsequently pub. as G W 7,4. Delivered in G e r m a n as a lecture to the Zurich School o f Analytical Psychology, 1916. TR.—English: C W 7,4 (1st edn.). C f . G W 7,4. 932b

"La psychanalyse devant la po£sie. Existe-t-il u n e po£sie d e signe 'freudien'?" Journal des pontes, I I I . 5 (11 Dec.), 1. Written in G e r m a n in reply to the question in the title a n d trans, by ?. C f . C W 18,111 and G W 18,111.

939a Phenomenes occultes. Paris: M o n t a i g n e (Aubier). pp. 122. T r a n s , by E. G o d e t a n d Y v e s L e Lay. Relevant contents:

126

1 9 0 7 a - 1959a 1. Preface, (v—vii) T r a n s , f r o m the G e r m a n ms., written f o r this edn. D a t e d 1938. C f . C W 18,5. J943a

L'homme a la decouverte de son ame. Structure et fonctionnement de I'inconscient. (Action et Pensee, 10.) G e n e v a : Editions d u Mont-Blanc, p p . 403. 1946: 2d edn., rev. 8c corrected, pp. 354. T r a n s , by R. Cahen-Salabelle. Pub., rev. 8c exp., as Fr. 1962a. Relevant contents: 9. " E p i l o g u e . " (401—03) Written f o r this e d n . a n d d a t e d Jan. 1944. R e p u b . , trans, rev., as Fr. 19623,9. TR.—English: C W 18,72/German: G W 18,72.

1948a

Aspects du drame contemporain. G e n e v a : G e o r g . p p . 233. T r a n s , f r o m the G e r m a n by R o l a n d Cahen-Salabelle. Relevant contents: 1. " A v e r t i s s e m e n t d e l'auteur." (69-74) Written f o r this e d n . TR.—None r e c o r d e d .

!954b " C . G . J u n g et l'astrologie.' Astrologie moderne. Pub. h e r e in the f o r m o f an "Interview d u 26 Mai 1954 d e A n d r 6 Barbault et J e a n C a r t e r e t " but actually taken f r o m 3 letter in F r e n c h to A n d r e B a r bault (26 M a y 1954), written in response to a questionnaire. L e t t e r trans, as E. i 9 7 o d a n d in E. 1976a a n d G. 1972b. i95 6b Letters to P6re B r u n o . P£re B r u n o d e Jesus-Marie, with the collaboration o f C h . B a u d o u i n , C. G. J u n g , a n d R. L a f o r g u e : "Puissance de l'archetype." pp. 13—18. Elie le prophete. Vol. II, pp. 11—33. Ed. by P£re B r u n o d e Jesus-Marie. (Les Etudes Carmelitaines.) Paris: Desclee d e B r o u w e r . Written in F r e n c h to P£re B r u n o 3nd d a t e d 5 Nov. 1953 (pp. 1 3 - 1 7 ) and 22 Dec. 1953 (error f o r 1954) (pp. 1 7 - 1 8 ) . TR.—English: C W 18,98/German: G W 18,98. '958D " H o r s des lieux c o m m u n s . " Le Jura libre, 8 A u g . 1 p. TR.—None recorded. '959a "Preface." G e o r g e s Duplain: Aux frontieres de la connaissance. Entretien avec le professeur C.-G. Jung a propos d'une etude sur les "soucoupes volantes." L s u s a n n e : Gazette d e Lausanne. 1 p. (t.p. verso) R e p r i n t ( " s e p s r s t u m " ) o f interview by D u p l s i n , pub. in the Gazette, A u g . 24, Sept. 1 3nd 8, 1959, with 3ddition o f J u n g ' s " P r e f a c e , " w h i c h s p p e a r s only in this reprint, not in the original articles, TR.—English: 1 9 7 7 b .

127

FRENCH

ig6id "Reponse k la question d u bilinguisme." Flinker Almanac 1961. p p . 21. Paris: Librairie Frangaise et Etrang£re. Letter to the editor, Martin Flinker, written in response to a question, TR.—English: C W 18,123/German: G W 18,123. 1962a

L'homme a la decouverte de son ame. Structure et fonctionnement de I'inconscient. (Action et Pensee, 10.) 6th edn., rev. a n d e x p . G e n e v a : Editions d u Mont-Blanc, pp. 354. 1963: Reset. (Petite Biblioth£que Payot, 53.) Paris: Payot. pp. 341. (Lacks index.) T r a n s , by R o l a n d C a h e n . Fr. 1943a, rev. and e x p . Relevant contents (pagination o f 1962 and 1963 edns. respectively): 9. "Epilogue." (333-34) (339-40) Fr. 19433,9 r e p u b . , trans, rev.

128

HEBREW 1950/512 " A l k h i m i a h we-psykhologiah." Encyclopaedia Hebraica. Vol. 3, pp. 606—08. J e r u s a l e m : Encyclopedia Publishing C o . Written especially f o r this v o l u m e and trans, by a m e m b e r o f the editorial b o a r d f r o m the English text pub., slightly rev., as C W 18,106. C f . G W 18,106. 1958a Psykhologiah analytit we-khinukh. T e l A v i v : Dvir. pp. 143. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1946b by Netta Blech. Contains a f o r e w o r d dated 1 9 5 5 especially written f o r this edition, TR.—English: (foreword only) C W 1 8 , 1 3 3 . C f . G W 18,133. 1974a

"Ma-araar J u n g le-ktav Mishmar be-shweits lifnei 29 shanim." Al Hamishmar, 15 Nov. [What did J u n g say to Mishmar's correspond e n t in Switzerland 29 years ago?] T r a n s , by an u n k n o w n h a n d f r o m a letter written in G e r m a n to E u g e n Kolb (14 Sept. 1945), Swiss c o r r e s p o n d e n t f o r Al Hamishmar, in response to questions o n Hitler. C f . C W 18,74 1 G W 18,74.

129

HUNGARIAN 1948a

Bevezetes a tudattalan pszichologidjdba. Budapest: Bibliotheca. pp. 177. Trans, f r o m G. 1943a by Peter Nagy. Contains a foreword written especially f o r the Hungarian edn., dated Jan. 1944. C f . C W 1 8 , 3 6 / G W 18,36.

130

IT A L IA N 9°8a

“Le nuove vedute della psicologia crim inale. C o n trib u to al m eto d o della ‘D iagnosi della conoscenza del fatto ’ (T atbestandsdiagnose).” Rivista di psicologia applicata, IV: 4 (July—A ug.), 285—304. T ran s, from a G erm an ms. by L. B aroncini. Partially in c o rp o ra ted into E. 1910a,x. t r .— English: CW 2,16 // G erm an: GW 2,16.

959c Il problema dell’inconscio nella psicologia modema. T u rin : E inaudi. Italian 1942 tr. o f G. 1931a, rep u b . with th e ad d n . o f a forew o rd to this Italian rep r. d ated M arch 1959. pp. 307. t r . — (Forew ord only) English: CW 18,67. Cf. GW 18,67.

SPANISH 1934a

Tipos psicologicos. (Col. Piragra, 23.) B u e n o s Aires: Sudamericana. p p . 566. T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 2 1 a by R a m o n G o m e z de la Serna. In later edns., p a g i n g and f o r m a t vary. 1945: pp. 552; i960: pp. 483; 1964: p p . 659; 1965: 2 vols. Contains a f o r e w o r d written f o r this edn. a n d dated O c t o b e r 1934. TR.—(Foreword only) English: C W 6,3-

1947a

" P r e f a c i o " and " P r o l o g o . . . a la edicion espanola." J o l a n d e Jacobi: La psicologta de C. G. Jung. pp. 25—26 and p. 27. Madrid: EspasaC a l p e . P r e f a c e trans, f r o m G. 1940c and the p r o l o g u e (written especially f o r this edn.) f r o m the G e r m a n ms. by Jose M. Sacristan. TR.—English: (Prologue only) C W 18,41. C f . G W 18,41.

132

II THE COLLECTED WORKS OF C. G. JUNG DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE VON C. G. JUNG T h e contents o f th e two editions are coordinated on facing pages. P arag rap h nu m b ers (colum n at right) are given only fo r th e Col­ lected Works; they are th e sam e fo r th e Gesammelte Werke except fo r discrepancies in volum es 6, 8, 11, an d 14, which are explained in each volum e. Page n u m b ers are given in ( ) following each title. T h e cross-references indicate, in general, th e im m ediate deriv a­ tion o f each work, with fu rth e r referen ces as may be useful. For the volum es o f th e Gesammelte Werke, th e listings fro m GW 19 have been substituted (u p d ated insofar as feasible), with th e perm ission o f W alter-Verlag, O lten, Switzerland. In referen ces to th e bibliographical entries, “D ” (Deutsch) = “G” (G erm an).

The Collected Works of C. G.Jung. Edited by t Herbert Read, Michael Fordham, and t G e r h a r d Adler; executive editor (from 1967), William McGuire. Translated by t R F C . Hull, except as otherwise noted. New York: Pantheon Books f o r Bollingen Foundation, 1953—1960; Bollingen Foundation (distributed by Pantheon Books, a Division o f Random House), 1 9 6 1 - 1 9 6 7 . Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1 9 6 7 - . (Bollingen Series XX.) L o n d o n : Routledge & K e g a n Paul, 1953— ; f r o m 1989, Routledge. ( T h e New York/Princeton and L o n d o n edns. are identical except f o r title-pages and binding. Reprintings vary.) CW 1 Psychiatric Studies. (Collected Works, 1.) 1957: 1st edn. 1970: ad edn. 1983: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. " O n the Psychology and Pathology o f SoCalled Occult Phenomena." (3-88) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1902a. 2. " O n Hysterical Misreading." (89-92) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1904b. 3. "Cryptomnesia." (95—106) Trans, f r o m G. 1905a. 4. " O n Manic M o o d Disorder." (109—34) Trans. f r o m G. 1903a. 5. " A Case o f Hysterical Stupor in a Prisoner in Detention." (137—56) Trans, f r o m G. 1902b. 6. " O n Simulated Insanity." (159-87) Trans. f r o m G . 1903b. 7. " A Medical Opinion o n a Case of Simulated Insanity." (188—205) Trans, f r o m G. 1904c. 8. " A T h i r d and Final Opinion on T w o Contradictory Psychiatric Diagnoses." (209-18) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g o 6 d . 9. " O n the Psychological Diagnosis o f Facts." ( 2 1 9 - 2 1 ) Trans, f r o m G. i g o s d .

1—150

151-65 166-86 187—225 226-300 301-55 356—429 43°-77

478-84

CW a Experimental Researches. (Collected Works, 2.) 1973. T r a n s , by Leopold Stein in collaboration with Diana Riviere. 1981: Princeton/ Bollingen Paperback. 1. " T h e Association o f Normal Subjects." ( 3 - 1 9 6 ) B y C. G. J u n g and Franz Riklin. Trans, f r o m G . 1906a, 1.

134

1—498

Die Gesammelten Werke von C. G. Jung. Herausgegeben von t M a r ianne Niehus-Jung, f L e n a Hurwitz-Eisner, t F r a n z Riklin, fLilly J u n g - M e r k e r , Elisabeth Riif und Leonie Zander. Zurich: Rascher, 1958—1970. Olten: Walter, 1 9 7 1 - .

GW ] Psychiatrische Studien. (Gesammelte Werke, 1.) i g 6 6 . 1. «Zur Psychologie u n d Pathologie sogenannter okkulter Phanomene.» (1—98) D. 1902a neuhg. 2. «Uber hysterisches Verlesen.» (99—102) D. 1904b n e u h g . 3. «Kryptomnesie.» (103—15) D. 1905a, leicht rev. 4. «Uber manische Verstimmung.» (117—46) D. 1903a n e u h g . 5. «Ein Fall von hysterischem Stupor bei einer Untersuchungsgefangenen.» (147—67) D. 1902b neuhg. 6. «Uber Simulation von Geistesst5rung.» (169-201) D. 1903b neuhg. 7. «Arztliches Gutachten iiber einen Fall von Simultation geistiger Storung.» (203—2i)( D. 1904c neuhg. 8. «Obergutachten iiber zwei widersprechende psychiatrische Gutachten.» (223—33) D. i g o 6 d neuhg., mit leichter Titelanderung. g. «Zur psychologischen Tatbestandsdiagnostik.» (235—37) D. i g o s d neuhg.

GW 2 Experimentelle Untersuchungen. (Gesammelte Werke, 2.) i97g. Mit U b e r s e t z u n g e n aus d e m Englischen von Sabine Lucas. 1. «Experimentelle U n t e r s u c h u n g e n iiber Assoziationen Gesunder.» (13—213) Mit Franz Riklin. D. i g o 6 a , i neuhg.

35

2. “An Analysis of the Associations of an Epilep­ tic.” (197-220) Trans, from G. 1906a, 2. 3. “T he Reaction-time Ratio in the Association Experim ent.” (221-71) Trans, from G. 19063,3. 4. “Experim ental Observations on the Faculty o f Memory.” (272-87) Trans, from G. 1905c. 5. “Psychoanalysis and Association Experim ents.” (288-317) Trans, from G. 19063,4. 6. “T he Psychological Diagnosis o f Evidence.” (318—52) Trans, from G. 194id. 7. “Association, Dream, and Hysterical Symp­ tom.” (353—407) Trans, from G. 19093,1. 8. “T h e Psychopathological Significance o f the Association Experim ent.” (408-25) Trans, from G. 1906b. 9. “Disturbances o f Reproduction in the Associa­ tion Experim ent.” (426-38) Trans, from G. 19093» 2. 10. “T h e Association M ethod.” (439-65) Trans, from an unpub. Germ an ms. in part by Leo­ pold Stein, completed by Jean Rhees and rev. by Diana Riviere. Contents partly derived from It. 1908a. Cf. CW 2,16. 11. “T h e Family Constellation.” (466-79) Trans, from an unpub. Germ an ms. in part by Leo­ pold Stein, completed by Jean Rhees and rev. by Diana Riviere. Contents resemble those of Fr. 1907a. 12. “O n the Psychophysical Relations o f the Asso­ ciation Experim ent.” (483—g i) E. 1907a repub. with slight title change. 13. “Psychophysical Investigations with the Galva­ nom eter and Pneum ograph in Normal and Insane Individuals.” (492—553) By Frederick Peterson and C. G. Jung. E. 1907b repub., slightly rev. 14. “F urther Investigations on the Galvanic Phe­ nom enon and Respiration in Normal and In ­ sane Individuals.” (554-80) By Charles Ricksher and C. G. Jung. E. 1908a repub., slightly rev.

499-559 560-638

639-59 660-727 728-92 793-862 863-917

918-38

939-98

999-1014

1 0 ! 5-35

1036-79

1080—1311

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

2. «Analyse d e r Assoziationen eines Epileptikers.» (2x4—38) D. i g o 6 a , 2 neuhg. 3. «t)ber das Verhalten der Reaktionszeit beim Assoziationsexperimente.» (239-88) D. 19068,3 n e u h g . 4. «Experimentelle Beobachtungen iiber das Erinnerungsvermogen.» (289—307) D. 1905c neuhg. 5. «Psychoanalyse u n d Assoziationsexperiment.» (308—37) D. 1906a,4 n e u h g . 6. «Die psychologische Diagnose des Tatbestandes.» (338—74) D. 1 9 4 i d neuhg. 7. «Assoziation, T r a u m und hysterisches Symptom.» (375—428) D. l g o g a . i n e u h g . 8. «Die psychopathologische B e d e u t u n g des Assoziationsexperimentes.» (429-46) D. 1906b neuhg. 9. «Uber die Reproduktionsstorungen beim Assoziationsexperiment.® (447-60) D. 19098,2 neuhg. 10. «Die Assoziationsmethode.» (461—87) Erstmals pub. aus Ms. 11. «Die familiare Konstellation.» (488—500) Erstmals pub. aus Ms. 12. «Uber die psychophysischen Begleiterscheinungen im Assoziationsexperiment.® ( 5 0 3 - 1 1 ) Ub. von C W 2,12. 13. «Psychophysische Untersuchungen mit d e m Galvanometer und d e m P n e u m o g r a p h e n bei Normalen u n d Geisteskranken.» Mit Frederick Peterson (512-75) Ub. von C W 2,13. 14. «Weitere Untersuchungen iiber das galvanische P h a n o m e n u n d die Respiration bei Normalen u n d Geisteskranken.® Mit Charles Ricksher (576-604) Ub. von C W 2,14.

*37

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

15. 16. 17.

18. 19.

c w

Appendix: "Statistical Details o f Enlistment." (583-85) Trans, f r o m G. 1906c. " N e w Aspects o f Criminal Psychology." ( 5 8 6 96) T r a n s , f r o m It. 1908a. C f . C W 2,10. " T h e Psychological Methods o f Investigation Used in the Psychiatric Clinic o f the University o f Zurich." (597) Trans, f r o m G. l g i o r . " O n the Doctrine o f Complexes." (598—604) E. 1913a repub., slightly rev. " O n the Psychological Diagnosis o f Evidence: T h e Evidence-Experiment in the N a f Trial." (605—14) Trans, f r o m G. 1937b.

1312-15 1316—47 1348

1349—56 1357—88

3 The Psychogenesis of Mental Disease. (Collected Works, 3.) 1982: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. " T h e Psychology o f Dementia Praecox." ( 1 151) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1907a. Repub. as E. 1974c. 2. " T h e Content o f the Psychoses." ( 1 5 3 - 7 8 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1914a. 3. " O n Psychological Understanding." ( 1 7 9 - 9 3 ) Trans, f r o m G . 1914a ("Supplement"). 4. " A Criticism o f Bleuler's T h e o r y o f Schizophrenic Negativism." (197-202) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1911c. 5. " O n the Importance o f the Unconscious in Psychopathology." (203-10) E. 19163,11 repub. 6. " O n the Problem o f Psychogenesis in Mental Disease." ( 2 1 1 - 2 5 ) E. 1 9 1 9 a repub., slightly rev. 7. "Mental Disease and the Psyche." (226-30) Trans, f r o m G. 1928c. 8. " O n the Psychogenesis o f Schizophrenia." (233-49) E. i 9 3 9 d repub. Prepub. as E. 1959a,8. 9. "Recent T h o u g h t s on Schizophrenia." ( 2 5 0 55) C f . E. i 9 5 7 h . 10. "Schizophrenia." ( 2 5 6 - 7 1 ) Trans, f r o m G. 1958L

138

i960. 1—316

388-424 425—37

438—65

466—95 496-503 504—541

542—552 553—584

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

Appendix: 15. «Statistisches von der Rekrutenaushebung.» (605—9) D- 1906c neuhg. 16. «Neue A s p e k t e d e r Kriminalpsychologie.» (610-20) Ub. von C W 2,16. 17. «Die an der Psychiatrischen Klinik in Zurich gebrauchlichen psychologischen Untersuchungsmethoden.» (621) D. l g i o r neuhg. 18. «Ein kurzer Uberblick iiber die Komplexlehre.» (622-28) Erstmals pub. aus Ms. 19. «Zur psychologischen Tatbestandsdiagnostik: Das Tatbestandsexperiment im SchwurgerichtsprozeB Naf.» (629-38) D. 1937b n e u h g . GW 3 Psychogenese der Geisteskrankheiten. (Gesammelte Werke, 3.) 1968. 1. «Uber die Psychologie der Dementia praecox: Ein Versuch.» ( 1 - 1 7 0 ) D. 1907a neuhg. 2. «Der Inhalt der Psychose.» ( 1 7 1 - 2 1 5 ) D. 1914a n e u h g . (Eingeschlossen Nachtrag: «Uber das psychologische Verstandnis pathologischer Vorgange.®) 3. «Kritik iiber E. Bleuler: Z u r T h e o r i e des schizophrenen Negativismus.» ( 2 1 7 - 2 4 ) D. 1 9 1 1 c neuhg. 4. «Uber die B e d e u t u n g des UnbewuBten in der Psychopathologie.» (225—34) Ub. aus. d e m E. 1914b von Klaus T h i e l e D o h r m a n n , u n d leicht rev. 5. «Uber das Problem d e r Psychogenese bei Geisteskrankheiten.® (235-52) Ub. aus dem E. 1919a von Klaus T h i e l e - D o h r mann. 6. «Geisteskrankheit und Seele.» (253-59) D. 1928c n e u h g . mit Originaltitel des Ms. 7. «Uber die Psychogenese der Schizophrenic.® (261—81) Ub. aus d e m E. i 9 3 g d von Klaus Thiele-Dohrmann. 8. «Neuere Betrachtungen zur Schizophrenic.® (283-91) D. i959f neuhg. 9. «Die Schizophrenic.® (293-312) D. 19581 n e u h g .

*139

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

11. "Letter to the Second International Congress o f Psychiatry Symposium o n Chemical Concepts o f Psychosis, 1957." (272) E. i 9 5 8 d repub. Written to Max Rinkel (Apr. 1957). TR.— German: 1973a.

553-584

CW 4 Freud and Psychoanalysis. (Collected Works, 4.) 1961. 1985; Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. "Freud's T h e o r y o f Hysteria: A Reply to A s c h a f f e n b u r g . " (3—9) Trans, f r o m G. i g o 6 g . 2. " T h e Freudian T h e o r y o f Hysteria." (10—24) Trans, f r o m G. i g o 8 m . 3. " T h e Analysis o f Dreams." (25-34) T r a n s . f r o m Fr. 1909a by Philip Mairet and rev. by R.F.C. Hull. 4. " A Contribution to the Psychology o f Rumour." (35-47) Trans, f r o m G. l g i o q . 5. " O n the Significance o f N u m b e r Dreams." (48-55) Trans, f r o m G. 191 l e . 6. "Morton Prince, The Mechanism and Interpretation of Dreams'. A Critical Review." (56—73) Trans, f r o m G. 1 9 1 1 b . 7. " O n the Criticism of Psychoanalysis." ( 7 4 - 7 7 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. l g i o o . 8. " C o n c e r n i n g Psychoanalysis." (78-81) Trans. f r o m G. 1912g. 9. " T h e T h e o r y o f Psychoanalysis." (83—226) Trans, f r o m G. 1955b. 10. "General Aspects o f Psychoanalysis." (22g—42) Trans, f r o m the G e r m a n ms., a version o f which was subsequently pub. as G W 4,10. 1 1 . "Psychoanalysis and Neurosis." (243-51) E. i g i 6 a , g , trans, slightly rev., with title change. 12. "Some Crucial Points in Psychoanalysis: A Correspondence between Dr. J u n g and Dr. Loy." (252-89 Trans, f r o m G. 1914b. 13. a and b. "Prefaces to Collected Papers on Analytical Psychology." (2go-g7) E. 1916a,1 and E. i g i 7 a , i , trans, slightly rev. 14. " T h e Significance of the Father in the Destiny o f the Individual." (301-23) Trans, f r o m G.

140

1—26 27—63 64-94

95—128 129—53 154—93

194—96 197—202 203—522 523—56

557-75 576—66g

670—g2

693—744

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

gw 4 Freud und die Psychoanalyse. (Gesammelte Werke, 4.) 1969. 1. «Die Hysterielehre Freuds. Eine Erwiderung auf die Aschaffenburgsche Kritik.» (1—10) D. i g o 6 g neuhg. 2. «Die Freudsche Hysterietheorie.» (11—28) D. 1908m n e u h g . 3. «Die Traumanalyse.» (29—40) Ub. aus d e m Fr. i g o g a von Klaus Thiele-Dohrmann. 4. «Ein Beitrag zur Psychologie des Geriichtes.» (41—57) D. l g i o q neuhg. 5. «Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Zahlentraumes.» (59—69) D. i g i l e neuhg. 6. «Morton Prince, M.D.: The Mechanism and Interpretation of Dreams. Eine kritische Besprechung.» ( 7 i - g 3 ) D. i g n b neuhg. 7. «Zur Kritik iiber Psychoanalyse.® (95—100) D. 19100 n e u h g . 8. «Zur Psychoanalyse.® (101—6) D. i g i 2 g neuhg. g. «Versuch einer Darstellung der psychoanalytischen Theorie.® ( 1 0 7 - 2 5 5 ) D. 1955b neuhg. 10. «Allgemeine Aspekte der Psychoanalyse.® ( 2 5 7 - 7 3 ) N a c h unpub. deutschem Ms. Vgl. E. 1913d. 1 1 . «Uber Psychoanalyse.® (275—86) Ub. aus d e m E. 1916a,8 von Klaus Thiele-Dohrmann. 12. «Psychotherapeutische Zeitfragen. Ein Briefwechsel zwischen C. G . J u n g u n d R. Loy.» (287-331) D. 1 9 1 4 b neuhg. 13. «Vorreden zu den Collected Papers on Analytical Psychology.» (333-44) (Text d e r 2. V o r r e d e nach deutschem Ms.) Ub. aus d e m E. 1916a,1 u n d E. 1917a, 1 von Klaus T h i e l e - D o h r m a n n . 14. «Die B e d e u t u n g des Vaters f u r das Schicksal des Einzelnen.® (345-7o) D. 1949a n e u h g .

*141

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

1949a, with the addition o f material trans, f r o m the ist edn., i.e. G. 1909c. 15. "Introduction to Kranefeldt's Secret Ways of the Mind." (324-32) Trans, f r o m G. 1930b. 16. " F r e u d and J u n g : Contrasts." (333-40) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1931 a,4.

768-84

c w 5 Symbols of Transformation. An Analysis of the Prelude to a Case of Schizophrenia. (Collected Works, 5.) 1956: 1st edn. 1962: Paperback edn. New Y o r k : Harper. 2 vols. 1967: 2d edn. 1974: 2d edn., 2d ptg. with addn. o f Author's Note to the First AmericanflEnglish Edition (p. xxx), f r o m E. 1916b. 1976: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. With 65 plates and 43 text illus. T r a n s , f r o m G. 1952c. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Foreword to the Fourth Swiss Edition, (xxiii-xxvi) Foreword to the T h i r d Swiss Edition, (xxvii) Foreword to the Second Swiss Edition, (xxviii—xxix) Symbols o f Transformation. Part O n e : I. Introduction. (3-6) II. T w o Kinds o f T h i n k i n g (7—33) III. T h e Miller Fantasies: Anamnesis.

1-3 4-46 47—55

(34-38) IV. T h e H y m n o f Creation. (39-78) 56-114 V. T h e S o n g of the Moth. ( 7 9 - 1 1 7 ) 115-75 Part T w o : 176-89 I. Introduction. ( 1 2 1 - 3 1 ) II. T h e C o n c e p t o f Libido. ( 1 3 2 - 4 1 ) 190-203 III. T h e Transformation o f Libido. (142— 204-50 70) IV. T h e Origin o f the Hero. (171—206) 251-99 V. Symbols o f the Mother and o f Rebirth. 300-418 (207-73) V I . T h e Batde f o r Deliverance f r o m the 419-63 Mother. (274-305) V I I . T h e Dual Mother. (306-93) 464-612 V I I I . T h e Sacrifice. (394-440) 613-82 IX. Epilogue. (441-44) 683-85 A p p e n d i x : "Some Instances of Subconscious Creative Imagination," by Miss Frank Miller. (447-62)

142

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

15. « E i n f i i h r u n g zu W. M. Kranefeldt: Die Psychoanalyse.» (371— 82) D. 1930b neuhg. 16. «Der Gegensatz Freud und Jung.» (383-93) D. 19318,4 neuhg. GW 5 Symbole der Wandlung. Analyse des Vorspiels zu einer Schizophrenic. (Gesammelte Werke, 5.) 1973. Mit 123 Textillustr. Neuausg. in D. 1952, mit weniger Illustr. und zusatzJ. Material im A n h a n g (vor allem Ubersetzungen). 1. 2. 3. 4.

V o r r e d e zur vierten A u f l a g e . ( 1 1 - 1 5 ) Dat. Sept. 1950 V o r r e d e zur dritten Auflage. (16) Dat. Nov. 1937. V o r r e d e zur zweiten A u f l a g e . ( 1 7 - 1 8 ) Dat. Nov. 1924. Symbole d e r Wandlung. Erster Teil: I. Einleitung. (21-24) II. U b e r die zwei Arten des Denkens (25-54) III. Vorgeschichte. (55-59) IV. D e r Schopferhymnus (60-105) V. Das Lied von d e r Motte. (106—54) Zweiter Teil: I. Einleitung. (157-69) II. U b e r d e n B e g r i f f der Libido. (170-81) III. Die W a n d l u n g der Libido. ( 1 8 2 - 2 1 5 ) IV. Die Entstehung des Heros. (216-60) V. Symbole der Mutter und der Wiedergeburt. ( 2 6 1 - 3 5 1 ) V I . D e r K a m p f u m die B e f r e i u n g von d e r Mutter. ( 3 5 2 -

92) V I I . Die Zweifache Mutter. (393-500) V I I I . Das O p f e r . (501-57) IX. Schlufiwort. (558-61) A n h a n g : Ubersetzungen. (565-93)

*143

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

CW6 Psychological Types. (Collected Works, 6.) 1971. [No. 4:] A revision by R.F.C. Hull o f the trans, by H. G. Baynes (cf. E. 1923a). T r a n s , f r o m G. 1921a. 1976: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. Foreword to the First Swiss Edition, (xi-xii) 2. Foreword to the Seventh and Eighth Swiss Editions, (xii-xiii) 3. Foreword to the A r g e n t i n e Edition, (xiv—xv) T r a n s , f r o m Sp. 1934a. 4. Psychological T y p e s . Introduction. (3—7) I. T h e Problem o f T y p e s in the History of Classical and Medieval T h o u g h t . (8-66) II. Schiller's Ideas on the T y p e Problem. (67-135) III. T h e Apollonian and the Dionysian. (136-46) IV. T h e T y p e Problem in H u m a n Character. (147-65) V. T h e T y p e Problem in Poetry. (166-372) V I . T h e T y p e Problem in Psychopathology. (273-88) V I I . T h e T y p e Problem in Aesthetics. (289-99) V I I I . T h e T y p e Problem in M o d e r n Philosophy. (300-21) IX. T h e T y p e Problem in Biography. (322-29) X. General Description o f the T y p e s . (330-407) Repub. as E. 19173,8. X I . Definitions. (408-86) Epilogue. (487-95) A p p e n d i x : Four Papers o n Psychological T y p o l o g y . 5. " A Contribution to the Study o f Psychological T y p e s (1913)." (499—509) Trans, f r o m the G e r m a n ms. C f . G W 6,4. and Fr. 1913a. 6. "Psychological T y p e s (1923)." (510-23) Trans. f r o m G W 6,5 (2d edn.). 7. " A Psychological T h e o r y o f T y p e s (1931)." (524—41) E. 19333,4, repub. trans, slightly rev.

144

1—7 8-100 101-222 223—42 243—74 275—460 461-83 484-504 505—41 542—55 556-671 672-844 845-57 858-82

883-914 915-59

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

GW 6 Psychologische Typen. (Gesammelte Werke, 6.) i960: «Neunte, rev. Auflage.» 1967: Rev. A u f l . 1967. Erneute Revision 1992. 1. V o r w o r t e zur 7. u n d 8. A u f l a g e . (xi-xii) 2. V o r r e d e (xv—xvi) 3. [Psychologische T y p e n . D. 1921a neuhg. zusatzl. mit Def. des «Selbst» in K p . 11.] Einleitung. (1—5) I. Das T y p e n p r o b l e m in der antiken u n d mittelalterlichen Geistesgeschichte. (7-69) II. U b e r Schillers Ideen zum T y p e n p r o b l e m . (70—143) III. Das Apollinische und das Dionysische. (144—55) IV. Das T y p e n p r o b l e m in der Menschenkenntnis. (156— 76) V. Das T y p e n p r o b l e m in d e r Dichtkunst. (177—292) V I . Das T y p e n p r o b l e m in der Psychopathologie. ( 2 9 3 309) V I I . Das Problem der typischen Einstellungen in d e r Asthetik. (310—21) V I I I . Das T y p e n p r o b l e m in der m o d e r n e n Philosophic. (322-46) I X . Das T y p e n p r o b l e m in d e r Biographik. (347—56) X. Allgemeine Beschreibung der T y p e n . (357—443) X I . Definitionen. (444-528) SchluBwort. (529-37) Anhang: 4. «Zur Frage d e r psychologischen T y p e n . » ( 5 4 1 - 5 1 ) V o r t r a g gehalten vor d e m Psychoanalytischen KongreB, Miinchen, Sept. 1913. Vgl. Fr. 1913a u n d E. 1916a,12. 5. «Psychologische T y p e n . » (552-67) D. 1925c neuhg. i g 7 2 d , 4 . 6. «Psychologische Typologie.® (568-86) D. 19313,6 n e u h g . 7. «Psychologische Typologie.» (587—601) D. 1936b n e u h g .

*145

8. “Psychological Typology (1936).” (542-55) T ran s, from GW 6,7 (2d edn.) CW 7

9 6 0 -8 7

Two Essays on Analytical Psychology. (Collected W orks, 7.) 1953: 1st edn. 1956: P aperback 1st edn. New York: N oonday (M eridian). 1966: 2d edn. (fully reset). 1972: (2d edn.) P rinceton/B ollingen Paperback. First Edition: 1. “T h e Psychology o f th e U nconscious.” (3-117) T ran s, fro m G. 1943a, with om ission o f som e prefato ry m atter. a) “Preface to th e First Edition.” (3—4) D ated Dec. 1916. b) “Preface to th e Second E dition.” (4—5) D ated Oct. 1918. c) “from Preface to th e T h ird E dition.” (5-6) D ated 1925. e) “Preface to th e F ifth Edition.” (6—7) D ated A pr. 1942. 2. “T h e Relations betw een th e Ego an d th e U nconscious.” (121—239) T ran s, fro m G. 1935a. a) “Preface to th e Second Edition.” (121—32) D ated Oct. 1934. A ppendixes: 3. “New Paths in Psychology.” (243-62) A trans. o f an incom plete version o f G. 1912d. For trans. o f com plete version, see CW 7,3, 2d edn. 4. “T h e S tru ctu re o f th e U nconscious.” (263—92) T ran s. fro m Fr. 1916a by Philip M airet. For a trans. o f th e orig. G erm an ms., see CW 7,4, 2d edn. Second Edition: 1. “O n the Psychology o f th e U nconscious.” (1 119) C ontains th e sam e prefaces as CW 7, 1st ed n ., alth o u g h pag in g differs, with th e follow­ ing addition: d) “P reface to th e F o u rth E dition (1936).” (7) T ran s, fro m G. 1943a.

1—201

202—406

4 0 7 -3 6

437- 507

1—201

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

GW 7 Zwei Schriften iiber Analytische Psychologie. (Gesammelte Werke, 7.) 1964. 4., vollstandig revidierte A u f l a g e 1989. 1. «Uber die Psychologie des UnbewuBten.» (1—130) D. 1943a n e u h g . Vorworte zur ersten bis fiinften A u f l a g e . 2. «Die B e z i e h u n g e n zwischen dem Ich u n d d e m UnbewuBten.» ( 1 3 1 - 2 6 4 ) D. 1935 a neuhg. V o r r e d e zur 2. A u f l a g e . Anhang: 3. «Neue B a h n e n der Psychologie.» (267-91) D. i 9 i 2 d n e u h g . 4. «Die Struktur des UnbewuBten.» (292—337) Gehalten als Vortrag an d e r Ziircher Schule fiir Analytische Psychologie, 1916. Originalms. betitelt: «Uber das UnbewuBte und seine Inhalte.» Vgl. G W 7,4. Zuerst pub. in franzosischer Ub. Pub., rev. u n d erw., in D. 1928a.

*147

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

C f . C W 7,3, below. 2. " T h e Relations between the Ego and the Unconscious." (121—241) Trans, f r o m G. 1935a. Appendixes: 3. " N e w Paths in Psychology." (245-68) T r a n s . f r o m G. i g i 2 d . C f . C W 7,1, above. 4. " T h e Structure o f the Unconscious." ( 2 6 9 304) T r a n s , f r o m the orig. unpub. G e r m a n ms., f o r a version o f which, see G W 7,4. C f . C W 7,4, 1st edn.

202—406

407—41 442—521

CW 8 The Structure and Dynamics of the Psyche. (Collected Works, 8.) i960: 1st edn. 1969: 2d edn. (no. 18 extensively revised). With 1 plate (frontisp.). 1. " O n Psychic Energy." (3-66) Trans, f r o m G. 1948b,2. 2- " T h e T r a n s c e n d e n t Function." (67—91) Trans. largely f r o m G. 1958b. (Prefatory note partially rewritten f o r this publication.) 3. " A Review o f the C o m p l e x T h e o r y . " (92—104) Trans, f r o m G. 1948b,3. 4. " T h e Significance o f Constitution and Heredity in Psychology." (107—13) Trans, f r o m G. 192915. "Psychological Factors Determining H u m a n Behaviour." (114—25) E. i g 4 2 a repub. with slight alterations based on the orig. G e r m a n typescript (cf. G W 8,5) and reversion to the title o f E. i g 3 7 a . 6. "Instinct and the Unconscious." (129-38) T r a n s , f r o m G. ig48b,6. 7. " T h e Structure o f the Psyche." (139-58) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19318,7. 8. " O n the N a t u r e o f the Psyche." (159-234) E. 1954b,2, trans, rev., with title change. Prepub,, with some omissions, as E. ig5ga,2. 9. "General Aspects o f D r e a m Psychology." (237— 80) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1948b,4. 10. " O n the Nature o f Dreams." (281-97) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1948b,5.

148

1-130 131—93

194—2ig 220-31

232—62

263-82 283-342 343-442

443—529 530-69

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

GW8 Die Dynamik des Unbewupten. (Gesammelte Werke, 8.) 1967. Vollst. rev. 1976 mit verand. Paginierung. 1. «Uber die Energetik d e r Seele.» (11—78) D. 1948b,2 neuhg. 2. «Die transzendente Funktion.» (78—108) D. 1958b n e u h g . 3. «Allgemeines zur Komplextheorie.® (109-23) D. 1948b,3 neuhg. 4. «Die B e d e u t u n g von Konstitution und V e r e r b u n g f u r die Psychologie.» (125—33) D. 19291 neuhg. 5. «Psychologische Determinanten des menschlichen Verhaltens.» (135—48) Ursprtingl. Vortrag auf englisch (vgl. E. 1937a) nach u n p u b . deutschem Ms. 6. «Instinkt u n d UnbewuBtes.» (149-60) D. 1948b,6 n e u h g . 7. «Die Struktur der Seele.» (161—82) D. 19313,7 n e u h g . 8. «Theoretische U b e r l e g u n g e n z u m Wesen des Psychischen.» (183—261) D. 1954b,8 neuhg. 9. «Allgemeine Gesichtspunkte zur Psychologie des T r a u m e s . » (263-308) D. 1948b, 4 neuhg. 10. «Vom Wesen der T r a u m e . » (309-27) D. 1 9 4 8 ^ 5 1983a neuhg.

*149

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

1 1 . " T h e Psychological Foundations o f B e l i e f in Spirits." ( 3 0 1 - 1 8 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1948b,7. 12. "Spirit a n d Life." (319—37) T r a n s , based o n E. 1928a,2. 13. "Basic Postulates o f Analytical Psychology." ( 3 3 8 - 5 7 ) E i933 a »9» t r a n s - slightly rev. 14. "Analytical Psychology a n d Weltanschauung." (358—81) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 3 1 3 , 1 2 . C f . E. 1928a,4 f o r earlier version. 15. " T h e Real and the Surreal." (382-84) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1932b. 16. " T h e Stages o f Life." (387-403) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1931 a, 10, and based on E. 19338,5. 17. " T h e Soul and Death." ( 4 0 4 - 1 5 ) E. 1959c repub. 18. "Synchronicity: A n Acausal C o n n e c t i n g Principie." (417—519) E. 1955a, trans, slightly rev. Appendix: 19. " O n Synchronicity." ( 5 2 0 - 3 1 ) E. 1957b, trans, slightly rev.

570—600 601—48 649—88 689—741

742-48 749—95 796—815 816—968 9 6 9-"97

CW g,i The Archetypes and the Collective Unconscious. (Collected Works, g,i.) i g 5 g : 1st edn. i g 6 8 : 2d edn. With 7 g plates (2g col.). 1980: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. " A r c h e t y p e s o f the Collective Unconscious." (3—41) T r a n s , f r o m G . i g 5 4 b , 2 . C f . E.

1—86

1939a,3-

2. " T h e C o n c e p t o f the Collective Unconscious." (42—53) E. i g 3 6 d and E. i g 3 7 b , c o m b i n e d , slightly rev. TR.—German: G W g,i,2. 3. " C o n c e r n i n g the A r c h e t y p e s . " (54—72) T r a n s . f r o m G . 1954b,3. 4. "Psychological Aspects o f the M o t h e r A r c h e type." (75—110) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1954b,4 with parts i n c o r p o r a t e d f r o m E. 1943a. 5. " C o n c e r n i n g Rebirth." (113—47) T r a n s , f r o m G . 19503,3. 6. " T h e Psychology o f the Child A r c h e t y p e . " (151—81) E. i g 4 g a , i repub., trans, rev. (Trans. f u r t h e r rev. f o r 2d edn.) 1st e d n . version re-

150

87—110

111—47 148—98

1 gg—2 5 8 259—305

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

1 1 . «Die psychologischen Grundlagen des Geisterglaubens.» (329-48) D. 1 9 4 8 ^ 7 neuhg. 12. «Geist u n d Leben.» (349-69) D. 19313,13 neuhg. 13. «Das G r u n d p r o b l e m der gegenwartigen Psychologie.» (371— 91) D. 1934b,2 1983 a neuhg. 14. «Analytische Psychologie und Welt3nschauung.» (393—418) D. 1931 a, 12 neuhg. 15. «Wirklichkeit u n d Uberwirklichkeit.» (419—23) D. 1932b neuhg. 16. «Die Lebenswende.» (425—42) D. 19313,10, 19833 n e u h g . 17. «Seele u n d Tod.» (443—55) D. 1934b,10, 1983 a n e u h g . 18. «Synchronizitat als ein Prinzip akausaler Zusammenhange.» (457-553) D. 1952b neuhg. 19. «Uber Synchronizitat.» (555—66) D. i 9 5 2 f neuhg.

GWg,i f)ie Archetypen und das kollektive Unbewufite. (Gesammelte Werke, 9,i.) 1976. 1. «Uber die A r c h e t y p e n des kollektiven UnbewuBten.» ( 1 1 - 5 1 ) D 1954b,2 n e u h g . 2. «Der B e g r i f f des kollektiven UnbewuBten.» (53-66) Ub. v o n C W 9,i,2 v o n Elisabeth Riif. 3. «Uber den Archetypus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Anima-begriffes.» (67-87) D. 1954b,3 n e u h g . 4. «Die psychologischen Aspekte des Mutterarchetypus.» (89— 123) D. 1954b,4 neuhg. 5. «Uber Wiedergeburt.® ( 1 2 5 - 6 1 ) D. 19503,3 n e u h g . 6. «Zur Psychologie des Kindarchetypus.» (163-95) 19516,1 neuhg.

*15

1

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

7.

8.

9. 10.

11.

pub. as E. 1963a,!. 2d edn. version repub. as E. 1969a. " T h e Psychological Aspects o f the Kore." (182—203) E. 1949a,2 repub., trans, rev. further as in no. 6. " T h e Phenomenology o f the Spirit in Fairytales." (207—54) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19483,2. T r a n s , also pub. in slightly dif. f o r m as E. 1954b, 1. " O n the Psychology o f the Trickster-Figure." (255—72) E. 1956a, trans, slightly rev. "Conscious, Unconscious, and Individuation." (275—89) E. 1939a,1, rev. in accordance with G. 1939c (later G e r m a n version). " A Study in the Process o f Individuation." (290-354) Trans, f r o m G. 19503,4. Cf. E.

306—83

384—455

456—88 489—524

525—626

i939a.2-

12. " C o n c e r n i n g Mandala Symbolism." (355—84) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19503,5. Appendix: 13. "Msndalas." (387-90) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19556.

627—712 713—18

CW 9,ii Axon: Researches into the Phenomenology of the Self. (Collected Works, 9,ii.) 1959: 1st edn. 1968: 2d edn. With 3 plates. Trans, f r o m G. 1951a. 1979: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. Foreword, (ix-xi) T h e Ego. (3-7) T h e Shadow. (8-10) T h e Syzygy: A n i m a and Animus. (11—22) T h e Self. (23-35) Christ, a Symbol o f the Self. ( 3 6 - 7 1 ) T h e Sign o f the Fishes. (72-94) T h e Prophecies o f Nostradamus. (95—102) T h e Historical Significance o f the Fish. (103-17) I X . T h e Ambivalence o f the Fish Symbol. (118-25) X. T h e Fish in A l c h e m y . ( 1 2 6 - 5 3 ) X I . T h e Alchemical Interpretation o f the Fish. (154-72)

I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII.

152

l—ia 13—19 20—42 43-67 68-126 127—49 150—61 162—80 181—92 193-238 239—66

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

7. «Zum psychologischen Aspekt der Korefigur.» (197—220) D. 1 9 5 l b , 2 neuhg. 8. «Zur Phanomenologie des Geistes im Marchen.» (221—69) D. 1948a,2 neuhg. 9. «Zur Psychologie der Tricksterfigur.» (271—90) D. 1954a neuhg. 10. «BewuBtsein, UnbewuBtes und Individuation.® (291—307) D. 1950a,4 neuhg. 11. «Zur Empirie des Individuationsprozesses.® (309-72) D. 1950a,4 neuhg. 12. «Ober Mandalasymbolik.® (373-407) D. 1950a,5 n e u h g . 13. «Mandalas [Appendix].® (409-14) D. 1955c neuhg.

GW g,ii Aion; Beitrage zur Symbolik des Selbst. (Gesammelte Werke, 9,ii.) 1976. J u n g s Beitrag zu D. 1951a neuhg.: Titel und Untertitel anders angeordnet. V o r r e d e . (9—11) Dat. Mai 1950. Das Ich. ( 1 2 - 1 6 ) D e r Schatten. (17—19) Die Syzygie: A n i m a und Animus. (20-31) Das Selbst. (32-45) Christus, ein Symbol des Selbst. (46—80) Das Zeichen der Fische. (81—103) Die Prophezeiung des Nostradamus. (104—11) U b e r die geschichtliche B e d e u t u n g des Fisches. (112— 26) IX. Die Ambivalenz des Fischsymbols. (127—35) X. D e r Fisch in der Alchemie. (136-65) X I . Die alchemistische D e u t u n g des Fisches. (166—85)

I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII.

*53

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

X I I . B a c k g r o u n d to the Psychology o f Christian Alchemical Symbolism. ( 1 7 3 - 8 3 ) X I I I . Gnostic Symbols of the Self. ( 1 8 4 - 2 2 1 ) X I V . T h e Structure and Dynamics o f the Self. (222-65) X V . Conclusion. (266-69)

267-86 287-346 347-421 422-29

c w 10 Civilization in Transition. (Collected Works, 10.) 1964: 1st edn. 1970: 2d edn. With 8 plates. 1. " T h e Role o f the Unconscious." (3—28) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1918b. 2. "Mind and Earth." (29-49) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1931a,8. 3. "Archaic Man." (50-73) Trans, f r o m G . 1931a,9. 4. " T h e Spiritual Problem o f M o d e r n Man." ( 7 4 94) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19313,14. 5. " T h e Love Problem o f a Student." (97—112) Trans, f r o m an unpub. ms. also pub. as G. 19713,3. 6. " W o m a n in Europe." (113—33) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1927a. 7. " T h e Meaning o f Psychology f o r M o d e r n Man." (134-56) Trans, f r o m G. 1934b,3. 8. " T h e State o f Psychotherapy T o d a y . " ( 1 5 7 - 7 3 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1934k. 9. "Preface to Essays on Contemporary Events." (177—78) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1946a,!. 10. "Wotan." ( 1 7 9 - 9 3 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1946a,2. n . " A f t e r the Catastrophe." ( 1 9 4 - 2 1 7 ) T r a n s . f r o m G. 19463,5. 12. " T h e Fight with the Shadow." (218-26) E. 19473,2, slightly rev. 13. "Epilogue to Essays on Contemporary Events." (227-43) Trans, f r o m G. 19463,6. 14. " T h e Undiscovered Self (Present and Future)." (245-305) E. 1958b repub., trans, further rev. 15. "Flying Saucers: A M o d e r n Myth o f T h i n g s Seen in the Skies." (307-433) E. 1959b repub., trans, slightly rev.

154

1-48 49-103 104-47 148-96 197-235

236-75 276—332 333-70

371-99 400—43 444-57 458—87 488-588

589—824

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

X I I . Allgemeines zur Psychologie der christlich-alchemistischen Symbolik. ( i 8 6 - g 6 ) X I I I . Gnostische Symbole des Selbst. (197—237) X I V . Die Struktur und Dynamik des Selbst. (238—80) X V . SchluBwort: (281-84)

GW 10 Zivilisation im Ubergang. (Gesammelte Werke, 10.) 1974. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. g. 10. 11. 12.

13. 14. 15.

«Uber das UnbewuBte.» (15-42) D. 1918b neuhg. «Seele und Erde.» (43-65) D. 19318,8 neuhg. «Der archaische Mensch.» (67-90) D. 19318,9 n e u h g . «Das Seelenproblem des modernen Menschen.» (91—113) D. 19318,14 neuhg. «Das Liebesproblem des Studenten.» (115—33) D. 19718,3 neuhg. «Die Frau in Europa.» (135-56) D. 19718,2, 1983a n e u h g . «Die B e d e u t u n g der Psychologie f u r die Gegenwart.» (157— 80) D. 1934b,3 n e u h g . «Zur gegenwartigen Lage d e r Psychotherapie.» ( 1 8 1 - 9 9 ) D. 1934k neuhg. «Vorwort zu Aufsatze zur Zeitgeschichte.» (201—2) D. 19468,1 neuhg. «Wotan.» (203-18) D. ig46a,2, ig83a neuhg. «Nach der Katastrophe.» (2ig~44) D. 19468,5, 1983a n e u h g . «Der K a m p f mit d e m Schatten.» (245—54) Ub. von C W 10,12 v o n Elisabeth Riif. R u n d f u n k v o r t r a g , B . B . C . , 3. P r o g r a m m , 3. Nov. 1946, erstmals pub. als E. 1946c. «Nachwort zu Aufsatze zur Zeitgeschichte.» (255—73)0. i g 4 6 a , 6 neuhg. «Gegenwart und Zukunft.» (275-336) D. i g 5 7 i , 1983a n e u h g . «Ein m o d e r n e r My thus: V o n Dingen, die a m H i m m e l gesehen werden.» (337-474) D. 1958a neuhg. mit d e m Zusatz einer englischen Ub. i g 5 g b , i und g von Elisabeth Riif.

*155

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

16. " A Psychological View o f Conscience." ( 4 3 7 55) Trans, f r o m G. 1958c. 17. " G o o d and Evil in Analytical Psychology." (456—68) E. 1960c repub., trans, rev. 18. "Introduction to T o n i Wolff's Studies in Jungian Psychology" (469—76) T r a n s , f r o m G.

825-57 858-86 887-902

1959e-

19. " T h e Swiss Line in the E u r o p e a n Spectrum." (479-88) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1928c. 20. " T h e Rise o f a New World." (489-95) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1930c. 21. " L a Revolution Mondiale." (496-501) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1934L 22. " T h e Complications o f A m e r i c a n Psychology." (502—14) E. i g 3 o a , stylistically slightly rev., with title change. 23. " T h e Dreamlike World o f India." ( 5 1 5 - 2 4 ) E. 1939b repub. 24. " W h a t India C a n T e a c h Us." (525-30) E. 1939c repub. Appendixes: 25. "Editorial. Zentralblatt, V I (1933)-" (533—34) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1933c. 26. " A Rejoinder to Dr. Bally." (535—44) T r a n s . f r o m G. i 9 3 4 f and (last 3 paragraphs, p. 544) G. i934g27. "Circular Letter." (545—46) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 934j28. "Editorial. Zentralblatt, V I I I (1935)." ( 5 4 7 - 5 1 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 3 5 j . 29. "Editorial Note. Zentralblatt, V I I I (1935)." ( 5 5 2 - 5 3 ) Trans, f r o m G. 1935k. 30. "Presidential A d d r e s s to the 8th General M e d ical Congress f o r Psychotherapy, B a d Nauheim, 1 9 3 5 " (554—56) T r a n s , f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G W 10,30. 31. "Contribution to a Discussion o n Psych otherapy." (557—60) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1935b. 32. "Presidential A d d r e s s to the 9th International Medical Congress f o r Psychotherapy, C o p e n h a g e n , 1937." ( 5 6 1 - 6 3 ) T r a n s , f r o m a G e r m a n

156

903—24 925-34 935-45 946—80

981-1001 1002—13 1014-15

1016—34

1035-38 1039-51 1052—54 1055-59

1060—63 1064—68

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

16. «Das Gewissen in psychologischer Sicht.» (475—95) D. 1958c Neuausg. 17. «Gut und Bose in der analytischen Psychologie.» (497—510) G W 1 1 , 1 9 Neuausg. 18. «Vorrede zu: T o n i Wolff, Studien zu C. G. Jungs Psychologies (511—18) D. 1959c Neuausg. 19. «Die B e d e u t u n g der schweizerischen Linie im Spektrum Europas.» (519—30) D. 1928c Neuausg. 20. «Der A u f g a n g einer neuen Welt.» Eine B e s p r e c h u n g von: H. Keyserling, Amerika. Der Aufgang einer neuen Welt. (531—37) D. 1930c Neuausg. 21. «Ein neues B u c h von Keyserling, La Revolution mondiale et la responsibility de l'esprit.» (539—45) D. ig34i Neuausg. 22. «Komplikationen der amerikanischen Psychologies ( 5 4 7 - 6 1 ) Ub. aus C W 10,22 von Elisabeth Riif. 23. «Die traumende Welt Indiens.» (563—74) Ub. aus E. 1939b von Elisabeth Riif. 24. «Was Indien uns lehren kann.» (575—80) Ub. aus E. 1939c v o n Elisabeth Riif. «Verschiedenes.» 25. «Geleitwort.» (Zentralblatt V I , 1933) (581—82) D. 1933c Neuausg. 26. «Zeitgendssisches.» (Neue Ziircher ZeitungGLM, 1934) (583—93) D. i 9 3 4 f u n d D. i g 3 4 g Neuausg. 27. «Rundschreiben.» (Zentralblatt V I I , 1934) (595—96) D. 1934] Neuausg. 28. «Geleitwort.» (Zentralblatt V I I I , 1935) (597-602) D. i 9 3 5 j Neuausg. 29. « V o r b e m e r k u n g des Herausgebers.» (Zentralblatt V I I I , 1935.]) (603-4) D. 1935k Neuausg. 30. «BegruBungsansprache [des Prasidenten] zum A c h t e n Allgemeinen Arztlichen KongreB in Bad N a u h e i m (1935).» (605— 7) 27.-30. Marz 1935. 3 1 . «Votum.» (Schweizerische Arztezeitung X V I , 1935) (609-12) D. i 9 3 5 h Neuausg. mit leichter Titelabweichg. 32. «BegriiBungsansprache [des Prasidenten] z u m N e u n t e n Internationalen Arztlichen KongreB f u r Psychotherapie in Kop e n h a g e n (1937).» ( 6 1 3 - 1 5 ) 2.-4. Okt. 1937.

*157

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

ms. pub. as G W 10,32. Congress held 2—4 Oct. 193733. "Presidential Address to the 10th International Medical Congress f o r Psychotherapy, O x f o r d , 1938." (564-67) G i v e n in English. S u m m a r y pub. as E. 1938b.

1069—73

CW 11 Psychology and Religion: West and East. (Collected Works, 11.) 1958: 1st edn. i g 6 g : 2d edn. With 1 plate (frontisp.). 1. "Psychology and Religion." (3—105) E. 1938a, combined with a trans, o f G . 1940a. R e p u b . as E. 1959a, 11. 2. " A Psychological A p p r o a c h to the D o g m a o f the Trinity." (107-200) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1948a,4. 3. " T r a n s f o r m a t i o n Symbolism in the Mass." (201-96) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1954b,6. C f . E. 1955b4. " F o r e w o r d to White's God and the Unconscious." (299—310) E. 1952c, trans, slightly rev. 5. " F o r e w o r d to Werblowsky's Lucifer and Prometheus." ( 3 1 1 - 1 5 ) E. 1952b, trans, slightly rev. 6. " B r o t h e r Klaus." (316-23) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1933C7. "Psychotherapists or the Clergy." (327—47) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1932a. 8. "Psychoanalysis and the C u r e o f Souls." (348— 54) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 2 8 g . 9. " A n s w e r to Job." (355-470) E. 1954a repub. with the a d d n . o f E. 1956c as "Prefatory Note," both si. rev. Repub. as E. 1 9 7 1 3 , 1 5 . Pub. without "Prefatory N o t e " as E. 1960a and E. 19653a. "Important phrase" restored to "Prefatory N o t e " (2d sentence, 4th par.) in the 2d ptg. o f the 2d edn. o f this vol. (1973) and repub. in this f o r m as E. 1973a. C f . E. 1975b, letter to S. Doniger (Nov. 1955), f o r orig. version o f "Prefatory Note." 10. "Psychological C o m m e n t a r y o n The Tibetan Book of the Great Liberation." (475—508) E. 1954c repub. Pt. 1 (par. 759-87)-

158

1-168

169-295

296-448

449-67 468—73 479-87 488—538 539~52 553~758

759-830

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

33. «BegruBungsansprache [des Prasidenten] z u m Zehnten Internationalen Arztlichen KongreB f u r Psychotherapie in O x f o r d (1938).» (617-20) 29. Juli—2. A u g , Ub. aus C W 10,33 v o n Elisabeth Riif. GW 11 Zur Psychologie westlicher und ostlicher Religion. (Gesammelte Werke, 11.) 1963. 5., vollstandig revidierte A u f l a g e 1988, o h n e A n h a n g u n d mit n e u e r Paginierung. 1. «Psychologie und Religion.® (xvii-117) D. 1940a Neuausg. (17—1«5) 2. «Versuch einer psychologischen D e u t u n g des Trinitatsdogmas.® (119—218) D. 1948a,4. Neuausg. mit leichter Titelabweichg. (127—215) 3. «Das Wandlungssymbol in der Messe.» (219-323) D. 1 9 5 4 ^ 6 Neuausg. (217—310) 4. «Geleitwort zu V. White: Gott und das Unbewufite.» (325—39) D. 1957I1 Neuausg. (313-23) 5. «Vorrede zu Z. Werblowsky: Lucifer and Prometheus.» (340—44) Originaltext aus deutschem Ms. zuerst in englischer tJb. pub. (324-27) 6. «Bruder Klaus.» (345-52) D. 1933c Neuausg. (328-34) 7. «Uber die B e z i e h u n g der Psychotherapie zur Seelsorge.® (355-76) D. 1932a Neuausg. mit leichter Titelabweichg. ( 3 3 7 -

55) 8. «Psychoanalyse und Seelsorge.® (377-83) D. i g 2 8 g N e u a u s g . (356-62) g. «Antwort a u f Hiob.® (385-506) D. 1961a Neuausg. «Nachwort® (pp. 505—6) ohne Paragraphierung, einem B r i e f an Simon Doniger (Nov. i g 5 5 ) entnommen. (263—474) 10. «Psychologischer K o m m e n t a r zu: Das tibetische Buch der grofien Befreiung.» (511-49) D. i g 5 5 d Neuausg. ( 4 7 7 - 5 1 1 )

*59

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

1 1 . "Psychological C o m m e n t a r y on The Tibetan Book of the Dead." (509-26) E. i g 5 7 f repub. with minor alterations. 12. " Y o g a and the West." (529-37) C f . E. 1936c f o r a dif. trans, o n which this one is based. 13. "Foreword to Suzuki's Introduction to Zen Buddhism." (538—57) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1939c. 14. " T h e Psychology o f Eastern Meditation." (558-75) Trans, f r o m G. 1943c. 15. " T h e Holy M e n o f India." (576-86) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1944b. (Brief " V o r w o r t " omitted.) 16. "Foreword to the I Ching." (589-608) E. 195od, trans, slightly rev.

cw

831—58

859-76 877—907 908—49 950-63 964-1018

Psychology and Alchemy. (Collected Works, 12.) 1953: 1st edn. 1968: 2d edn. (fully reset). With 270 text illus. T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 5 2 d , except no. 1 in 2d edn. 1980: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback; Routledge 8c K e g a n Paul, Paperback.

160

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

1 1 . «Psychologischer Kommentar zum B a r d o T h o d o l (Das tibetanische Totenbuch.)» (550-67) D. i g 3 5 f Neuausg. ( 5 1 2 - 2 7 ) 12. «Yoga u n d der Westen.» (571-80) Originaltext aus deutschem Ms. zuerst in engl. Ub. (531—29) 13. «Vorwort zu D. T . Suzuki: Die grofie Befreiung.» (581—602) D. 1939c Neuausg. (540-59) 14. «Zur Psychologie ostlicher Meditation.» (603-21) D. 19488,5 Neuausg. (560-76) 15. «Uber d e n indischen Heiligen. E i n f u h r u n g zu H. Zimmer: Der Weg zum Selbst.» (622-32) D. 1944b Neuausg. (578—86) 16. «Vorwort z u m I Ging.» (633—54) T e x t des deutschen Originalms. Engl. Fassung in E. i 9 5 o d weicht davon ab. (587—606) A n h a n g (nicht in C W 1 1 , auch nicht in 1988 Auflage): 17. «Antwort an Martin Buber.» (657—65) D. i g 5 2 j Neuausg. mit Titelabweichg. G W 18,96. 18. «Zu Psychologie und Religions (665—67) A u s einem Brief an einen protestantischen T h e o l o g e n , geschrieben 1940. 19. «Gut und Bose in der analytischen Psychologie.» (667-81) D. 1959b Neuausg. N e u hg. aus G W 10,17. 20. «Zum Problem des Christussymbols.» (681—85) Ub. von A n iela J a f f e aus englisch geschriebenem Brief an Victor White (24. Nov. 1953). T e x t des Originalbriefes ersch. in E. 1975b. 21. «Zu Antwort auf Hiob.» (685—86) A u s einem Brief an Hans Schar (16. Nov. 1951). Ganzer T e x t des Briefes ersch. in D. 1972b. 22. «Zu Antwort auf Hiob.» (687) A u s einem Brief an Dorothde H o c h (28. Mai 1952). Ganzer T e x t des Briefes ersch. in D. 1972b. 23. «Klappentext zur ersten A u f l a g e von Antwort auf Hiob.» (687) A p r i l 1952 G W 18,95. 24. «Aus einem Brief an einen protestantischen T h e o l o g e n . » (688) A u s einem Brief an Hans W e g m a n n (19. Dez. 1943). G a n z e r T e x t ersch. in D. 1972a. 25. «Brief an The Listener. Januar ig6o.» (689-go) Ub. aus E. 1960c von Marianne Niehus-Jung. Neuausg. in D. 1973a. 26. «Zu Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos.» (690—93) D. 1956c Neuausg. mit Titelabweichg. G W 18,101. GWia Psychologie und Alchemie. (Gesammelte Werke, 12.) 1972. Mit 271 Textillus. D. i 9 5 2 d Neuausg.

*161

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKS lg — 20

First Edition: 1. Foreword to the Swiss Edition, (vii) 2. Psychology and Alchemy. I. Introduction to the Religious and Psychological Problems of Alchemy. (1—37) II. Individual Dream Symbolism in Relation to Alchemy. (39-213). III. Religious Ideas in Alchemy. ( 2 1 5 - 4 5 1 ) Epilogue. (453-63) Second Edition: 1. "Prefatory Note to the English Edition." (v) Trans, f r o m the unpublished ms. 2. "Foreword to the Swiss Edition." (x) 3. "Psychology and Alchemy. I. Introduction to the Religious and Psychological problems of Alchemy. (1—37) II. Individual Dream Symbolism in Relation to Alchemy. (39-223) Repub. as E. 1 9 7 1 a , 1 1 and E. 19748,6. III. Religious Ideas in Alchemy. (225—471) Epilogue. (473-83)

1-43 44—331 332—554 555-65

1-43 44—331

332—554 555-65

CW 13 Alchemical Studies. (Collected Works, 13.) 1967. With 50 plates (1 col.) and 4 text illus. 1983: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback; Routledge & K e g a n Paul, Paperback. 1. "Commentary on The Secret of the Golden Flower." (1—56) Trans, f r o m G. 1 9 5 7 b , ! and 3. 2. " T h e Vision o f Zosimos." (57—108) Trans. f r o m G. 1954b,5. 3. "Paracelsus as a Spiritual Phenomenon." ( 1 0 9 89) Trans, f r o m G. 19428,2, with the addition o f 2 footnotes derived f r o m posthumous papers. 4. " T h e Spirit Mercurius." ( i g i - 2 0 0 ) Trans. f r o m G. 1948a, 3. 5. " T h e Philosophical T r e e . " (251-349) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1954b,7.

1-84 85—144 145—238

239—303 304—482

CW 14 Mysterium Coniunctionis. An Inquiry into the Separation and Synthesis of Psychic Opposites in Alchemy. (Collected Works, 14.) 1963: 1st edn.

162

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE 1 3 -

14

1. Vorwort. (11) Dat. Januar 1943. 2. V o r w o r t zur zweiten Auflage. (12) Dat. Juli 1951. 3. [Psychologie und Alchemie.] I. Einleitung in die religionspsychologische Problematik der Alchemie. (15—54) II. T r a u m s y m b o l e des Individuationsprozesses. (57—269) III. Die Erlosungsvorstellungen in der Alchemie. (263— 537) Epilog. (539-51)

GW13 Studien iiber alchemistische Vorstellungen. (Gesammelte Werke, 13.) 1978. Mit 38 T a f e l n u n d 4 T e x t f i g u r e n . 1. « K o m m e n t a r zu Das Geheimnis der Goiderwn BlcHte.» (t 1 T X i 9 5 7 b , i u n d 3 Neuausg. 2. «Die Visionen des Zosimos.» ( 6 5 - 1 2 1 ) D. 1954b,5 Neuausg. 3. «Paracelsus als geistige Erscheinung.» (123-209) D. 1942,3,2 Neuausg., mit zwei zusatzlichen FuUnoten aus postum g e f u n denen Texten. 4. «Der Geist Mercurius.» ( 2 1 1 - 6 9 ) D. 19488,3 Neuausg. 5. «Der philosophische Baum.» ( 2 7 1 - 3 7 6 ) D. 1954b,6 Neuausg.

GW 14 Mysterium Coniunctionis. Untersuchungen iiber die Trennung und Zusammensetzung der seelischen Gegensatze in der Alchemie. Unter Mitar-

*163

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

1970: 2d edn. (par. 5 1 8 a added). With 10 plates. Trans, f r o m G. 1955a a n d 1956a. 1977: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. I. II. III. IV. V. VI.

Foreword, (xiii-xix) T h e C o m p o n e n t s o f the Coniunctio. (3—41) T h e Paradoxa. (42-88) T h e Personification o f the Opposites. (89-257) R e x and Regina. (258-381) A d a m and Eve. (382-456) T h e Conjunction. (457—553) Epilogue. (554-56)

1—35 36-103 104—348 349—543 544—653 654—789 79o-92

NOTE: M.-L. von Franz, Aurora Consurgens: A Document Attributed to Thomas Aquinas on the Problem of Opposites in Alchemy, published as vol. I l l ("supplementary vol.") in the original Swiss edition o f Mysterium Coniunctionis, was published separately in English, translated by R.F.C. Hull and A . S . B . Glover (B.S. 77, 1966). 1966: R o u t l e d g e 8c K e g a n Paul.

c w 15 The Spirit in Man, Art, and Literature. (Collected Works, 15.) 1966. x g 7 i : Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1984: A r k Paperback, /Routledge 8c K e g a n Paul. 1. "Paracelsus." ( 3 - 1 2 ) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1934b,5. 2. "Paracelsus the Physician." (13—30) T r a n s . f r o m G. 19423,1. 3. " S i g m u n d F r e u d in His Historical Setting." (33—40) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1934b,6. 4. " I n M e m o r y o f S i g m u n d Freud." (41-49) T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 3 g d . 5. "Richard Wilhelm: In Memoriam." (53—62) T r a n s , f r o m G. 195 7b, 2. 6. " O n the Relation o f Analytical Psychology to Poetry." (65—83) T r a n s , f r o m G . 19313,3. 7. "Psychology and Literature." (84—105) Trans. f r o m G. 1950a, 2, with the addition o f an in-

164

1-17 18—43 44—59 60—73 74-96 97—132 133-62

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

beit v o n Marie-Louise v o n Franz. (Gesammelte Werke, 14.) I n zwei B a n d e n . 1968. 4., vollstandig revidierte A u f l a g e 1984. B d . 2 enthalt 7 T a f e l n u n d 3 Textillustr. D. 1955a u n d 1956a N a c h d r . , mit neugestalteter Titelseite u n d zusatzlich mit Ub. griechischer u n d lateinischer Textstellen, Bibliographic u n d einem V o r w o r t d e r H e r a u s g e b e r . Inhalt siehe D. 1955a und D. 1956a. P a r a g r a p h e n n u m m e r n stimmen mit D. 1955a und D. 1956a iiberein, w e i c h e n aber v o n C W 14 ab. Vollstandig rev. N e u a u s g a b e erscheint 1984. /i

/11

/III

Vorwort I. Die K o m p o n e n t e n d e r Coniunctio II. Die P a r a d o x a III. Die Personifikationen d e r Gegensatze I V . R e x u n d Regina V. A d a m u n d Eva V I . Die K o n j u n k t i o n Nachwort «Aurora Consurgens.» Ein dem Thomas von Aquin zugeschriebenes Dokument der alchemistischen Gegensatzproblematik, von Dr. M.-L. von Franz. (Gesammelte W e r k e , 14, Erganzungsband.) O l t e n : Walter. 1973-

GW 15 uber das Phanomen des Geistes in Kunst und Wissenschaft. melte W e r k e , 15.) 1 9 7 1 .

(Gesam-

1. «Paracelsus.» ( 1 1 - 2 0 ) D. 1934b,5 N e u a u s g . vgl. D. 1952c. 2. «Paracelsus als Arzt.» (21—41) D. 1 9 4 2 a , ! N e u a u s g . 3. « S i g m u n d F r e u d als kulturhistorische Erscheinung.» ( 4 3 - 5 1 ) D. 1934b,6 N e u a u s g . 4. «Sigmund Freud.» (53—62) D. i g 3 g d N e u a u s g . 5. «Zum Gedachtnis Richard Wilhelms.» ( 6 3 - 7 3 ) D. 1957b,2 Neuausg. 6. U b e r die B e z i e h u n g e n d e r analytischen Psychologie z u m dichterischen Kunstwerk.» (75-96) D. 19313,3 N e u a u s g . 7. «Psychologie u n d Dichtung.» ( 9 7 - 1 2 0 ) D. 19508,2 mit zusStzlicher «Vorrede» hier erstmals nach Ms. in d e r u r s p r i i n g lichen deutschen Fassg., die postum g e f u n d e n w u r d e .

*165

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

traduction trans, f r o m a ms. f o u n d posthumously and pub. as the " V o r r e d e " to G W 15,7. 8. " 'Ulysses': A Monologue." (109—34) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1934b,7. Letter to James Joyce (27 Sept. 1932), included in the A p p e n d i x , pp. 1 3 3 - 3 4 , is E. i 9 6 6 d repub. g. "Picasso." (135—41) T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 3 2 g .

163-203

204—14

c w 16 The Practice of Psychotherapy. Essays on the Psychology of the Transference and Other Subjects. (Collected Works, 16.) 1954: 1st edn. 1966: 2d edn. (no. 13 fully reset). With 3 plates and 10 text illus. 1985: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. "Foreword to the Swiss Edition (1958)." T r a n s , f r o m G W 16,1. (2d edn. only.) Part O n e . 2. "Principles o f Practical Psychotherapy." (3—20) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1935k. 3. " W h a t is Psychotherapy?" (21—28) T r a n s , f r o m G- i935g4. "Some Aspects o f M o d e r n Psychotherapy." (29-35) E i 9 3 o b repub. 5. " T h e A i m s o f Psychotherapy." (36—52) T r a n s . f r o m G . 1931 a,5. 6. "Problems o f M o d e r n Psychotherapy." (53—75) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19318,2. 7. "Psychotherapy and a Philosophy o f Life." (76—83) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1943c. 8. "Medicine and Psychotherapy." (84-93) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1945c. 9. "Psychotherapy T o d a y . " ( 9 4 - 1 1 0 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 4 5 f . 10. " F u n d a m e n t a l Questions o f Psychotherapy." ( 1 1 1 - 2 5 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 5 i d . Part T w o . 1 1 . " T h e T h e r a p e u t i c Value o f Abreaction." (129— 38) E. 1928a, 1 1 , trans, slightly rev. and with title change. 12. " T h e Practical USe o f Dream-Analysis." (139— 61) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 3 4 ^ 4 .

166

1—27

28—45 46—65 66-113 114—74 175—91 192-211 212—29 230—54 255—93

294—352

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

8. « Ein Monolog.» ( 1 2 1 - 4 9 ) D. 1934b,7 Neuausg. «Anhang» (pp. 146-49) einschlieBlich einer Ub. von Elisabeth Riif eines Briefes an James Joyce auf englisch. (27. Sept. 1932). Originalbrief in C W 15,8 und E. 1973b. 9. «Picasso». (151—57) D. 1934b,8 Neuausg. GW 16 Praxis der Psychotherapie. Beitrage zum Problem der Psychotherapie und zur Psychologie der Ubertragung. (Gesammelte Werke, 16.) 1958. 5., vollstandig revidierte A u f l a g e 1991, mit neuer Paginierung. Mit 3 T a f e l n u n d 11 Textillustr. 1. «Geleitwort des Autors.» (ix-x) Dat. A u g . 1957. Erster Teil: A l l g e m e i n e Probleme d e r Psychotherapie. (11—12) 2. «Grundsatzliches zur praktischen Psychotherapie.® (1—20) D. 1935I Neuausg. (15-32) 3. «Was ist Psychotherapie?® (21—29) D. i 9 3 5 g Neuausg. (33—40) 4. «Einige Aspekte der m o d e r n e n Psychotherapie.® (30—37) Ub. aus C W 16,4 von den Hg. ( 4 1 - 4 7 ) 5. «Ziele d e r Psychotherapie.® (38-55) D. 19313,5; 1983a Neuausg. (48—63) 6. «Die Probleme d e r m o d e r n e n Psychotherapie.® (57—81) D. 1931 a, 2 Neuausg. (64-85) 7. «Psychotherapie u n d Weltanschauung.» (82—89) D. 19463,4 Neuausg. (86-93) 8. «Medizin u n d Psychotherapie.® (90-99) D. 1945c N e u a u s g . (94-102) g. «Die Psychotherapie in d e r Gegenwart.® ( 1 0 0 - 1 1 7 ) Dig463,3 N e u s u s g . (103—18) 10. « G r u n d f r a g e n der Psychotherapie.® (118—33) D. 1 9 5 i d Neuausg. ( 1 1 9 - 3 2 ) Zweiter Teil: Spezielle Probleme d e r Psychotherapie. 1 1 . «Der therapeutische Wert des Abreagierens.® (137—47) U b . aus E. 1921 a von den Hg. (135—44) 12. «Die praktische Verwendbarkeit d e r Traumanalyse.» (148— 7 1 ) D. 1934b,4, 1983a Neuausg. ( 1 4 5 - 6 5 )

*167

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKS

lg

—

20

13. " T h e Psychology o f the T r a n s f e r e n c e . " ( 1 6 3 321) 1st edn. [(163-323) 2d edn.] T r a n s , f r o m G. 1946c. (Trans, rev. f o r 2d edn.)

353-539

A p p e n d i x (2d edn. only): 14. " T h e Realities o f Practical Psychotherapy." (327—38) T r a n s , f r o m an u n p u b . ms. Lecture given to II. T a g u n g f u r Psychotherapie, B e r n , 28 May 1937.

540-64

c w 17 The Development of Personality. (Collected Works, 17.) 1954. 1981: Princeton/Bollingen Paperback. 1. "Psychic Conflicts in a Child." (1—35) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1946b, 2. 2. "Introduction to Wickes's Analyse der Kindesseele." (37—46) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 3 1 c . 3. "Child Development and Education." (47—62) E. 19283,13, Lecture I, slightly rev. Repub. as E. 19690,2. 4. "Analytical Psychology and Education." (63— 132) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 4 6 ^ 1 . 5. " T h e G i f t e d Child." (133—45) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1946b, 3. 6. " T h e Significance o f the Unconscious in Individual Education." (149-64) T r a n s , f r o m a G e r m a n ms. subsequently pub. as G. 19713,5. 7. " T h e D e v e l o p m e n t o f Personality." (165—86) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1934b,9. 8. "Marriage as a Psychological Relationship." (187—201) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1 9 3 1 3 , 1 1 .

1-79 80-97 98—126

127—229 230—52 253—83

284—323 324—45

c w 18 The Symbolic Life; Miscellaneous Writings. (Collected Works, 18.) 1976. T r a n s , by R.F.C. H u l l with contributions f r o m others. (Translations are Hull's except as otherwise noted.) 1. " T h e Tavistock Lectures." (1—18) E. 19683 repub. 2. "Symbols 3nd the Inter pre t3tion o f Dreams." (18—264) Written in English in 1961. English ms. here rev. by R.F.C. Hull. Pub., extensively rev. and rearranged u n d e r the supervision o f

168

1-

415

416—607

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE 13 - 14

13. «Die Psychologie der Ubertragung.® Neuausg. (167—319)

(173-345)

D.

1946c

GW 17 Uber die Entwicklung der Persdnlichkeit. (Gesammelte W e r k e , 1972.

17.)

1. «Uber Konflikte d e r kindlichen Seele.» ( 1 1 - 4 7 ) D. 1946b,2 Neuausg. 2. « E i n f u h r u n g zu Frances G. Wickes Analyse der Kindeseele.» (49—58) D. 1 9 3 1 c Neuausg. mit Titelabweichg. 3. «Die B e d e u t u n g der Analytischen Psychologie f u r die Erziehung.» (59—76) D. i g 7 i a , 4 , 1983a Neuausg. 4. «Analytische Psychologie und Erziehung.» (77—153) D. 1946b, 1 Neuausg. 5. «Der Begabte.» (155—68) D. 1946b,3 Neuausg. 6. «Die B e d e u t u n g des Unbewufiten fiir die individuelle Erziehung.» (169-87) D. 1971 a,5 Neuausg. 7. «Vom W e r d e n der Personlichkeit.» ( 1 8 9 - 2 1 1 ) D. 1934b,9, 1983a Neuausg. 8. «Die Ehe als psychologische Beziehung.® (213—27) D. 19313,11.

Gw 18 Das symbolische Leben. Verschiedene Schriften. (Gesammelte Werke, 18.) 1981. In zwei Banden. W o nicht 3nders vermerkt, Ubersetzu n g e n aus d e m Englischen von Ssbine Lucas, aus d e m Franzosischen u n d Italienischen von Elisabeth Riif. 11

1. «Uber G r u n d l a g e n d e r Analytischen Psychologie. Die Tavistock Lectures.® ( 1 3 - 1 9 8 ) Stark rev. Neuausg. von D. 1969a. 2. «Symbole u n d Traumdeutung.® (199-285) J u n g s Beitrag aus D. 1968a, mit ursprunglichem Titel, weitgehend nach d e m Original rev.

*169

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

J o h n Freeman in collaboration with MarieLouise von Franz, with title change, as E. 1964a. 3. " T h e Symbolic Life." (267—90) E. 1954c repub., si. rev. 4. " O n Spiritualistic Phenomena," (293—308) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1905c. 5. "Foreword to J u n g : Phenomdnes occultes." (309— 11) T r a n s , f r o m the G e r m a n ms. C f . Fr.

608-96 697—740 741—45

1939a- 1 -

6. "Psychology and Spiritualism." (312—16) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1948c. 7. "Foreword to Moser: Spuk: Irrglaube oder Wahrglaube?" (317—20) Jung's Contribution. ( 3 2 0 26) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1950c. 8. "Foreword to J a f f e : Apparitions and Precognition." (327—29) E. 1963b repub., trans, si. rev. 9. " T h e Present Status o f A p p l i e d Psychology." (333-34) Trans, f r o m G. 19080 by W o l f g a n g Sauerlander. 10. " O n Dementia Praecox." (335) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1910s. 1 1 . "Review o f Sadger: Konrad Ferdinand Meyer." (336—38) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1909I1. 12. "Review o f Waldstein: Das unbewusste Ich." (339-42) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1909L 13. " C r i m e and the Soul." (343—46) E. 1932c repub. with minor rev. in accordance with the G e r m a n version, G. 1933a. 14. " T h e Question o f Medical Intervention." (347— 48) T r a n s , f r o m G. l g s o g . 15. "Foreword to Custance: Wisdom, Madness and Folly." (349-52) E. 1952a repub., trans, rev. 16. "Foreword to Perry: The Self in Psychotic Process." (353-56) E. 1953c repub. 17. "Foreword to Schmaltz: Komplexe Psychologie und korperliches Symptom." (357-58) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1955c. 18. " S i g m u n d F r e u d : On Dreams." (361-68) T r a n s . f r o m a G e r m a n iris, f o u n d posthumously and dated 25 January 1901. Prepub. as E. 1 9 7 3 d , ! .

170

746—56 757—81

782—89 79°-93

794 795—96 797—99 800-21

822—25 826—31 832—38 839-40

841—70

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

3. «Das symbolische Leben.» (287-314) Ub. aus E. 1954c. 4. «Uber spiritistische Erscheinungen.» (317—33) Neuausg. von D. 1905c. 5. «Vorrede zu J u n g : Phenomenes occultes.» (335-37) Geschrieben f u r Fr. 19393,1; hier erstmals deutsch, nach Ms. 6. «Psychologie u n d Spiritismus.» (338—43) Neuausg. von D. 1948c. 7. «Vorrede und Beitrag zu Moser: Spuk: Irrglaube oder Wahrglaube?» (344—55) Neuausg. von D. 1950c. 8. «Vorwort zu J a f f e : Geistererscheinungen und Vorzeichen. Eine psychologische Deutungs (356—58) Neuausg. von D. 1958c. g. «Der gegenwartige Stand d e r angewandten Psychologie in d e n einzelnen Kulturlandern.» (361—62) Neuausg. v o n D. 19080. 10. «Uber Dementia praecox.» (363) Neuausg. von D. 1910s. 11. «Besprechung von Sadger: Konrad Ferdinand Meyer.» (364— 66) Neu3usg. von D. i g o g h . 12. «Besprechung von Waldstein: Das unbewufite Ich und sein Verhaltnis zur Gesundheit und Erziehung.» (367—70) Neuausg. von D. igogi. 13. «Blick in die Verbrecherseele.» ( 3 7 1 - 7 4 ) Nachdruck von D. 1933a-

14. «Zur Frage der arztlichen Intervention.® (375—76) Nachdruck von D. l g s o g . 15. «Vorrede zu Custance: Wisdom, Madness and Folly.» (377-80) Deutsch geschrieben fiir E. 19523. 16. «Vorwort zu Perry: The Self in Psychotic Process.» (381—84) Ub. sus E. i g 5 3 e . 17. «Geleitwort zu Schmaltz: Komplexe Psychologie und korperliches Symptoms (385-86) Nachdruck von G. ig55C. 18. «Sigmund Freud: U b e r den T r s u m . » (38g-g7) N a c h deutschem Vortragsms. von 1901.

*171

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

19.

20.

21.

22.

23. 24. 25. 26.

27. 28.

29. 30. 31.

A p p a r e n t l y a report given to colleagues at Burgholzli Mental Hospital. "Review o f Hellpach: Grundlinien einer Psychologie der Hysterie." (369—73) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1905b. "Reviews o f Psychiatric Literature (1906— 1910)." (374-87) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1906c, f, and h; i g o 7 b , c , and d; 1908c, f, g, h, and k; i g o g d - g ; and l g i o a - j . " T h e Significance o f Freud's T h e o r y f o r Neurology and Psychiatry." (388—89) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g o 8 d by W o l f g a n g Sauerlander. "Review o f Stekel: Nervose Angstzustande und ihre Behandlung." (390—91) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g o 8 j by W o l f g a n g Sauerlander. "Editorial Preface to the Jahrbuch (1909)." (392) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1909b. "Marginal Notes o n Wittels: Die sexuelle Not." (393—g6) Trans, f r o m G. 1910I. "Review o f W u l f f e n : Der Sexualverbrecher." (3g7) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1910P. "Abstracts o f the Psychological Works o f Swiss Authors." (398—421) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1910m. List o f abstracts made f o r the Folia-Neurobiologica follows. C f . G. igo8c,i, and 1. "Review o f Hitschmann: Freuds Neurosenlehre." (422) T r a n s , f r o m G. l g n d . " A n n u a l R e p o r t by the President o f the International Psychoanalytic Association." (423-26) T r a n s , f r o m G. 191 i g by W o l f g a n g Sauerlander. " T w o Letters on Psychoanalysis." (427—29) T r a n s , f r o m G . i g i 2 e a n d f. " O n the Psychoanalytic T r e a t m e n t o f N e r v o u s Disorders." (430-32) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g i 2 h . " A C o m m e n t o n Tausk's Criticism o f Nelken."

(433-37) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 1 3 d . 32. " A n s w e r s to Questions o n Freud." (438—40) E. i g 6 8 f repub. Written in English and dated 7 A u g . 1953.

172

871—83

884—921

922

923—24

g25 926-31 932—33 934—1025

1026 1027-33

1034-40 1041—54 1955-64 1065-76

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

19. «Besprechung von Hellpach: Grundlinien einer Psychologie der Hysterie.» {398-402) Nachdruck von D. 1905b. 20. «Besprechungen von psychiatrischer L i t e r a t u r e ( 4 0 3 - 1 7 ) N a c h d r u c k von D. i g o 6 e , f und h; 1907b, c und d; i g o 8 e , f, g, h u n d k; i g o g d - g ; igioa—j. 21. «Uber die B e d e u t u n g der L e h r e Freuds f u r Neurologie und Psychiatrie.» (418—ig) Nachdruck von D. i g o 8 d . 22. «Wilhelm Stekel: Nervose Angstzustande und ihre Behandlung.» (420—21) N a c h d r u c k von D. igo8j. 23. « V o r b e m e r k u n g der Redaktion» z u m Jahrbuch. (422) Nachdruck von D. i g o g b . 24. «Randbemerkungen zu Wittels: Die sexuelle Not.» (423—26) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1910 1. 25. «Besprechung von Wulffen: Der Sexualverbrecher.» (427) N a c h d r u c k von D. l g i o p . 26. «Referate uber psychologische Arbeiten schweizerischer A u toren (bis E n d e igog).» (428—51) Nachdruck von D. l g i o m . 27. «Besprechung von Hitschmann: Freuds Neurosenlehre.» (452) N a c h d r u c k von D. i g i i d . 28. «Jahresbericht des Prasidenten der Internationalen Psychoanalytischen Vereinigung iiber das Vereinsjahr 1910/11.» (453—56) N a c h d r u c k von D. i g i i g . 29. «Zwei B r i e f e zur Psychoanalyse.® (457-60) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1 9 1 2 e u n d f. 30. «Uber die psychoanalytische B e h a n d l u n g nervoser Leiden.® (461—63) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1912I1. 31. «Eine B e m e r k u n g zur Tauskschen Kritik d e r Nelkenschen Arbeit.® (464-68) Nachdruck von d. i g i 3 d . 32. «Antworten a u f Fragen iiber Freud.® (46g—71) Ub. aus E. i g 6 8 f (dat. 7. A u g . 1953).

*73

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKS

l8

33- " T h e C o n c e p t o f Ambivalence." (443—45) T r a n s , f r o m G. 191 l h by W o l f g a n g Sauerlander. 34. "Contributions to Symbolism." (446) T r a n s . f r o m G. 191 i f by W o l f g a n g Sauerlander. 35. "Adaptation, Individuation, Collectivity." (449— 54) T r a n s , f r o m the u n p u b . G e r m a n typescripts f o u n d posthumously and dated Oct. 1916. 36. " F o r e w o r d to the H u n g a r i a n Edition o f On the Psychology of the Unconscious." (455—56). T r a n s . f r o m the G e r m a n ms. dated Jan. 1944. C f . H u . 1948a. 37. "Forewords to J u n g : Uber psychische Energetik und das Wesen der Traume." (459—60) T r a n s . f r o m G. i g 4 8 b , i . 38. O n Hallucination." (461) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1933^ 39. "Foreword to Schleich: Die Wunder der Seele." (462—66) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1934c. 40. "Foreword to Jacobi: The Psychology of C. G. Jung." (467—68) E. 1962c repub., trans, rev. Pub. in a dif. trans, as E. 1942c. 4 1 . " F o r e w o r d to the Spanish Edition." (See no. 40.) (468) T r a n s , f r o m the G e r m a n ms. C f . Sp. 1947a. 42. " F o r e w o r d to H a r d i n g : Psychic Energy." (469— 70) E. 1947c repub., trans, si. rev. 43. " A d d r e s s on the Occasion o f the F o u n d i n g o f the C . G. J u n g Institute, Zurich, 24 A p r i l 1948." (471—76) T r a n s , f r o m the u n p u b . Germ a n typescript. 44. " D e p t h Psychology." (477—86) T r a n s , f r o m G .

1077—81

1082—83 1084—1106

1107-og

1110—12

1113—14 1115-20 1121-23

1124

1125—28 1129-41

1142-62

i95ic-

45. " F o r e w o r d to the First V o l u m e o f Studies f r o m the C . G. J u n g Institute." (487-88) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1949c. 46. " F o r e w o r d to F. Fordham: Introduction to Jung's Psychology" (489-90) E. 1953d repub. 47. "Foreword to M. F o r d h a m : New Developments in Analytical Psychology." (491—93) E. i g 5 7 g repub.

174

1163—64

1165—67 1168—73

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

/II

33- «Uber Ambivalenz.» (475-77) Nachdruck von D. 191 l h . 34. «Beitrage zur Symbolik.» (478) Nachdruck von D. 191 i f . 35. «Anpassung, Individuation und Kollektivitat.» (481—86) Zwei Typoskripte, dat. Okt. 1916, g e f u n d e n im Psychologischen C l u b Zurich. 36. «Vorwort zur ungarischen A u s g a b e [Jung] Uber die Psychologie des Unbewufiten.» (487—88) Dat. Jan. 1944. Vgl. U n g . 1948a. 37. « Vorworte zu [Jung] Uber psychische Energetik und das Wesen der Traume.» (491-92). Nachdruck von D. 1948b,!. 38. «Uber Halluzination.» (493) Nachdruck von D. i 9 3 3 f . 39. «Geleitwort zu Schleich: Die Wunder der Seele.» (494—99) Nachdruck von D. 1934c. 40. «Geleitwort zu Jacobi: Die Psychologie von C. G. Jung.» (500— 501) Dat. A u g . 1939. Nachdruck von D. 1940c. 4 1 . «Vorwort zur spanischen Ausgabe» von 40. (501). Nach deutschem Typoskript. Vgl. Span. 1947a. 42. «Vorwort zu. Harding: Psychic Energy.» (502—3) Nach deutschem Ms., dat. Juli 1947. Vgl. E. 1947c. 43. «Rede anlaBlich der Griindungssitzung des C. G. Jung-Institutes Zurich, am 24. April ig48.» (504-9) Deutsches T y p o skript. 44. «Lexikonartikel .» (510—20) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1951c. 45. «Geleitwort zu den .» (521-22) Nachdruck von D. 1949c. 46. «Vorwort zu Frieda Fordham: Introduction to Jung's Psychology.» (523—24) Ub. von Johanna Meier-Fritzsche aus E. 1953d47. «Vorwort zu Michael Fordham: New Developments in Analytical Psychology.» (525—28) Nach deutschem Ms.; vgl. E. i 9 5 7 g .

*175

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

48. " A n Astrological Experiment." (494-501) T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 5 8 f with the exception o f par. 1 1 8 7 , which was subsequently a d d e d to the G e r m a n ms., and par. 1188, a d d e d to a letter by the translator, dated 23 A p r . 1954. 49. "Letters on Synchronicity." (502-09) T o Markus Fierz (21 Feb. 1950; 2 Mar. 1950; 20 Oct. 1954; 28 Oct. 1954)- PTrans. f r o m the orig. G e r m a n letters. T o Michael F o r d h a m (1 July !955)- Written in English. 50. " T h e Future o f Parapsychology." (510—11) E. 1963c r e p u b . 5 1 . " T h e Hypothesis o f the Collective Unconscious." (515—16) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1932L 52. "Foreword to A d l e r : Entdeckung der Seele." (517) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 3 4 d . 53. "Foreword to H a r d i n g : Woman's Mysteries." (518—20) E. 1955c repub., trans, rev. 54. " F o r e w o r d to N e u m a n n : The Origins and History of Consciousness." (521—22) E. i 9 5 4 f repub. 55. " F o r e w o r d to A d l e r : Studies in Analytical Psychology." (523—24) E. i g 6 6 e repub. 56. " F o r e w o r d to J u n g : Gestaltungen des Unbewussten." (525—26) T r a n s , f r o m G . 19508,1. 57. " F o r e w o r d to Wickes: Von der inneren Welt des Menschen." (527—28) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1953b. 58. " F o r e w o r d to J u n g : Von den Wurzeln des Bewusstseins." (529) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 5 4 b , i . 5g. " F o r e w o r d to van Helsdingen: Beelden uit het onbewuste." (530—31) T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 5 7 f . 60. " F o r e w o r d to Jacobi: ComplexlArchetypelSymbol." (532-33) E. i 9 5 g e repub. 61. " F o r e w o r d to Bertine: Human Relationships." (534—36) E. 1958c repub., trans, si. rev. 62. " P r e f a c e to de Laszlo: Psyche and Symbol." (537— 42) E. 1958a, 1 repub., si. rev. 63. " F o r e w o r d to B r u n n e r : Die Anima als Schicksalsproblem des Mannes." (543—47) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1963a. 64. " R e p o r t o n America." (551) T r a n s , f r o m G. lgion.

176

1174—92

1193—1212

1213—22 1223—25 1226—27 1228—33 1234—37 1238—44 1245—47 1248—49 1250—51 1252—55 1256-58 1259-63 1264-75 1278—83

1284

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

48. «Ein astrologisches Experiment.® (529-36) N a c h d r u c k von D. i 9 5 8 f . 49. «Briefe uber Synchronizitat.® (537-44) (An Markus Fierz: 21. Feb. 1950, 2. Marz 1950, 20. Okt. 1954, 28. O k t o b e r 1954; an Michael Fordham, englisch geschrieben: 1. Juli 1955-) 50. «Die Z u k u n f t der Parapsychologie.» (545-46) Ub. aus E. 1963c. 5 1 . «Die Hypothese des kollektiven UnbewuBten.® (549—50) N a c h d r u c k von D. 19321. 52. «Geleitwort zu A d l e r : Entdeckung der Seele.» (551) N a c h d r u c k von D. i934d. 53. «Geleitwort zu Harding: Frauen-Mysterien.» (552—55) N a c h deutschem Typoskript, dat. A u g . 1948. V g l . D. i 9 4 g d . 54. «Vorwort zu N e u m a n n : Ursprungsgeschichte des Bewufitseins.» ( 5 5 6 - 5 7 ) Nachdruck von D. 1949^ 55. «Vorwort zu A d l e r : Zur analytischen Psychologie.» (558—60) Dat. Mai 1949. Nachdruck von D. i g 5 2 g . 56. «Vorwort zu Jung: Gestaltungen des Unbewufiten.» (561—62) N a c h d r u c k von G. 19508,1. 57. «Vorwort zu Wickes: Von der inneren Welt des Menschen.» (563-64) Nachdruck von D. 1953b. 58. «Vorrede zu Jung: Von den Wurzeln des Bewufitseins.» (565—66) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1954b,!. 59. «Vorwort zu van Helsdingen: Beelden uit het onbewuste.» (567— 68) N a c h d r u c k von D. i 9 5 7 f . 60. «Vorwort zu Jacobi: Komplex, Archetypus, Symbol in der Psychologie C. G.Jungs.» (569-70) Nachdruck von D. i 9 5 7 g . 61. «Vorwort zu Bertine: Menschliche Beziehungen.» (571—73) N a c h d r u c k von D. i 9 5 7 d . 62. «Vorwort zu de Laszlo: Psyche and Symbol.» (574—79) Nachd r u c k von Ub. aus E. 19588,1. 63. «Vorwort zu B r u n n e r : Die Anima als Schicksalsproblem des Mannes.» (580-85) Nachdruck von D. 1963a. 64. «Bericht iiber Amerika.® (589) Nachdruck von D. 1910m

*177

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

65. " O n the Psychology o f the N e g r o . " (552) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1913c. 66. " A Radio T a l k in Munich." ( 5 5 3 - 5 7 ) T r a n s . f r o m an u n p u b . G e r m a n ms. dated 19 Jan. 1930. 67. "Forewords to J u n g : Seelenprobleme der Gegenwart." (558-60) T r a n s , f r o m G. 19318,1 and f r o m the orig. G e r m a n ms. pub. in trans, as the Foreword to It. 1959c. Dated Dec. 1930, July 1932, and March 1959. 68. "Foreword to A l d r i c h : The Primitive Mind and Modern Civilization." (561—63) E. 1 9 3 1 b repub., trans, si. rev. 69. "Press C o m m u n i q u e o n Visiting the United States (1936)." (564—65) U n p u b . typescript written in English and dated Sept. 1936. 70. "Psychology and National Problems." ( 5 6 6 - 8 1 ) Unpublished typescript written in English. Lecture given at the Institute o f Medical Psychology (Tavistock Clinic), L o n d o n , 14 Oct.

1285 1286-91

1292—95

1296—99

1300-04

1305—42

i9367 1 . " R e t u r n to the Simple Life." (582-88) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1941c. 72. "Epilogue to J u n g : L'Homme a la decouverte de son ame." (589-90) T r a n s , f r o m Fr. 19448,9 by A . S . B . Glover. 73. "Marginalia o n C o n t e m p o r a r y Events." ( 5 9 1 603) T r a n s , f r o m a G e r m a n typescript dated 1945, the last 9 pars, o f which were pub. as G. i946g74. "Answers to Mishmar o n Hitler." (604—05) T r a n s , f r o m a letter written 14 Sept. 1945 in G e r m a n to E u g e n Kolb, Swiss representative f o r the Israeli newspaper, Al Hamishmar. C f .

1343-56

1357—59

1360-83

1384—87

He. 1974a-

75. " T e c h n i q u e s o f Attitude C h a n g e C o n d u c i v e to W o r l d Peace ( M e m o r a n d u m to U N E S C O ) . " (606—13) Unpublished typescript/manuscript written in English in response to a request from UNESCO.

178

1388—1402

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

65. «Zur Psychologie des Negers.» (590) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1 9 1 3C66. «Radiogesprach Miinchen.® (591—95) Nach u n p u b . Ms., dat. 19. Jan. 1930. 67. «Vorworte zu J u n g : Seelenprobleme der Gegenwart.» (596—98) N a c h d r u c k von D. 19318,1 [und Neuaufl., dat. Dez. 1930 und Juli 1932]; nach deutschen Typoskript: It. 1959c [dat. Marz 1959]. 68. «Vorwort zu Aldrich: The Primitive Mind and Modern Civilizations (599-601) Ub. aus E. 1931b. 69. «Pressemitteilung beim Besuch d e r Vereinigten Staaten.» (602-3) Ub. aus unpub. Ms., dat. Sept. 1936. 70. «Psychologie und nationale Probleme.» (604—21) Ub. aus unpub. Vortragsms., dat. 14. Okt. 1936. 7 1 . «Riickkehr zum einfachen Leben.» (621—29) N a c h d r u c k aus D. 1941c. 72. «Epilog zu J u n g : L'Homme a la decouverte de son ame.» (630— 31) Deutsches Ms. V g l . Fr. 1944a. 73. «Randglossen zur Zeitgeschichte.» (632—45) N a c h u n p u b . Typoskript, dat. 1945. Die letzten g Paragr. desselben pub. als D. i g 4 6 g . 74. «Antworten an Mishmar iiber A d o l f Hitler.» (646—47) B r i e f an E u g e n Kolb, dat. 14. Sept. ig45- V g l . Hebr. i g 7 4 a . 75. «Techniken f u r einen d e m Weltfrieden dienlichen Einstellungswandel. ( M e m o r a n d u m fiir die UNESCO).® (648—56) Ub. aus u n p u b . Typoskript, englisch geschrieben a u f A n frage der U N E S C O .

*79

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

76. " T h e E f f e c t o f T e c h n o l o g y o n the H u m a n Psyche." ( 6 1 4 - 1 5 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 4 9 g . 77. "Foreword to N e u m a n n : Depth Psychology and a New Ethic." (616—22) E. 1969c repub., trans, si. rev. 78. "Foreword to Baynes: Analytical Psychology and the English Mind." (623—24) E. 1950b repub. 79. "Rules o f Life." (625) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1954^ 80. " O n Flying Saucers." (626-31) T r a n s , f r o m G.

1403-07 1408-20

1421—27 1428-30 1431-44

1954e-

81. "Statement to the United Press International." (631—32) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1958b. 82. "Letter to Keyhoe." (632-33) E. i 9 5 9 g repub. 83. " H u m a n Nature Does N o t Yield Easily to Idealistic Advice." (634-35) E. i 9 5 5 h repub. 84. " O n the H u n g a r i a n Uprising." (636) T r a n s . f r o m G. i 9 5 6 f and G. 1957c, here combined. 85. " O n Psychodiagnostics." (637) T r a n s , f r o m G . i958g. 86. " I f Christ Walked the Earth T o d a y . " (638) E. 19581 repub. with title change. 87. "Foreword to Hugh Crichton Miller 1877—1959." (639-41) E. 1 9 6 1 b repub., si. rev. 88. " W h y I A m N o t a Catholic." (645-47) T r a n s . by Hildegard N a g e l f r o m a letter written in G e r m a n to H. Irminger (22 Sept. 1944) and never sent. 89. " T h e Definition o f Demonism." (648) T r a n s . f r o m a definition written in July 1945, o f which only the first sentence and the references were pub. as G. i 9 4 g h . 90. "Foreword to J u n g : Symbolik des Geistes." (64950) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1948a,!. 91. "Foreword to Quispel: Tragic Christianity." (651—53) T r a n s , f r o m an u n p u b . G e r m a n ms. 92. "Foreword to A b e g g : Ostasien denkt anders." (654-55) E - 1955J repub. 93. " F o r e w o r d to Allenby: The Origins of Monotheism." (656-59) T r a n s , f r o m an u n p u b . G e r m a n ms.

180

1445—46 1447—51 1452-55 1456—57 1458—60 1461 1462—65 1466-72

1473—74

1475—'77 1478—82 1483—85 1486—96

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

76. «Die W i r k u n g der Technik auf das seelisch-geistige Leben.» (657-58) Nachdruck von D. i g 4 g g . 77. «GeIeitwort zu N e u m a n n : Depth Psychology and a New Ethic.» (659—66) Nach deutschem Typoskript, dat. Marz 1949. V g l . E. 1969c. 78. «Vorwort zu Baynes: Analytical Psychology and the English Minds (667-68) Nach deutschem Typoskript; vgl. E. 1950b. 79. «Lebensregeln.» (669—70) Nachdruck von D. i 9 5 4 f . 80. «Uber .» ( 6 7 1 - 7 6 ) Nachdruck von D. 1954c. 81. «An die United Press International.® ( 6 7 6 - 7 7 ) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1958I1. 82. «Brief an Keyhoe.» (677—79) Ub. aus E. i 9 5 9 g . 83. «Die menschliche Natur ist idealistischen Ratschlagen nicht leicht zuganglich.® (680—81) Ub. aus E. 1955b. 84. «Das geistige Europa und die ungarische Revolution.® (682) Nachruck von D. i 9 5 6 f und 1957c; hier zusammen. 85. «Uber Psychodiagnose.® (683—84) Nachdruck von D. i 9 5 8 g . 86. «Wenn Christus heute auf Erden wandelte.® (685) Ub. aus E. i958i.

87. « Vorwort zu Hugh Crichton-Miller 1877-1959.» (686-88) Ub. aus E. 1961b. 88. «Warum adoptiere ich nicht die ?» (691—93) A u s einem Brief (Typoskript) vom 22. Sept. 1944 an H. Irminger, d e r nie abgesandt wurde. Vgl. dazu D. 1972a. 89. «Lexikonartikel .» (694) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1949b go. «Vorwort zu J u n g : Symbolik des Geistess (695—96) Dat. J u n i ig47_ Nachdruck von D. i g 4 8 a , i . g i . «Vorwort zu Quispel: Tragic Christianity.» (697—gg) Deutsch geschrieben, dat. Mai i g 4 g . Das B u c h ist nie erschienen. g2. «Geleitwort zu A b e g g : Ostasien denkt anders.» (700—701) N a c h d r u c k von D. l g s o d . g3- «Vorrede zu Allenby: A Psychological Study of the Origins of Monotheisms (702—6) Deutsch geschrieben, dat. Mai l g s o . Das B u c h ist nie erschienen.

*181

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKSlg—20

94. " T h e Miraculous Fast o f B r o t h e r Klaus." (660-61) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 5 1 c . Rev. f r o m a letter to Fritz Blanke (10 Nov. 1948). C f . E. 1973b f o r a trans, o f entire orig. letter. 95. " C o n c e r n i n g 'Answer to Job'." (662) T r a n s . f r o m G W 1 1 , 2 3 by Ruth Horine. Jung's description, printed on the dust jacket o f the orig. edn., ca. 1 A p r i l 1952. C f . G. 1952a. 96. "Religion and Psychology: A Reply to Martin Buber." (663—70) E. 1973c repub. (German text pub. in G W 11.) 97. " A d d r e s s at the Presentation o f the J u n g C o dex." (671—72) Given in Zurich, 15 Nov. 1953- T r a n s , f r o m a G e r m a n ms. pub. as G. 19758,4. (Cf. no. 135, below.) 98. "Letter to P£re B r u n o . " (673—78) T r a n s , f r o m Fr. 1956b by A . S . B . Glover and J a n e A . Pratt. Dated 5 Nov. 1953. C f . letters to B r u n o (22 Dec. 1954; 20 Nov. 1956) in E. 1975b. 99. "Letter to P6re Lachat." ( 6 7 9 - 9 1 ) T r a n s , f r o m the French by A . S . B . Glover. Dated 27 March 1954. C f . Letters to Lachat (18 Jan. and 29 J u n e 1955) in E. 1975b. 100. " O n Resurrection." (692—96) Written in English in reply to an inquiry and dated 19 Feb. 1954101. " O n the Discourses o f the B u d d h a . " (697-99) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1956c. (German text pub. as G W 11,26.) 102. "Foreword to Froboese-Thiele: Traume—eine Quelle religioser ErfahrungV' (700-01) T r a n s . f r o m G. 1957c. 103. "Jung and Religious Belief." (702—44) E. 1958c repub., with minor stylistic rev., addl. footnotes, and a d d n . o f title. C f . letter to H. L . Philp (11 J u n e 1957) in E. 1975b. 104. " F o r e w o r d to a Catalogue o n A l c h e m y . " (747) E. i g 6 8 d repub., si. rev. and with the addn. o f a tide. 105. "Faust and Alchemy." (748-50) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1950b by Hildegard Nagel.

182

1497—98

1498a

1499-1513

1514—17

1518—31

1532—57

1558—74

1575—80

1581—83

1584—1690

1691

1692-99

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

94. «Das Fastenwunder des B r u d e r Klaus.» (707—8) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1 9 5 1 c . 95. «Zu J u n g : Antwort auf Hiob.» (709) Klappentext a u f d e m Buchumschlag d e r Originalausgabe. Vgl. D. 1952a. 96. «Religion und Psychologie. Eine A n t w o r t a u f Martin Buber.» (710—17) Nachdruck von D. ig52j. 97. «Ansprache bei d e r Uberreichung des .» (718— 20) 15. Nov. 1953. Vgl. unten, 135. 98. «Brief an P£re B r u n o O.C.D.» ( 7 2 1 - 2 7 ) Ub. aus d e m Original (5. Nov. 1953). V g l . Fr. 1956b. 99. «Brief an Pasteur Lachat.» (728—41) Ub. aus d e m Original (27. Marz 1954). Vgl. D. 1972b. 100. «Uber die Auferstehung.» (742-47) Dat. 19. Febr. 1954; geschrieben als Antwort a u f Fragen. Ub. aus d e m Englischen. 101. «Zu K. E. N e u m a n n : Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos.» (748—51) Nachdruck von D. 1956c. 102. «Vorrede zu Froboese-Thiele: Traume—eine Quelle religidser Erfahrung}» (752—53) Nachdruck v o n D. 1957c. 103. «Jung und der religiose Glaube.» (754-801) Ub. von E. 1958c. Vgl. D. 1973a, Brief vom 11. Juni 1957 an H. L. Philp. 104. «Vorwort zu einem Buchkatalog uber Alchemie.» (805-6) Dat. Mai 1946. V g l . E. ig68d. 105. «Faust und die Alchemie.» (807-9) N a c h d r u c k von 1950b.

*183

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKS

l8

106. " A l c h e m y a n d Psychology." ( 7 5 1 - 5 3 ) W r i t t e n in English f o r the Encyclopedia Hebraica, a n d p u b . h e r e with m i n o r stylistic rev. TR.—Heb r e w : 1950/518. 107. " M e m o r i a l to J. S." ( 7 5 7 - 5 8 ) E. 1955c r e p u b . S p o k e n in English in m e m o r y o f J e r o m e Schloss, 1927. 108. " F o r e w o r d to S c h m i d - G u i s a n : Tag und Nacht." (759-60) Trans, f r o m G. 193id. 109. " H a n s S c h m i d - G u i s a n : I n M e m o r i a m . " ( 7 6 0 6 1 ) T r a n s , f r o m G. i 9 3 2 d . 11 o. " O n the T a l e o f the Otter." (76 2 - 6 4 ) T r a n s . f r o m G . 1932b. 1 1 1 . "Is T h e r e a F r e u d i a n T y p e o f Poetry?" ( 7 6 5 66) T r a n s , f r o m the u n p u b . G e r m a n ms. C f . Fr. 1932b. 1 1 2 . " F o r e w o r d to Gilbert: The Curse of the Intellect." (767) W r i t t e n in English f o r the b o o k , w h i c h was n e v e r p u b . , a n d d a t e d J a n . 1934. 1 1 3 . " F o r e w o r d to J u n g : Wirklichkeit der Seele." (768-69) Trans, f r o m G. 19346,1. 1 1 4 . " F o r e w o r d to Mehlich: J. H. Fichtes Seelenlehre und ihre Beziehung zur Gegenwart." ( 7 7 0 - 7 2 ) Trans, f r o m G. 1935c. 1 1 5 . " F o r e w o r d to v o n K o e n i g - F a c h s e n f e l d : Wandtungen des Traumpro 61'ems von der Romanttk bis zur Gegenwart." (773—75) T r a n s , f r o m G . i935d. 1 1 6 . " F o r e w o r d to Gilli: Der dunkle Bruder." ( 7 7 6 78) T r a n s , f r o m G . i 9 3 8 d . 1 1 7 . " G e r a r d d e N e r v a l . " (779) T r a n s , f r o m G . i946d. 1 1 8 . " F o r e w o r d to Fierz-David: Dream of Poliphilo." (780—81) E. 1950c r e p u b . , trans, rev. 1 1 9 . " F o r e w o r d to Crottet: Mondwald." ( 7 8 2 - 8 3 ) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1949c. 120. " F o r e w o r d to Jacobi: Paracelsus: Selected Writings." ( 7 8 4 - 8 5 ) E. 1 9 5 1 b r e p u b . , si. rev. 1 2 1 . " F o r e w o r d to Kankeleit: Das Unbewusste als Keimstatte des Schopferischen." (786) "Jung's Contribution." (786-87) Trans, f r o m G.

i959d184

1700-04

1705-10

1711—12 1713-15 1716-22 1723—24

1725—26

1727—29 1730—36

1737—41

1742-47 1748 1749—52 1753—54

1755—59 1760-68

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE13-14

106. «Alchemie und Psychologie.® Lexikonarukel f u r die Encyclopaedia Hebraica, 1948 deutsch geschrieben. Vgl. Hebr. 1950/ 51a. 107. «Jerome Schloss zum Gedachtnis.® ( 8 1 5 - 1 6 ) Englisch gesprochen in memoriam J. S., 1927. 108. «Vorwort zu Schmid-Guisan: Tag und Nacht.» (817—19) Nachdruck von D. 1 9 3 i d . l o g . «Dr. Hans Schmid-Guisan: In memoriam.® (819—20) Nachdruck von D. i g 3 2 d . 110. «Vorwort zu Schmitz' .» (821—23) Nachdruck von D. 1932b. 1 1 1 . «Existe-t-il une poesie de signe Freudien?» (824—25) Deutsch geschrieben, franzosisch pub. Vgl. Fr. 1932b. 112. «Vorwort zu Gilbert: The Curse of Intellects Ub. aus engl. Ms., dat. Jan. 1934. Das B u c h ist nie erschienen. 113. «Vorwort zu J u n g : Wirklichkeit der Seele.» (827-28) N a c h d r u c k von D. 19346,1. 114. «Vorwort zu Mehlich: J. H. Fichtes Seelenlehre und ihre Beziehung zur Gegenwarts (829—31) Nachdruck von D. 1935c. 1 1 5 . «Geleitwort zu von Koenig-Fachsenfeld: Wandlungen des Traumproblems von der Romantik bis zur Gegenwarts (831-35) Nachdruck D. i935d. 116. «Begleitwort zu Gilli: Der dunkle Bruders (836—38) Nachdruck von D. ig38d. 1 1 7 . «Gdrard de Nerval.® (839) Nachdruck von D. ig46d. 118. « Vorwort zu Fierz-David: Der Liebestraum des Poliphilos (84042) Nachdruck von D. 1947b. 119. «Vorwort zu Crottet: Mondwalds (843—44) N a c h d r u c k von D. i94gc. 120. «Vorwort zu Jacobi: Paracelsus: Selected Writings.» (845-46) Deutsch geschrieben f u r E. 1951b. 121. «Geleitwort zu Kankeleit: Das Unbewufite als Keimstatte des Schopferischens (847-48) «Jungs Beitrag® (848-49) Nachdruck von D. i 9 5 g d .

*185

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKS l g — 2 0

122. " F o r e w o r d to Serrano: The Visits of the Queen of Sheba." (788) E. i g 6 o b repub., somewhat rev. C f . E. i g 6 6 c , i . 123. "Is T h e r e a T r u e Bilingualism?" (78g) T r a n s . f r o m Fr. i g 6 i d by R.F.C. Hull. 124. "Review o f H e y e r : Der Organismus der Seele." (793-94) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 3 3 d . 125. "Review o f Heyer: Praktische Seelenheilkunde." (794-96) T r a n s , f r o m G. i g 3 6 d . 126. " O n the Rosarium Philosophorum." (797-800) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1938b. 127. "Preface to an Indian Journal o f Psychotherapy." (801) E. 1956c repub. 128. " O n Pictures in Psychiatric Diagnosis." (802) T r a n s , f r o m G. 1959b by Hildegard Nagel. 129. " F o r e w o r d to Evans: The Problem of the Nervous Child." (805-06) E. 1920a repub. 130. "Foreword to H a r d i n g : The Way of All Women." (807-10) E. 1933b repub. 1 3 1 . " D e p t h Psychology and Self-Knowledge." (811-19) E. i g 6 g f r e p u b . 132. "Foreword to Spier: The Hands of Children." (820-21) E w .ig44b repub., trans, rev. 133. "Foreword to the H e b r e w Edition o f J u n g : Psychologie und Erziehung'' (822) T r a n s , f r o m an u n p u b . G e r m a n ms. C f . He. 1958a. Appendix. 134. "Foreword to Psychologische Abhandlungen, Volu m e I." (825) T r a n s , f r o m G . 1 9 1 4 c b y Lisa Ress. 135. " A d d r e s s at the Presentation o f the J u n g Codex." (826-29) Item no. 97, above, the trans. revised and a u g m e n t e d by Lisa Ress, f r o m a G e r m a n ms.

1769

177°—73 1774

1775—79 1780—89 1790-91 1792 i793~94 1795—1802 1803-17 1818—21 1822-24

1825 1826-34

c w 19 General Bibliography of C. G.Jung's Writings. C o m p i l e d by Lisa Ress with Collaborators. (CW 19.) 1979: 1st edn. pp. 263. i g g 2 : 2d edn., revised and a u g m e n t e d ; compiled by Lisa Ress a n d William McGuire. CW 20 General Index to the Collected Works of C. G. Jung. C o m p i l e d by Barbara Forryan and Janet M. Glover. ( C W 20.) pp. 735.

186

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE 13 -

14

122. «Vorwort zu Serrano: The Visits of the Queen of Sheba.» (850) Ub. aus Typoskript. Vgl. E. i g 6 o b u n d i g 6 6 c , i . 123. «Y a-t-il un vrai bilinguisme?» (851) Ub. aus Fr. i g 6 i d . 124. «Besprechung von Heyer: Der Organismus der Seele.» (855— 56) N a c h d r u c k v o n D. 1933d. 125. «Besprechung von Heyer: Praktische Seelenheilkunde.» (856— 58) Nachdruck von D. i g 3 6 d . 126. «Uber das .» (85g-62) N a c h d r u c k aus D. i 9 3 8 b . 127. «Vorwort zu einer indischen Zeitschrift f u r Psychotherapie [Psychotherapy, I/i].» (863) Ub. aus E. i 9 5 6 e . 128. «Uber Bilder in der psychiatrischen Diagnostik.» (864) N a c h d r u c k v o n D. i g 5 9 h . i 2 g . «Vorwort zu Evans: The Problem, of the Nervous Child.» (867— 68) Ub. aus engl. Ms., dat. Okt. i g i g . Vgl. E. 1920a. 130. «Einleitung zu Harding: The Way of All Womens (869-72) Deutsch geschrieben, dat. Feb. 1932. V g l . E. 1933b. 1 3 1 . «Ein Gesprach mit C. G. J u n g iiber Tiefenpsychologie u n d Selbsterkenntnis.» (873—82) N a c h d r u c k von D. 1943^ 132. «Geleitwort zu Spier: The Hands of Children.» (883—84) Deutsch geschrieben, dat. 1944. V g l . E. 1944b. 133. «Vorrede zur hebraischen A u s g a b e von [Jung]: Psychologie und Erziehung.» (885) Deutsch geschrieben, dat. Juni 1955. V g l . Hebr. 1958a. Addenda. 134. «Vorwort zu Psychologische Abhandlungen, Bd.I.» (889) Nachdruck von D. 1914c. 135. «Ansprache bei d e r U b e r r e i c h u n g des J u n g C o d e x [langere Fassung].» V g l . 97, oben.

GW 19 Bibliographie. Ed. by Lilly J u n g - M e r k e r and Elizabeth Riif. 1983. pp. 286. GW 20 I n d e x volume in preparation.

*187

c w A The Zofingia Lectures. T ra n s , by J a n V an H e u rc k [fro m ty p e sc rip t p r e p a r e d by th e J u n g fam ily fro m th e m a n u sc rip t], w ith in tro , by M arie-L o u ise von F ra n z. (C ollected W orks, S u p p le m e n ta ry Vol. A, e d ite d by W illiam M cG uire.) 1983. p p . 118. W ith 3 illustrs. a n d 2 facsim iles. I. T h e B o r d e r Z ones o f E xact Science (N o v e m b e r 1896) II . S o m e T h o u g h ts o n Psychology (M ay 1897) I I I . I n a u g u r a l A d d re ss, U p o n A ssu m in g th e C h a irm a n s h ip . . . (W in te r 1 8 9 7 -9 8 ) IV. T h o u g h ts o n th e N a tu re a n d V alue o f S p eculative In q u iry (S u m m e r 1898) V. T h o u g h ts o n th e I n te r p r e ta tio n o f C h ristian ity , w ith r e fe re n c e to th e T h e o ry o f A lb re c h t R itschl (Ja n u a ry 1899) A p p e n d ix to P a rt V: T ex ts

1 -6 6 6 7 -1 4 2 1 4 3 -6 2 1 6 3 -2 3 6 2 3 7 -9 1

cw B Psychology o f the Unconscious. A Study o f the Transformations and Sym ­ bolism o f the Libido. A Contribution to the History o f the Evolution o f Thought. T r a n s , by B e a trice M. H in k le. (C ollected W orks, S u p p le ­ m e n ta ry Vol. B.) E. 1916b r e p u b . in th e f o rm a t a n d ty p o g ra p h y o f th e CW , w ith in tro , by W illiam M cG uire. 1992. p p . 4 4 7 . W ith 6 p lates. [O rig. in tro , by H in k le o m itte d .] A u th o r ’s N o te (xxvii) P a rt I I. II. III. IV .

In tr o d u c tio n (5—8) C o n c e rn in g th e T w o K inds o f T h in k in g (9 -3 6 ) T h e M iller P h a n tasie s (37—42) T h e H y m n o f C re a tio n (4 3 -7 5 ) T h e S o n g o f th e M o th (76—111)

P a rt II I. A spects o f th e L ibido (115—24) II . T h e C o n c e p tio n a n d th e G e n etic T h e o r y o f L ib id o (125—38) I I I . T h e T ra n s f o r m a tio n o f th e L ibido. A Possible S o u rc e o f P rim itiv e H u m a n D iscoveries (1 3 9 -6 7 ) IV . T h e U n co n scio u s O rig in o f th e H e r o (168—201)

1 -5

6 -5 7 5 8 -7 0 7 1- 13 ° 131—200 201—18 2 1 9 -3 6 2 3 7 -8 1

2 8 2 -3 1 7

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE 13 - 14

i8g

T H E C O L L E C T E D WORKS B

V. Symbolism o f the M o t h e r and o f Rebirth {202-65) V I . T h e Battle f o r Deliverance f r o m the M o t h e r (266-93) V I I . T h e Dual Mother Role (294-368) V I I I . T h e Sacrifice (369-414)

igo

318-422 423-473 474-628 629-700

DIE GESAMMELTEN WERKE B

!9!

Ill SEMINAR

NOTES

S E M IN A R N O T E S R e feren ces a re a d d e d , in sq u a re b rack ets, to th e copies in th e K ristin e M a n n L i­ b ra ry , A nalytical Psychology C lu b o f New Y ork. * = n o t e x am in ed .

'923 [.Human Relationships in Relation to the Process o f Individuation.] U n ­ p u b . ty p esc rip t. 2 7 + 1 1 p p . G iven a t Polzeath, C ornw all, E n ­ g la n d , Ju ly 1923. U n a u th o riz e d lo n g h a n d n o tes ta k e n fo r th e ir ow n u se by M. E sth e r H a rd in g a n d K ristin e M an n . A lso k n o w n as th e “ C o rn w all S em in ar.” [K M L 1] !9253 [Analytical Psychology.] Notes on the Seminar in Analytical Psychology . . . [C om p, by C ary F. d e A n g u lo a n d rev. by C. G. J u n g .] A r­ ra n g e d by m em b e rs o f th e class. Z u rich : m u ltig ra p h e d ty p escrip t, p p . 227. Figs. [1925: 1st e d n .] G iven in Z urich, 23 M ar.—6 J u ly 1925. In d e x e d . Cf. Sem . 1939 in d ex . S p in e title: Analytical Psychol­ ogy. [K M L 2] Sam e, [n.d.: 2 n d e d n .] R ety p ed , ty p o g ra p h ic a l e rro rs c o rre c te d , d ia g ra m s re d ra w n , o th erw ise seem ingly u n c h a n g e d . [C opy in V. A. D e tlo ff L ibrary, C. G. J u n g In st., S an Francisco.] ['989] S am e. Analytical Psychology. N otes o f th e S e m in a r G iven in 1925 by C. G. J u n g . E d., w ith in tro ., by W illiam M cG uire. W ith a d d e n d a , p p . 160, 1989. P rin c e to n U niversity P ress (B.S. 99 [3]). L o n d o n : R o u tle d g e . [Dreams and Symbolism.] L ec tu re s a t Sw anage. P h o to c o p ie d ty p e ­ scrip t. p p . 101. G iven a t Sw anage, E n g la n d , J u ly —A u g . 1925. F ro m u n a u th o riz e d lo n g h a n d n o tes tak e n by M . E s th e r H a rd in g . Also k n o w n as “S w anage S em in ar.” [KM L 3] 1 9 2 8 -3 0

Dream Analysis. N otes o f th e S em in ars in A nalytical Psychology . . . [1930: 1st e d n .] Z urich: m u ltig ra p h e d ty p escrip t. 6 p ts. in 5 vols. 1938: N ew [2d, rev.] e d n . 1958: 3d [unalt.] e d n . Z u rich : ty p e w rite r co m p ., o ffset. 2 vols. 1972: 4 th [unalt.] e d n . G iven in Z u ric h , 7 Nov. 1928—25 J u n e 1930.

C ontents o f is t ed n ./2 d edn. (by vols.): i: 7 Nov.—12 Dec. 1928. A rran g ed by A n n e C hapin, pp. 68. / C om p, an d ed. by M ary Foote fro m notes o f A n n e C h ap in a n d E thel Taylor, pp. 67. 2: 23 J a n .—26 J u n e 1929. C om p, an d ed. by C h arlo tte H. D eady. pp. 285. / Sam e, ed. by C arol B au m an n , w ith J u n g ’s corrs. pp. 176. 3: 9 O c t- 1 1 Dec. 1929. C om p, an d ed. by M ary Foote, p p . 212. / pp. 118. 4: 22 J a n .—26 M ar. 1930. C om p, an d ed. by M ary Foote, pp. 190. / pp. 106. 5: 7 May—25 J u n e 1930. C om p, an d ed. by M ary Foote. In ­ cludes in d ex o f d ream s in all vols. pp. 219. / E xcludes in d ex o f dream s, pp. 120. C ontents o f 3d edn. (by vols.): 1: 7 Nov. 1928—26 J u n e 1929. As vols. 1—2 o f 2d ed n . p p . 215. 2: 9 Oct. 1929—25 J u n e 1930. As vols. 3—5 o f 2d ed n . pp. 298. 4th edn. is identical w ith 3d. [!9 8 4 !

Same. Dream Analysis. N otes o f th e S em in ar G iven in 1928—1930 by C. G. J u n g . Ed., w ith intro., by W illiam M cG uire. 1984. P rin ceto n U niversity Press (B.S. 99: [1]); L o ndon: R outledge 8c K egan Paul, pp. 767. “T h e text . . . is th a t o f th e 2nd edition, 1938 . . . ; th e sam e text, u n altered , was privately issued in p rin te d fo rm , 1958 an d 1972.”

[ ! 9 9 1!

Same. Traumanalyse. N ach A u fzeich n u n g en des Sem inars 1928— 1930. [S upp lem en tary vol. to th e G esam m elte W erke.] E d ited by W illiam M cG uire. T r. fro m th e fo reg o in g [1984] by B rigitte Stein. O lten: W alter, p. 811.

*9 3 ° “ 3 1

Bericht iiber das deutsche Seminar . . . C om p, an d ed. by O lga von K oenig-Fachsenfeld. 1931-32, 2d ptg. S tu ttg art: Privately p rin ted . 2 vols. G iven in K iisnacht/Zurich, 6 Oct. 1930—10 Oct. 1931. C on­ tents (vols.): 1: 6 -1 1 Oct. 1930. 113 pp. Figs. + 21 plates. Also contains R. H eyer: “B ericht iib er C. G. Ju n g s analytisches S em inar.” Zentralblatt f Ur Psychotherapie . . . , 4:1, 104—10. 2: 5—10 Oct. 1931. 153 pp. Figs. + 16 plates. S pine title: Deutsches Seminar. PAlso know n as Zur Psychologie der Individuation. [KML 8,9]

1 9 3 0 -3 4

[Interpretation of Visions.] N otes o f th e Sem inars in Analytical Psy­ chology. Ed. by M ary Foote. A u tu m n 1930—W inter 1934. Zurich: m u ltig rap h ed typescript. 11 vols. + x o f 29 plates. *1939-41: New edn. Given in Zurich, 15 Oct. 1930-21 Mar. 1934. In d ex ed in Sem. 1932b index an d Sem. 1939 index. Spine title: Visions. [KML ?] Excerpts pub. in 10 installm ents, each titled “T h e In te rp re ta tio n o f Visions. E xcerpts from th e N otes o f M ary Foote.” Selected an d ed. by J a n e A. P ratt. Spring 1960-69. New York: Analytical Psy­ chology Club. Installm ents: 1. 30 O c t- 5 Nov. 1930. Spring i9 6 0 , pp. 107—48. 2. 12 Nov.—9 Dec. 1930. Spring 1961. pp. 109—51. 3. 13 Ja m -2 5 Mar. 1931. Spring 1962. pp. 107-57. 4. 6 May—24 J u n e 1931. Spring 1963. pp. 102-47. 5. 11 Nov.—16 Dec. 1931. Spring 1964. pp. 97—138. 6. 16 Dec.—10 Feb. 1932. Spring 1965. pp. 100-41. 7. 17 Feb.—9 Mar. 1932. Spring 1966. pp. 121—53. 8. 9 M ar.—22 J u n e 1932. Spring 1967. pp. 86—147. 9. 1 J u n e 1932-18 Jan . 1933. Spring 1968. pp. 53-132. 10. 25 J a n - 2 1 J u n e 1933. Spring 1969. pp. 7-72. Republ. as The Visions Seminars. W ith parts 11—13 ec^· by Patricia B erry. Zurich: S pring Publs., 1976. 2 vols. pp. 534, 28 pis.

!932a W ith J. W. H au er: The Kundalini Yoga. N otes on th e sem inar given by J. W. H a u e r with Psychological C om m entary by C. G. Ju n g . Com p, by M ary Foote. A u tu m n 1932. [1st edn.] Zurich: m ulti­ g ra p h e d typescript, pp. 216. illus. 1940: New [2d] edn. G iven at th e Psychologischer Club Zurich, by H a u e r 3—8 Oct. an d by J u n g 12, 19, and 26 Oct. an d 2 Nov. 1932. 1st ed n . contains th e follow­ ing m aterial o f J u n g ’s: 1. “Psychological C om m entary.” L ectures I—IV. (131—216) Lec­ tu res I - I I I given in English. L ecture IV given in G erm an, “a rra n g e d by [Toni] W olff fo r th e re p o rt o f th e G erm an sem ­ inar, with additional m aterial fro m Dr. J u n g ,” an d trans. by Cary F. Baynes. Also know n as th e “T a n tra Yoga Sem inars.” [KML 10] Lectures I- I V rep u b ., si. rev., as “Psychological C om m entary on K undalini Yoga,” Spring 1975, 1—32 an d 1976, 1—31. Zurich: A n ­ alytical Psychology Club o f New York.

A l s o i s s u e d i n a G e r m a n v e r s i o n : B e r ic h t iib e r d a s S e m i n a r v o n P r o f . D r . J . W . H a u e r . 3 —8 O k t o b e r 1 9 3 2 i m P s y c h o l o g i s c h e r C l u b Z u ­ r i c h . 1 9 3 3 : Z u r ic h : m u l t i g r a p h e d t y p e s c r i p t . C o n t a i n s t h e f o l l o w ­ i n g J u n g m a t e r ia l: 1. “ E r s t e s - V i e r t e s

e n g lis c h e (s )

S e m i n a r ( e ) . ” ( 1 0 5 —4 8 )

[P T r a n s.

a n d ] e d . b y L in d a F ie r z a n d T o n i W o lf f f r o m t h e n o t e s o f t h e E n g lis h s e m in a r s , w ith t h e e x c e p t io n o f t h e f o u r t h s e m in a r , a s n o t e d a b o v e u n d e r th e E n g lis h v e r s io n . 2 . “W e s t l i c h e P a r a l l e l e n z u d e n t a n t r i s c h e n S y m b o l e n . ” ( 1 5 3 —5 8 ) C o n d e n s e d v e r s io n o f s e m in a r g iv e n d u r in g t h e s a m e p e r io d as th o se a b ove. 1QS2b

[I n d e x to D r e a m A n a ly s i s a n d I n t e r p r e t a ti o n o f V is io n s ; N o te s o f th e E n ­ g lis h S e m in a r s ,] A u t u m n 1 9 2 8 - S p r i n g 1 9 3 2 . C o m p , b y C a r o l S a w ­ y e r [ B a u m a n n ] . 1 9 3 2 : Z u r ic h : m u l t ig r a p h e d t y p e s c r ip t . 3 6 p p . I n ­ c lu d e s

c h r o n o lo g ic a l

li s t

of

dream s

and

r e fe r e n c e b o o k s m e n tio n e d . I n c o r p o r a te d

v is io n s , in S e m .

and

lis t

of

1 9 3 9 , in d e x .

P a g i n g c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h a t o f t h e f i r s t e d n s . S p i n e t i t le : I n d e x to D r e a m s a n d V is io n s , 1 9 2 8 —3 2 . !9 3 3

B e r ic h t iib e r d a s B e r l i n e r S e m i n a r . . . 1 9 3 3 . [ 1 s t e d n . ] . B e r l i n : m u l t i ­ g r a p h e d t y p e s c r i p t . 1 9 9 p p . 1 9 5 0 ’s , 2 d p t g . Z u r i c h . 1 6 5 p p . G i v e n in B e r lin , 2 6 J u n e - i J u ly 1 9 3 3 . C o n ta in s t h e f o llo w in g J u n g m a ­ t e r i a l: 1. “S t e n o g r a m m d e s S e m i n a r s . . .” ( 1 —1 6 5 ) S h o r t h a n d n o t e s o f t h e s e m in a r s . 2 . “S t e n o g r a m m d e s Z w i e g e s p r a c h s v o n . . . J u n g u n d A . W e i z s a c k e r i n d e r F u n k s t u n d e B e r l i n , ” 2 6 J u n e 1 9 3 3 . ( 1 6 6 - 7 3 ) ^n ' t e r v i e w b r o a d c a s t o v e r B e r l i n r a d i o , t r .: E n g l i s h : 1 9 7 7 b , ! . A ls o k n o w n a s t h e “B e r li n e r S e m i n a r e ” a n d p o s s ib ly a s “ U b e r T r a u m e . ” A 2 d v o l . o f s e m i n a r s g i v e n i n B e r l i n i n 1 9 3 4 is s a i d t o e x is t.

! 9 3 3 - 4 1 M o d e m P s y c h o lo g y . N o t e s o n l e c t u r e s . . . [ 1 9 3 4 ? —4 2 , 1 s t e d n . ] Z u ­ r i c h : m u l t i g r a p h e d t y p e s c r i p t . 6 v o l s . 1 9 5 9 —6 0 : 2 d e d n . Z u r ic h : P r iv a t e p r in t e d [t y p e w r it e r c o m p ., o f f s e t ] . 6 v o ls . in 3 . G iv e n a t t h e E i d g e n o s s i s c h e T e c h n i s c h e H o c h s c h u l e , Z u r i c h , 2 0 O c t . 1 9 3 3 —1 1 J u ly 1 9 4 1 . A r r a n g e m e n t o f c o n t e n t s i n t h e 1 s t e d n . ( v o l s .) : 1:

M o d e m P s y c h o lo g y . 2 0 O c t . 1 9 3 3 —2 3 F e b . 1 9 3 4 . 7 7 p p .

2: 3: 4:

5:

6:

Modern Psychology. 20 Apr. 1934—12 July 1935. 1^S PPBoth these vols. comp, and trans., from shorthand notes, by Elizabeth Welsh and Barbara H annah. Process of Individuation'. [Eastern Texts]. 28 Oct. 1938—23 Ju n e 1939. 166 pp. Comp, and trans. by Barbara H annah. Process of Individuation: Exercitia Spiritualia o f St. Ignatius of Loyola. 16 Ju n e 1939-8 Mar. 1940. pp. 142. Comp, and trans. from the shorthand notes o f Riwkah Scharf by B ar­ bara H annah. 1977/1978: Excerpts (16 Ju n e -7 July ! 939) in Spring /977 (Zurich: Analytical Psychology Club o f New York), pp. 183-200, and 19J8 (Irving, Texas: Spring Publications), pp. 28—36. Process of Individuation: Alchemy I. 8 Nov. 1940—28 Feb. 1941. pp. 157. Comp, and trans. from the shorthand notes o f Riwkah Scharf by Barbara H annah. Process of Individuation: Alchemy II. 2 May—11 July 1941. pp. 129 plus index, 130—52. Comp, and trans. from the short­ hand notes o f Riwkah Scharfby Barbara H annah.

A rrangem ent of contents in the 2d edn. (vols.): 1/2: M odem Psychology. 3/4: The Process of Individuation: [Eastern Texts]. (11—101) The Process of Individuation: Exercitia Spiritualia of St. Ignatius of Loyola. (102—264) 5/6: The Process of Individuation: Alchemy I. (11—130) The Process of Individuation: Alchemy II. (135—231). Index (235—53). [KML 15, 16] ‘934-39 Psychological Analysis of Nietzsche’s Zarathustra. Notes on Seminars . . . Ed. by Mary Foote. Spring 1934—W inter 1939. 1st edn. Zurich: m ultigraphed typescript. 10 vols. + index vol. *[n.d.: 2d edn.] Given in Zurich. Vol. 1—3 typed double-spaced; 4—10 single­ spaced.* In the 2d edn., spacing is the same in all vols. [KML 17, 18] Extracts o f vol. 7 pub. as follows: [1] “Answer by Dr. Ju n g to a Q uestion Concerning the Archaic Elements in the Self. Zurich S em in arJu n e 3, 1936.” Bull. APC, 30:5 (May), 14—19. A version, taken from some student’s notes, o f Ju n g ’s spoken reply given in the course o f his seminar, Zurich, 3 J u n e 1936. (The sem inar notes above contain a dif. version, Pt. 7, pp. 80-85.) [2] “Comments on

a P a ssa g e fr o m N ie tz sc h e ’s Z arath u stra (1 9 3 6 ).” S prin g 1 9 7 2 . p p . 1 4 9 -6 1 . Z urich: A n alytical P sy ch o lo g y C lub o f N e w Y ork. E x ­ c e r p te d fr o m th e sem in a r n o te s, Pt. 7, L ectu re 2 (13 M ay 1936), p p . 1 8 - 2 9 , anc^ sligh tly re -ed ited . I n d e x v o l.: Index o f the Notes on Psychological Analysis o f N ietzsche’s Zarathustra . . . V o ls. 1—10, 1934—1 9 3 9 [1st e d n .]. C o m p , by M ary B rin er. 19 42, Z urich: m u ltig ra p h e d typ escrip t. 5 8 p p . [K M L 19] [!988]

S a m e. Nietzsche’s “Zarathustra.” N o te s o f th e S em in a r G iv en in 1 9 3 4 —1 9 3 9 by C. G . J u n g . E d ., w ith in tro ., by J a m e s L. J arrett. 1 9 8 8 . P rin ce to n U n iv ersity Press (B .S. 99: [2]); L o n d o n : R ou tle d g e Sc K eg a n Paul. V ol. I, p p . 1—764; V ol. II, p p . 7 6 7 - 1 5 4 6 . “T h e te x t . . . is th at o f th e m u ltig r a p h e d v er sio n w h ich M ary F o o te . . . issu e d p rivately in ten v o lu m es fr o m a p p r o x im a te ly 1 9 3 4 to 1 9 4 0 .”

!934 *[Bericht uber das B asler Sem inar.] 1—6 O cto b er 1934. N o e d ito r n a m ed . B a sel, 1935: m u ltig r a p h e d typ escrip t, u n title d , p p . 89. 1935 F undam ental Psychological Conceptions. A R e p o r t o f F ive L ectu res

. . . E d. by M ary B ark er a n d M argaret G a m e fo r th e A n alytical P sy ch o lo g y C lub, L o n d o n , 1936. L o n d o n : m u ltig r a p h e d ty p e ­ script. 2 3 5 p p . G iv en u n d e r th e a u sp ices o f th e In stitu te o f M ed i­ cal P sy ch o lo g y , L o n d o n , 3 0 S e p t .- 4 O ct. 1935. P u b ., si. rev., w ith title c h a n g e , as E. 1 9 6 8 a a n d C W 18,1. A lso k n o w n as th e “L o n d o n L ectu r es” a n d as th e “T avistock L ectu res.” [K M L 20] t r .: G W 1 8,1. ! 935 - 3 6 * L ectu res at th e E T H , Z urich , O ct. 1935—J u ly 1936. C o m p , by B arb ara H a n n a h , U n a G a u n tlett T h o m a s , a n d E lizab eth B a u ­ m ann. ! 936- 373

D ream Symbols o f the Individuation Process. E d. fr o m m e m b e r s’ n o te s by K ristin e M an n , M. E sth er H a rd in g , a n d E lea n o r B e r tin e , w ith th e h e lp o f S allie P in ck n ey. N e w York: m u ltig r a p h e d ty p escrip t. 19 3 7 - 3 8 . 2 vols. B a sed o n sh o rth a n d tran scrip ts “as n e a r verb atim as p o ssib le.” C o n ten ts (vols.): 1. S em in a r at B ailey Isla n d , M aine. 2 0 - 2 5 S ep t. 1 9 3 6 . A lso k n o w n as th e “B ailey Isla n d S em in ar.” 2. S em in a r in N e w Y ork C ity, 1 6 -1 8 , 25—26 O ct. 1937. A lso k n o w n as th e “N e w Y ork S em in ar.” [K M L 22]

J 934 -

194°

1936—37b Seminar iiber Kindertraume und altere Literatur iiber Traum-Interpretation. Ed. by Hans H. Baumann. P 1 9 3 7 ] Zurich: multigraphed typescript. 1 1 5 pp. Given at the Eidgenossische Technische Hochschule, Zurich, Winter Semester 1 9 3 6 - 3 7 . Spine title: Kindertraume. W.S. 1936-37. [ K M L 21] Cf. below, [1987], II and V I . Excerpt trans, and pub. as follows: " A Seminar with C. G. J u n g : C o m m e n t s on A Child's Dream (1936-37)." Spring 1974. pp. 20023. Zurich: Analytical Psychology Club o f New York. Trans, by E u g e n e H. Henley f r o m the seminar above. 1937 * Bericht iiber die Berliner Vortrage. 28—29 September 1937. Ed. by Marianne Stark. Berlin, 1937: multigraphed typescript, pp. 55, with 52 photographs. 1938-39

Psychologische Interpretation von Kindertraumen und altere Literatur iiber Traume. Ed. by Liliane Frey and Riwkah Scharf f r o m stenographic transcripts, [n.d. 1st edn.] [1950's] 2d edn. Zurich: [Privately printed f o r the C. G. Jung-Institut] Eidgenossische T e c h nische Hochschule. 217 pp. Given at the E T H , Zurich, 25 Oct. 1938—7 Mar. 1939. Spine title: Kindertraume, W.S. 1938/39. A supplementary vol. of students' papers, made u p f o r the 1st edn., has been added to the 2d edn. as an " A n h a n g . " [ K M L 24, 25] Trans, as follows: Psychological Interpretation of Children's Dreams. Notes o n Lectures . . . 1938—39. Zurich: multigraphed typescript. 143 pp. T r a n s , f r o m the G e r m a n above by Mary Foote, with the help o f Cornelia Brunner. Spine title: Children's Dreams. [ K M L 23] Cf. below, [1987], I and III.

l939

[Index to Analytical Psychology, Dream Analysis, and Interpretation of Visions', Notes of the English Seminars, 1925—Winter 1934.] C o m p . by Mary Briner. 1939. Zurich: multigraphed typescript. 59 pp. Incorporates Sem. 1932b index. Includes list of dreams and visions, list o f reference books mentioned, and w o r d index. Paging corresponds to that o f the 1st edns. Spine title: Index 1925—1934. [ K M L 4]

1939-4°

Psychologische Interpretation von Kindertraumen. Ed. by Liliane Frey and Aniela Jaff£ f r o m the stenographic transcripts o f Riwkah Scharf. Date o f 1st edn. not known. 1950's: 2d edn. Zurich: [Privately printed f o r the C. G. Jung-Institut] Eidgenossische T e c h -

201

SEMINAR NOTES

nische H o c h s c h u l e . 195 pp. G i v e n at the H o c h s c h u l e , Z u r i c h , W i n ter Semester 1 9 3 9 - 4 0 . Spine title: Kindertraume. W.5. 1939!40. A s u p p l e m e n t a r y vol. o f students' papers, m a d e u p f o r the 1st e d n . , has b e e n a d d e d to the 2d e d n . as an " A n h a n g . " [ K M L 26, 27] C f . below, [1987], I V . 1940-41 Kindertraumseminar. W i n t e r 1 9 4 0 - 4 1 . Ed. by R i v k a h K l u g e r - S c h a r f a n d M.-L. v o n Franz, f r o m the notes o f I g n a z Reichstein, W a l t e r H u b e r , K . W. Bash, Margrit Ostrowski-Sachs, E. L e v y , M.-L. v o n Franz, a n d C a r o l B a u m a n n . Privately printed. 1976. p p . 173. G i v e n at the Eidgenossische T e c h n i s c h e H o c h s c h u l e , Zurich. C f . below, [1987], V . C1987l Kindertraume. Seminare. [ S u p p l e m e n t a r y vol. to the G e s a m m e l t e W e r k e . ] E d . by L o r e n z J u n g a n d Maria Meyer-Grass. O l t e n : Walter. p p . 678. Contents: I. Z u r M e t h o d i k d e r T r a u m i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . t ( 1 5 - 4 1 ) II. S e m i n a r iiber K i n d e r t r a u m e (WS 1936/37). (42—107) I I I . Psychologische Interpretation v o n K i n d e r t r a u m e n u n d altere Literatur iiber T r a u r a e (WS 1938/39). (108—249) I V . Psychologische Interpretation v o n K i n d e r t r a u m e n (WS 1939/40)- ( 2 5 O - 3 9 0

V. K i n d e r t r a u m s e m i n a r (WS 1940/41). (392—588) V I . A n h a n g : A l t e r e Literatur iiber T r a u m - I n t e r p r e t a t i o n (WS ^ s e - s ? ) - (589-643) t Transcript of the seminar meetings of 25 Oct. and 8 Nov. 1938.

202

INDEX 1: T I T L E S T h e contents of composite volumes (anthologies, paperback extracts, etc.) published after 1975 are not indexed. Names of authors for whose books Jung wrote a foreword, Vorwort, preface, etc., are included in Index 2. Abbreviations: Fr. = French, He. = Hebrew, Hu. = Hungarian, It. = Italian, Sp. = Spanish.

A

1947a,6, C W 10,11 "Aims of Psychotherapy, T h e " : E.

Abstracts, Folia neuro-biologica: Jung, Metral, Lombard, Claparfede, Flournoy, Leroy, Lemaitre, G. 1908c; Pi6ron, Revault d'Allones, Hartenberg, Dumas, Dromard, Marie, Janet, Pascal, Vigouroux et Juquelier, G. igo8i; Varendonck, d a parade, Katzaroff, Maeder, Rouma, G. igo81 "Abstracts of the Psychological Works of Swiss Authors (1910)": C W 18,26 "Adaptation": E. ig7oc,i, C W 18,35

!933a>3» c w l6 >5 G. 1951a, 1976b, E. 19590, 1968.3, G W g,ii; C W 9 ,ii; Excerpts: E. 1950a, 1958a,2, 19713,6 Alchemical Studies: E. ig67g, C W 13 "Alchemie und Psychologie": G W 18,106 "Alchemistic Text Interpreted As I f It Were a Dream, A n " : E. Aion\

1947C "Alchemy and Psychology": C W 18,106 Alchemy and the Occult.

"Adaptation, Individuation, Collectivity (1916)": C W 18,35 "Address at the Presentation of the Jung Codex": G. 19753,4, C W 18,97 "Address Given at the Opening Meeting of the C. G. Jung Institute of Zurich, 24 April 1948": E. 1948b, C W 18,43 "Arztliches Gutachten uber einen Fall von Simulation geistiger Storung": G. 1904c, G W 1,7 " A f t e r the Catastrophe": E. 1946a,

A

Catalogue

. . . , Prefatory Note: E. ig68d, C W 18,104 "Alkhimiah we-psykhologiah": He. 1950/513 "Allgemeine Aspekte der Psychoanalyse": G. i972e,g, G W 4,10 "Allgemeine Beschreibung der T y pen": G. ig72d,2, G W 6,3,10 "Allgemeine Gesichtspunkte zur Psychologie des Traumes": G. ig28b,3, ig48b,4, G W 8,g Allgemeines

203

zur Komplextheorie:

i934a, 1948b,3, G W 8,3

G.

INDEX 2

" A n der psychiatrischen Klinik in Zurich gebrauchlichen psychologischen Untersuchungsmethoden, Die": G. 191 or, G W 2,17 " A n die United Press International": G W 18,81 "Analyse der Assoziationen eines Epileptikers": G. i905g, 1906a,2, G W 2,2 "Analyse des reves, L' ": Fr. 1909a "Analysis of Dreams, T h e " : E. 19743,1, C W 4,3 "Analysis o f the Associations of an Epileptic, A n " : E. 1918a,2, C W

2,2 Analytical

Psychology.

E.

Analytical

Psychology:

Seminar

1916a

Notes, 1925a, [1989] "Analytical Psychology and Education": E. 19283,13, ig6gc,3, C W 17 >4 "Analytical Psychology and Weltanschauung": E. 19283,4, C W 8,14 Analytical Psychology Club: E. 1942b, 1949b, 1950a, 1953b; Papers of: E. 1940a, ig48a&d, i95la Analytical Practice.

Psychology;

Its Theory

The Tavistock

and

Lectures'.

E.

1968a Analytische

Psychologie

und

Erzie-

hung.: G. 1926b, G. 1946b,!, G W i7>4 "Analytische Psychologie und Weltanschauung": G. 19313,12, G W 8,14 "Annual Report by the President o f the International Psychoanalytic Association": C W 18,28 "Anpassung, Individuation und Kollektivitat": G W 18,35 "Ansprache bei der Uberreichung des 'Jung Codex' ": G W 18,97

"Ansprache bei der Uberreichung des Jung Codex [langere Fassung]": G W 18,135 "Answer by Dr. Jung to a Question Concerning the Archaic Elements in the S e l f . . .": Seminar Notes, 1934-39 "Answer to Buber": E. i957d Answer to Job-. E. 1954a, 1960a, 1965a, 19713,15, 1973a, C W 11,9 "Answers to Mishmar on A d o l f Hitler": C W 18,74 Answers to questionnaire, " T h e Future of Parapsychology": E. 1963c "Answers to Questions on Freud": E. 1968^ C W 18,32 Answers to Questions on Goethe: G. 1932c "Antrittsvorlesung": G. 1934a "Antwort an Martin Buber": G W 11,17 Antwort auf Hiob: G. 1952a, i g 6 i a , l g g o d , G W 11,9; "Klappentext zur ersten Auflage": G W 11,22 "Antworten an Mishmar iiber A d o l f Hitler": G W 18,74 "Antworten auf Fragen iiber Freud": G W 18,32 "Approaching the Unconscious": E. 1964a "Archaic Man": E. 19333,7, C W 10,3 "Archaische Mensch, Der": G. !93la>9> ^ S i f . Archetyp

G w

10>3

und Unbewusstes:

G. 1984b

Archetypen: G . l g g o h Archetypen

und das kollektive

Unbe-

wusste•: G. 19763, G W g,i Archetypes

and the Collective

scious, The:

Uncon-

E. 1959m, i968i, C W

9>i "Archetypes of the Collective Un-

204

TITLES

conscious," E. ig3ga,3, ig5ga,5, C W 9,1,1 Aspects du drame contemporain:

chology, T h e " : E. ig33a,g, C W 8,13

Fr.

Basic Writings of C. G.Jung:

1948a E. 1982a E. ig8gb "Association, Dream, and Hysterical Symptom": C W 2,7 "Association, Dream, and Hysterical Symptoms": E. igi8a,5 "Association Method, T h e " : E. l g i o a , 1916a,3, igi7a,3, C W 2,10

Aspects of the Feminine-.

Aspects of the Masculine:

"Associations d'idees familiales": Fr. 1907a "Associations of Normal Subjects, T h e " : E. 1918a,!, C W 2,1 "Assoziation, Traum und hysterisches Symptom": G. 1906], l g o g a . i , G W 2,7 "Assoziationsmethode, Die": G W 2,10 "Astrological Experiment, An (1958)": C W 18,48 "Astrologisches Experiment, Ein": G. 1958^ G W 18,48 "Aufgang einer neuen Welt, Der": G. 1930c, G W 10,20 Aufsatze zur Zeitgeschichte: G. 1946a; Vorwort zu: G W 10,g; Nachwort zu: G W 10,13 "Aus einem Brief an einen protestantischen Theologen": G W 11,24 Avx frontieres

de la connaissance

. . .,

"Preface": Fr. lgsga

B "Bailey Island Seminar": Seminar Notes, ig36—37a "Banalized beyond Endurance": E.

i95 8 i "Basic Postulates of Analytic Psy-

E.

1959a, 1991c "Bedeutung der Analytischen Psychologie fur die Erziehung, Die": G. 1971a,4, G W 17,3 "Bedeutung der Psychologie fur die Gegenwart, Die": G. 1934b, 3= G W 10,7 "Bedeutung der schweizerischen Linie im Spektrum Europas, Die": G. ig28e, G W 10,ig "Bedeutung des Unbewussten fur die individuelle Erziehung, Die": G. ig7ia,5, G W 17,6 Bedeutung

des Vaters fur das

Schicksal

G. 1 gogc, ig4ga, i g 7 i a , i , G W 4,14 "Bedeutung von Konstitution und Vererbung fur die Psychologie, Die": G. 19291, 1973c,2, GW 8,4 "Begabte, Der": 1946b,3, G W 17,5 "Begriff des kollektiven Unbewussten, Der": G W 9,i,2 "Begriissungsansprache zum Achten Internationalen Artzlichen Kongress fur Psychotherapie, Bad Nauheim (1935)": G W 10,30 des Einzelnen,

Die:

"Begriissungsansprache zum Neunten Internationalen Arztlichen Kongress fur Psychotherapie, Kopenhagen (1937)": G W 10.32 "Begriissungsansprache zum Zehnten Internationalen Artzlichen Kongress fur Psychotherapie, O x f o r d (ig38)": G W 10.33 "Beispiele europaischer Mandalas": G. ig2gb,I,7, 19383,4 "Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Zahlentraumes, Ein": G. i g n e ,

205

INDEX 2

" B e i t r a g " (cont.) 1 97 2 e '5>

G W 4,5 "Beitrag zur Psychologie des Geriichtes, Ein": G. l g i o q , i972e,4, G W 4,4 "Beitrage zur Symbolik": G. 191 i f , G W 18,34 "Beitrage zur Symbolik des Selbst": G. 1951a, 1954c,4, G W 9,ii "Bemerkung zur Tauskschen Kritik der Nelkenschen Arbeit, Eine": G. 1913d, G W 18,31 "Bericht iiber Amerika": G. l g i o n , G W 18,64 Bericht

iiber das Basler

18,49 "Briefe von Carl Gustav Jung an Sabina Spielrein (1908—1919)": G.i986d Briefwechsel (with Freud): G. 1974a,

Seminar:

Seminar Notes, 1934 Bericht

iiber das Berliner

Seminar

. . . : Seminar Notes, 1933 Bericht

iiber das deutsche

Seminar

. . . : Seminar Notes, 1930—31 "Bericht iiber das Vereinsjahr 1910-11": G. 191 i g Bericht

uber die Berliner

i9»4g "Brother Klaus": E. 1946c, C W 11,6 "Bruder Klaus": G. 1933c, G W 11,6

Vortrage:

Seminar Notes, 1937 "Berliner Seminare": Seminar Notes, 1933 "Besprechungen von psychiatrischer Literatur": G W 18,20 Bevezetes

a tudattalan

"Brief an Keyhoe": G W 18,82 "Brief an Pasteur Lachat": G W 18,99 "Brief an P6re Bruno O.C.D.": G W 18,98 "Brief an The Listener. Januar i960": G W 11,25 "Brief von Prof. C. G. Jung an den Verfasser": G. 1964a "Brief zur Frage der Synchronizitat, Ein": G. 1961c Briefe: I, 1906—45: G. 1972a; I I , i946-55 : G. 1972b;III, 195661: G. 1973a "Briefe iiber Synchronizitat": G W

c

pszichologid-

Bild und Wort:

C. G. Jung:

Word and Image:

jdba: H u . 1948a

G. 1957a "Bewusstsein, Unbewusstes und Individuation": G. 1939c, G W 9,i,io der Psychotherapie

sorge, Die: Beziehungen

zur

Seel-

G. 1932a zwischen dem Ich

dem Unbewussten,

E.

i979 b

Bewusstes und Unbewusstes:

Bezeihung

G. 1977a

C. G.Jung:

Die:

19S5a> 1 99 oc > G w

und

G. 1928a,

7.2 "Blick in die Verbrecherseele. Das Doppelleben des Kriminellen . . .": G. 1933a, G W 18,13 "Bologna Enigma, T h e " : E. ig46f

"C. G. Jung et l'astrologie": Fr.

i954t> C. G. Jung

im Gesprdch.

Interviews,

G. 1986c C. G. Jung Lesebuch, Das: G. 1983a "C. G. Jung on Flying Saucers": E. Reden,

Begegnungen:

i954h "C. G. Jung on the Question of Flying Saucers": E. 19551, i959i.3 C. G. Jung

Speaking:

Interviews

and

E. 1977b "Case of Hysterical Stupor in a Encounters:

206

TITLES

Prisoner in Detention, A " : CW »>5 "Challenge of the Christian Enigma, The. A Letter . . . to Upton Sinclair": E. i953g "Child Development and Education": E. 1969c,2, C W 17,3 Children's Dreams: Seminar Notes, 1938-39 "Christian Legend, T h e . An Interpretation": E. i955f "Circular letter (1934)": C W 10,27 Circular letter: "Sehr geehrte Kollegen . . . (I.12.34)": G. 1934] Circular letter to Zentralblatt subscribers (1 Dec. 1934): E. ig46d,i Civilization in Transition: E. ig64d, ig7of, C W 10 Collected Papers

on Analytical

Psy-

E. i g i 6 a , 1917a; Prefaces to: C W 4,13; Vorreden zu den: G W 4,13 "Comment on Tausk's Criticism of Nelken, A " : E. 1973d,3, C W 18,31 "Commentary" ( T h e Secret of the chology:

Golden Flower): E.

1962b,2 "Commentary on

ig3ia,i,

The Secret of the

Golden Flower": E. 19583,9, C W

*3>! "Comments on a Passage from Nietzsche's Zarathustra. (1936)": Seminar Notes, 1934—39 "Complications of American Psychology, T h e " : C W 10,22 "Concept of Ambivalence, T h e " : C W 18,33 "Concept of the Collective Unconscious, T h e " : E. 1936 a&d, 1937b, i97ia>4> C W g,i,2 "Conception of the Unconscious, T h e " : E. 19173,16

"Concerning C W 18,95 "Concerning E. 197233, "Concerning 4.8 "Concerning C W 9 ,i, 5 "Concerning

'Answer to Job' ": Mandsla Symbolism": C W 9,i,i2 Psychoanalysis": CW Rebirth": E. 1970a,2, Synchronicity": E.

1953C "Concerning the Self": E. 1951a "Conscious, Unconscious, and Individuation": C W 9,i,io "Content of the Psychoses, T h e " : G. 19163,14, 19173,14, CW 3,2 "Contribution a l'etude des types psychologiques": Fr. 1913a Contribution entitled "Deutsche Schweiz" . . . : G. 19080 Contribution on hallucination . . . : G.i933f "Contribution to a Discussion on Psychotherapy": C W 10,31 Contribution to discussion of paper by Frank and Bezzola . . . : G. i907f Contribution to "Eine Tat-Umfrage . . .": G. i959g Contribution to "Rundfrage iiber ein Referst . . .": G. i g s o g Contribution to symposium: Aufstand der Freiheit: G. 1957c Contribution to symposium: " T h e Frontiers of Knowledge": G. i 9 5 9 f ; E. i957h Contribution to symposium: "Das geistige Europe und die ungarische Revolution": G. ig56f "Contribution to the Psychology of Rumour, A " : E. 1916a,5, 19173,5, C W 4,4 "Contribution to the Study of Psychological Types, A " : E . i g i 6 a , i 2 , 19173,12, C W 6,5

207

INDEX 2

Contribution to Trunken chten . . . : G. 1953a Contributions

to Analytical

von

Gedi-

Psychology:

E. 1928a "Contributions to Symbolism": C W 18,34 "Cornwall Seminar": Seminar Notes, 1923 "Crime and the Soul": E. 1932c, C W 18,13 "Criticism of Bleuler's 'Theory o f Schizophrenic Negativism, 1 A " : E. 1916a,7, 1917a,7, C W 3,4 Critique of Psychoanalysis: E. 1975c "Cryptomnesia": C W 1,3

D "Damonie": G. 1949I1 " D e Sulphure": G. 1948c "Definition o f Demonism, T h e " : C W 18,89 "Depth Psychology (1948)": C W 18,44 "Depth Psychology and SelfKnowledge": E. 1969^ C W 18,131 "Deutsche Schweiz," contribution to "Der gegenwartige Stand . . .": G. 19080 Deutsches Seminar: Seminar Notes, 1930-3 1 Development

of Personality,

The:

E.

1954J, C W 17 "Development o f the Personality, T h e " : E. 19393,6, C W 17,7 Diagnostische Assoziationsstudien, I. Beitrag: G. 1904a; I I I . Beitrag: G. i g o s g ; IV. Beitrag: G. 1905b, i9o6i; I X . Beitrag: G. i9°7e Diagnostische

Assoziationsstudien:

trage xur experimentellen thologie:

mary, Fr. 1908a; Vol. I I : G. 1909a "Dichter, Der": G. i955g "Difference between Eastern and Western Thinking, T h e " : E. 19713,13 "Different Aspects of Rebirth, T h e " : E. 1944a Dissertstion: G. 1902a "Disturbances of Reproduction in the Association Experiment": C W 2,9 "Dr. Hans Schmid-Guisan: In memoriam": G. ig32d, G W 18,109 "Dr. Jung on Unconventional Aerial Objects": E. ig58f "Dr. Jung Sets the Record Straight": E. i 9 5 8 g "Dr. Jung's Contribution to the Voice o f America Symposium . . .": E. i957h Dream Analysis: E. 1984c, Seminar Notes, 1928—30, [1984] "Dream Analysis in Its Practical Application": E. 19333,1 "Dream Symbols of the Individuation Process": E. ig59d; Seminar Notes, 1936—373 "Dream Symbols of the Process o f Individuation": E. 19398,4 "Dreamlike World of India, T h e " : E. i93gb, C W 10,23 Dreams: E. 1974a Dreams and Symbolism: S e m i n a r

Notes, 1925b "Drei Fragen an Prof. C. G. Jung": G-i958g Dynamik

Psychopa-

Die:

G.

E

Bei-

Vol. I: G. 1906a; Sum-

des Unbewussten,

1967c, 1982a, G W 8

Editorial. Zentralblatt, V I (1933), C W 10,25; V I I I ( i 9 3 5 ) , C W

208

TITLES

10,28; V I I I (1935), C W 10,29 Editorial note to the series Psychologische Abhandlungen:

G.

"Erklarung der Redaktion": G.

i9i3b

1914c

"Editorial Preface to the Jahrbuch": CW 18,23 "Effect of Technology on the Human Psyche, T h e " : C W 18,76 "Ehe ais psychologische Beziehung, Die": G. 1925b, 1931a,11, G W 17,8 Eidgenossische Technische Hochschule Lectures. See E T H Lectures 100 Briefe. Eine Auswahl: G. 1975b Einfiihrung

in das Wesen der Mytho-

G. 1941c, 1951b "Einige Aspekte der modernen Psychotherapie": G. 1972c,4, G W 16,4 "Einige Bemerkungen zu den Visionen des Zosimos": G. 1938c "Einleitung in die religionspsychologische Problematik der Alchemie": G. 1944a,2, 1957a,2, G W 12,3,1 logie:

Einzelne

in der Gesellschaft,

Der.

G.

1971a "Entlarvung der viktorianischen Epoche. Freud kulturhistorisch gesehen": G. i932f "Entschleierung der Seele, Die": G-i93ig "Epilog zu Jung:

L'Homme

couverle de son ame": G W

1962a

Traume,

in der Al-

chemie. (Psychologie und 2.): G.

Alchemie

ig84f

Essays on a Science of Mythology . . . :

E. 1949a, 1963a, 1969a Essays on Contemporary

Events:

E.

1947a, 1989a; "Preface": E. 1947a, 1, C W 10,9 Essential Jung, The: E. 1983b E T H Lectures: Seminar Notes, 1933-4 1 . 1935-3 6 "Europaischer Kommentar." Das Geheimnis

der goldenen

Blilte:

G.

19383,3, 1957b,3 "Examples of European Mandalas": E. 1931a,2, C W 13,1, pp. 56ff. "Excerpts from Selected Letters": E. 1971b Excerpts of letters to Illing (26 Jan. & 10 Feb. 1955): G. i956d "Existe-t-il une poesie de signe Freudien?": G W 18,111 "Experiences Concerning the Psychic Life o f the Child": E. "Experimental Observations on the Faculty of Memory": C W 2,4

a la d£18,72

Gedanken:

Erlosungsvorstellungen

19103,3

"Epilogue to 'Essays on Contemporary Events' ": E. 19478,7, C W 10,13 "Epilogue to Jung: L'Homme a la decouverte de son ame": C W 18,72; Fr. 1944a,9, 1962a,9 "Erdbedingtheit der Psyche, Die": G. 1927a Erinnerungen,

"Erlosungsvorstellungen in der Alchemie, Die": G. 1937a, 19443,4, G W 12,3,111

G.

Experimental

Researches:

E.

1973^

CW 2 "Experimentelle Beobachtungen iiber das Erinnerungsvermogen": G. 1905c, G W 2,4 Experimentelle

Untersuchungen:

G.

1979a, G W 2 "Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Assoziationen Gesunder": G. 1904a, igo6a,i, G W 2,1

209

INDEX 1

F

" F o r e w o r d t o Symbols of Transfor-

mation": E . i 9 5 4 d

"Face to Face" (22 Oct. 1959): E. ig6oc "Fall von C. G.Jung": G. 1950c "Fall von hysterischem Stupor bei einer Untersuchungsgefangenen, Ein": G. 1902b, G W 1,5 "Familial Constellations": E. 1910a,2 "Familiare Konstellation, Die": G W 2,11 "Family Constellation, T h e " : C W 2,11 "Fastenwunder des Bruder Klaus, Das": G. 1951c, G W 18,94 "Faust and Alchemy": C W 18,105 "Faust und die Alchemie": G. 1950b, G W 18,105 "Fight with the Shadow, T h e " : E. 1946c, C W 10,12 "Flying Saucers: A Modern Myth of Things Seen in the Skies": C W 10,15 Flying

Saucers.

Things

A Modern

Myth

Seen in the Skies:

of

E. 1959b,

1978a "Foreword to a Catalogue on Alchemy": C W 18,104 " F o r e w o r d t o Hugh

Crichton-Miller

1877-1959": C W 18,87 "Foreword to Jung: Gestaltung Unbewussten":

CW

"Foreword to Jung: cultes":

C W

Geistes":

C W

oc-

Symbolik des

18,90

"Foreword to Jung: Von den WurC W

18,36

( o f J a c o b i : The Psychology of C. G. Jung):

C W

18,41

"Forewords to Jung: Seelenprobleme der Gegenwart (1930, 1932, i 9 5 9 ) " : C W 18,67 .. "Forewords to Jung: Uber psychische Energetik

und das Wesen

der

(ig28, ig47)": C W 18,37

Traume

Four Archetypes:

Mother,

Rebirth,

E. ig7oa Frau in Europa, Die: G. 1927b, 1929a, 1971a,2, G W 10,6 "Freud and Jung: Contrasts": E. 19333,6, C W 4,16 Freud and Psychoanalysis: E. 1961c, CW 4 Freud/Jung Letters, The: E. 1974b, Spirit,

Trickster:

1 979 a >

1988a, 1991a

und die Psychoanalyse:

G.

1969b, G W 4 "Freudian T h e o r y of Hysteria, T h e " : C W 4,2 "Freud's T h e o r y of Hysteria: A Reply to Aschaffenburg": C W

4>i

18,58

"Foreword to Jung: Wirklichkeit der Seele": C W 18,113 "Foreword to Studies f r o m the C. G. Jung Institute, Zurich": E.

CW

19583,6, C W 11,16 "Foreword to the Spanish Edition"

Freud

Phenomines

zeln des Bewusstseins":

the Unconscious":

" F o r e w o r d to t h e I Ching": E.

des

18,56

18,5

"Foreword to Jung:

"Foreword to the First Volume of Studies from the C. G. Jung Institute. (1948)": C W 18,45 "Foreword to the Hebrew edition o f Jung: Psychology and Education": C W 18,133 "Foreword to the Hungarian Edition of Jung: On the Psychology of

"Freudsche Hysterietheorie, Die": G. 1908m, ig72e,2, G W 4,2 Fundamental

Psychological

tions: A Report

ig67d

Concep-

of Five Lectures:

1968a; Seminar Notes, 1935 2 IO

E.

TITLES " F u n d a m e n t a l Q u e s t i o n s o f Psychotherapy": C W

1935): G. 1935], G W

16,10

10,28

"Geleitwort des Herausgebers": G.

"Further Investigations on the Gal-

1933c, G W

10,25

vanic P h e n o m e n o n and Respira-

" G e l e i t w o r t zu d e n 'Studien aus

t i o n in N o r m a l a n d I n s a n e I n d i -

d e m C. G. Jung-Institut Zu-

viduals": E. 1908a, C W

2,14

r i c h ' ": G . 1 9 4 9 c , G W

"Future of Parapsychology, T h e " : E. 1963c, C W

18,45

" G e n e r a l A s p e c t s o f D r e a m Psy-

18,50

c h o l o g y " : E . 1 9 7 4 3 , 3 , C W 8,9 "GenersI Aspects of Psychoansly-

G

sis": C W

"Gegensatz Freud und Jung, Der":

CW/GW

"Gegenwart und Zukunft": G.

bution: G. 19080, G W der Goldenen

18,131 Gestaltungen

18,9

Blute,

C . G. J u n g Institute, Zurich: G.

1958c

"Geheimnis des Kunstschaffens, ig5if

" G e w i s s e n in p s y c h o l o g i s c h e r

" G e h e i m r a t S o m m e r z u m 70. G e -

Sicht, Das": G . 1958c, G W

1934I

" G i f t e d Child, T h e " : E. CW

"Geist der Psychologie, Der": G.

1947a "Geist Mercurius, Der": G.

Soul": E. Gottliche Kind

1926c,

igg2b

ig58b in mythologischer

psychologischer Beleuchtung,

8,12

1928c, 1973d,4, G W

Gottliche Madchen,

3,6

Das: G .

" G o o d a n d E v i l in A n a l y t i c a l P s y -

GW

chology": E. i g 6 o e , C W

18,84 " G e l e i t b r i e f . " Mensch lichkeit und Problem,

als

pie: G W

1963b

16,1

W

pie": G . 1 9 5 i d , 1 9 7 2 c , 1 ,

GW

16,10

Psychothera-

Grundfragen

" G e l e i t w o r t . " (Zentralblatt V I , G

10,17

" G r u n d f r a g e n der Psychothera-

Person-

Der. G .

" G e l e i t w o r t . " Praxis der

ig4ib

Gottliche Schelm, Der: G . 1 g 5 4 a

"Geistige E u r o p e u n d die u n g a rische R e v o l u t i o n , Das":

und Das:

G.1941a

"Geisteskrankheit u n d Seele": G.

i933):

The: E .

" G o d , the Devil, and the H u m a n

1943b,

13,4

"Geist und Leben": G.

10,16

ig6gc,4,

17,5

Gnostic Jung,

19313,13, G W

G. 18,56

" G e w i s s e n , D a s . " L e c t u r e series,

G.

i929 b = 1938a, 1957b

19483,3, G W

des Unbewussten:

i g 5 o a ; F o r e w o r d to: C W

Das.

Ein chinesisch.es Lebensbuch:

Uber

kenntnis, Ein": G. i943f, G W

zelnen Kulturlandern," Contri-

burtstag": G.

18,117

T i e f e n p s y c h o l o g i e u n d Selbster-

w a n d t e n P s y c h o l o g i e in d e n e i n -

Das": G.

1956b ig46d;

"Gesprach mit C. G. J u n g .

10,14

"Gegenwartige Stand der ange-

Geheimnis

o g y o f t h e D r e a m " : E. "Gerard de Nerval": G.

G. 1929^ 1931a,4, G W 4,16 i957i, G W

4,10

"General Aspects of the Psychol-

zur Praxis:

G.

1984a

"Grundproblem der gegenwartigen Psychologie, Das": G.

10,25

1934b,2, G W

" G e l e i t w o r t . " (Zentralblatt V I I I , 211

8,13

INDEX 1 "Grundsatzliches zur praktischen Psychotherapie": G. 1972c,2, G W

I

1935I, I Ching,

.16,2

Psychologie": G. 1959b, 10,17, G W

The, or Book of

CW

GW

I Ging:

11,19

"Vorwort zum": G W

Habilitationsschrift: G.

1905b

T h e " : E.

Memo-

18,109

day": E. i 9 5 8 i , C W E. 1 9 3 1 a,3,

1928c

CW

ig62a,i5,viii (Symbole

2.): G .

E. 1 9 4 7 3 2 ,

CW

i947f

" I n d i v i d u a l D r e a m S y m b o l i s m in R e l a t i o n to A l c h e m y " : E.

11.15 a la decouverle

1971a,11, ig74a,6, C W

de son ame, L'.

Structure

et fonctionnement

conscient:

Fr. 1 9 4 3 a ,

"Individuation and Collectivity": E.

1962a

1970c,2

i 9 58d

Inhalt

Crichton-Miller,

Personal

Memoir

1877—1959,

w o r d " : E. 1 9 6 1 b , C W

A

1919b, ig28a,io, ig7ia,3,

18,87

"Instinkt u n d Unbewusstes": G. ig28b,4, 1948b,6, G W Integration

18,83 in

. . . : Seminar Notes, 100 Briefe.

Interpretation

1923 G.

1975b

Interpretation

E.

and the PsyThe:

Semi-

1930—34

"Interview with C . G . J u n g , A n " :

18,51

E.

1943b

Introduction

18,51

to a Science of

Mythology:

E.1949a

" H y s t e r i e l e h r e F r e u d s , D i e . . .": G . i g o 6 g , i g 7 2 e , i , G W 4,1

The:

1955a of Visions,

nar Notes,

GW

" H y p o t h e s i s o f the Collective U n conscious (1932)": C W

of Nature

che, The: E .

" H y p o t h e s e des kollektiven U n b e wussten, Die": G. ig32i,

8,6

of the Personality,

1939a

Relation

Eine Auswahl:

CW

8,6

1942a

Easily to Idealistic A d v i c e " : E. Relationships

1908a,

3,2

"Instinct and the Unconscious": E.

" H u m a n Nature Does Not Yield h, CW

der Psychose, Der: G .

1914a, 1973d,1, G W

. . . , "Fore-

" H u m a n Behaviour": E.

1 2 , 2 , Pt.

II

de I'in-

" H o r s d e s l i e u x c o m m u n s " : Fr.

Human

1971b,10

"Individual and Mass Psychology":

1985b

"Holy M e n of India, T h e " :

Freud":

15,4

" I n O l d A g e " : E.

Heros und Mutterarchetyp.

9 5 5

1962b,3

"In Memory of Sigmund

"Heinrich Zimmer": G.

i

18,86

"In M e m o r y of Richard Wilhelm":

nisches o d e r funktionelles Lei-

Hugh

ig3ga,5

"If Christ Walked the Earth T o -

"Heilbare Geisteskranke? O r g a -

Homme

G.

" I d e a o f R e d e m p t i o n in A l c h e m y ,

"Hans Schmid-Guisan: In

der Wandlung

11,16

Das:

1928a

H

den?": G.

19588,6,

11,16

Ich und das Unbewusste,

riam": C W

Changes,

" F o r e w o r d " : E. l g s o d ,

" G u t u n d B o s e in d e r a n a l y t i s c h e n

" I n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e R e l i g i o u s a n d 212

TITLES Psychological Problems of A l -

i938-39. 1939-40,

c h e m y " : E . 1 9 5 9 a , 10, C W

[1987]

12,2,1

(1st edn.), 3,1 (2nd e d n . )

" K l a p p e n t e x t zur ersten A u f l a g e

" I n t r o d u c t i o n to T o n i W o l f f ' s Studies in Jungian CW

v o n Antwort auf Hiob":

Psychology":

10,18

Goldenen

Blute":

GW

"Komplexe und

i95oe etry?": C W

Krankheitsur-

G.1908b rie d e s s c h i z o p h r e n e n N e g a t i v i s -

Bilingualism?":

m u s ' ": G . 1 9 1

18,123

IC,

GW

"Kryptomnesie": G. 1971c,3, G W

J

Kundalini

"Jahresbericht des Prasidenten der Internationalen

Psychoanaly-

Notes,

Vereinsjahr 1910/11": G W " J e r o m e Schloss z u m

18,28

"Lebensregeln": G W

1&6

GW

1962a,12

Notes, 1 9 3 3 - 4 1 ,

" J u n g u n d d e r religiose G l a u b e " : "Jungian M e t h o d of D r e a m Analy-

19628,13

Seminar

1935-36

"Letter f r o m Dr. J u n g " : E.

18,103

"Jung's V i e w of Christianity": E.

19318,10,

8,16

L e c t u r e s at t h e E T H :

" J u n g o n t h e U F O . . .": E . 1 9 5 9 1

E. 1946c

18,79

"Lebenswende, Die": G.

" J u n g on L i f e after Death": E.

Klaus":

L i952h

18,103

" J u n g ' s C o m m e n t a r y t o Brother

2,18

" L e b e n die Biicher noch?": G.

CW

i947d

Seminar

1932a

plexlehre, Ein": G W

18,107

" J u n g o n F r e u d " : E. 1 9 6 2 a ,

1,3

Yoga, The:

Gedachtnis":

"Jung a n d Religious Belief":

3,3

1905a,

" K u r z e r Uberblick iiber die K o m -

tischen V e r e i n i g u n g iiber das

sis": E.

der

13,1

"Kritik iiber E. Bleuler: 'Zur T h e o -

18,111

"Is T h e r e a T r u e

GW

11,23

s a c h e n bei D e m e n t i a p r a e c o x " :

"Is T h e r e a F r e u d i a n T y p e o f Po-

GW

GW

" K o m m e n t a r z u Das Geheimnis

" I n t r o d u c t i o n s b y C . G . J u n g " : E.

CW

1940-41,

1913c

"Letter on Parapsychology and S y n c h r o n i c i t y , A . . .": E . " L e t t e r to K e y h o e " : C W

1961a

18,82

" L e t t e r to Miss P i n c k n e y " : E. 1948c "Letter to P£re Lachat": C W

18,99

L e t t e r t o t h e e d i t o r [of t h e Listener•]: E . 1 9 6 0 c

K

L e t t e r to t h e e d i t o r s [ o f Student]

o g y o n the psyche: G.

" K a m p f mit d e m Schatten, Der": GW

i949g

"Letter to the Second Interna-

10,12

Kindertraume.

Ziircher

o n the e f f e c t o f technol-

Seminare: G.

Seminar Notes,

tional C o n g r e s s f o r Psychiatry

1987b;

• • • i957" :

1936—37b,

213

c w

3>n

INDEX 2 Letters,

i:

1906—1950:

E.

1959a,12, 1971a,7, C W 17,8 "Mass and the Individuation Process, T h e " : E. 1955I " M e a n i n g o f Individuation, T h e " :

1973b;

Excerpts: E 1971b, 1—4,8 Letters. 2: 1951—1961: E. 1976a; Excerpts: E. 197 lb,5—7,9—10 "Letters on Synchronicity": C W 18,49 "Letters to a Friend [J. Kirsch]: Part I " : E. 1972c; Part I I : E.

E.

i972d "Letters to Pfere B r u n o " : Fr. 1956a; C W 18,98 Lexikon

der Padagogik:

Lexikon Jungscher

G.

1951c

Grundbegriffe:

G.

1988a "Lexikonartikel 'Damonie' ": G W 18,89 "Lexikonartikel 'Tiefenpsychologie* ": G W 18,44 "Liebesproblem des Studenten, Das": G. 19713,3, G W 10,5 " L o n d o n Lectures": Seminar Notes, 1935 " L o v e Problem o f the Student, T h e " : E. 1928a,7, C W 10,5

Memories,

Mandala.

Bilder

aus dem

Unbewus-

sten: G . 1 9 7 7 b Symbolism: E. 1972a "Mandalas": G. 1955c, G W 9,1,13;

Mandala

E - x 955g> 1972a' 1 . c w ^ ^ "Marginal N o t e on Fr. Wittels: Die sexuelle Not (1910)": E. 1973d,2, C W 18,24 "Marginalia on Contemporary Events": C W 18,73 "Marriage as a Psychological Relationship": E. 1926a, 1928a,6,

Reflections:

E.

Mensch

und Seele . . . : G .

Mensch

und seine Symbole, Der:

1971b G.

1968a Menschenbild

und Gottesbild:

G.

i 9 84d

"Ma-amar Jung le-ktav Mishmar be-shweits lifnei 29 shanim": H e .

1974a

Dreams,

1962a, 1966a, 1983c Mensch und Kultur: G. 1985c

M

"Mach immer alles gut und richtig": G. i 9 5 4 f

19393,1

" M e a n i n g o f Psychology f o r Modern Man, T h e " : C W 10,7 "Medical Opinion on a Case o f Simulated Insanity, A " : C W 1,7 "Medicine 3nd Psychotherapy": C W 16,8 "Medizin und Psychotherapie": G. 1 9 4 5 c , 1972C7, G W 16,8 "Memorial to J. S.": E., 1955c, C W 18,107

"Menschliche Natur ist idealistischen Ratschlagen nicht leicht zuganglich, Die": G W 18,83 "Mental Disease and the Psyche": C W 3,7 "Message o f the Honorary President": E . i 9 5 8 d " M i n d and Earth": C W 10,2 " M i n d and the Earth": E. 19283,3 " M i n d o f East and West, T h e " : E. 1955J " M i n d o f Man Reaches Out, T h e " : E. 1 9 5 7 c "Miraculous Fast o f Brother Klaus, T h e " : C W 18,94 Modern

Man

in Search of a Soul:

E.

1933a Modern

Psychology:

Seminar Notes,

1933-41; cf. Fr. 1907a " M o d e r n e r Mythus, Ein . . .": G W 10,15

214

TITLES Moderner

My thus, Ein

...

Nietzsche's "Zarathustra":

: G.

1958a "Morton Prince, M.D.: The Mechanism and Interpretation

of Dreams

. . .": G. 1911b, 19726,6, G W 4,6; C W 4,6 Mysterium

Coniunctionis

Seminar

Notes, [1988] "1937 Letter from C. G.Jung, A " : E.ig68g Notes on the Seminar

in

Analytical

Seminar Notes, 1925a "Nuove vedute della psicologis criminale, Le": It. 1908a Psychology:

. . . : G.

!955 a ' 1956a, ig68d, 1984b, E. !963g. ^ o g . G W 14, vols. 1-3; C W 14

o

N "Nach der Katastrophe": G. 1945c, 19468,5, G W 10,11 "Nachtrag, Ein": G. i934g " N a c h w o r t . " (Aufsatze zur Zeitge-

schichte): G. 19463,6

"Nachwort." Koestler, Arthur, Von Heiligen

und Automaten:

G.

1961b

" 'Nationsl Character' and Behavior in Traffic. A Letter from Dr. Jung": E. 195CU " 'Nationalcharakter' und Verkehrsverhalten": G. i958j Naturerklarung

und Psyche:

G.

i952b " N e u e Aspekte der Kriminalpsychologie": G W 2,16 "Neue Bahnen der Psychologie": G. i g i 2 d , G W 7,3 "Neuere Betrachtungen zur Schizophrenic": G. l g s g f , G W 3,8 "Neues Buch von Keyserling, Ein": G. 19341, G W 10,21 " N e w Aspects of Criminal Psychology": C W 2,16 "New Paths in Psychology": E. 19163,15, C W 7,3 "New Thoughts on Schizophrenia": E. l g s g f " N e w York Seminar": Seminar Notes, ig36—37a

"Obergutschten uber zwei (sich) widersprechende psychistrische Gutachten": G. igo6d, G W 1,8 "On Dementia Praecox": C W 18,10 "On Disturbances in Reproduction in Association Experiments": E. 1918a,6 "On Einstein and Synchronicity": E. 1971b,5 "On Flying Saucers": C W 18,80 "On Hallucination": C W 18,38 "On Hysterical Misreading": C W 1,2 "On Manic Mood Disorder": CW 1.4 "On Mescalin": E. 1971b,6 "On Pictures in Psychiatric Diagnosis": C W 18,128 "On Psychic Energy": E. ig6gb,i, C W 8,1 "On Psychical Energy": E. ig28a,i "On Psychoanslysis": E. 19163,9, 1917a,9 "On Psychodiagnostics": C W 18,85 "On Psychological Understanding": E. 1915c, C W 3,3 "On Psychophysical Relations of the Associative Experiment": E. 1907a "On Resurrection": C W 18,100 "On Simulated Insanity": C W 1,6

215

INDEX 1

" O n Some Crucial Points in Psychoanalysis": E. 1916a, 10, 19173,10 " O n Spiritualistic Phenomena": C W 18,4 " O n Suicide": E. 1971b,9 " O n Synchronicity": E. 1957b, 1971a,14, 1973c,2, C W 8,19 "On the Criticism o f Psychoanalysis": C W 4,7 "On the Discourses o f the Buddha": C W 18,101 "On the Doctrine of Complexes": E. 1913a, C W 2,18 "On the Hungarian Uprising": C W 18,84 "On the Importance o f the Unconscious in Psychopathology": E. 1914b, 1916a,ii, 1917a,11, C W 3.5 "On the Nature of Dreams": E. 1948a, 19593,7, 19743,4, C W 8,10 " O n the Nature o f the Psyche": E. 1969b,2, C W 8,8; Excerpts: E. 1959a,2 On the Nature

of the Psyche:

E.

ig6gb " O n the Problem o f Psychogenesis in Mental Diseases": E. 1919a, C W 3,6 "On the Psychoanalytic Treatment o f Nervous Disorders": C W 18,30 " O n the Psychogenesis o f Schizophrenia": E. ig3gd, 19593,8, C W 3,8 " O n the Psychological Diagnosis of Evidence": C W 2,19 " O n the Psychological Diagnosis o f Facts": C W 1,9 "On the Psychology and Pathology o f So-Called Occult Phenome n a " : E . i g i 6 a , 2 , i g i 7 a , 2 , C W 1,1

On the Psychology of Eastern

Medita-

E. ig47b, 1949b " O n the Psychology of the N e g r o " : C W 18,65 "On the Psychology of the Spirit": E.i948d "On the Psychology of the Trickster": E. i955d " O n the Psychology o f the Trickster Figure": E. 1956a, 19703,4, C W 9,1,9 " O n the Psychology of the Unconscious": C W 7,1 (2nd edn.) tion:

On the Psychology

of the

Unconscious,

Foreword to the Hungarian edn. of: C W 18,36 "On the Psychophysical Relations of the Association Experiment": C W 2,12 " O n the Relation of Analytical Psychology to Poetic Art": E. 1923b, 1928a,8 " O n the Relation o f Analytical Psychology to Poetry": E. 19713,10, C W 15,6 " O n the Rosarium Philosophorum": C W 18,126 "On the Shadow 3nd Protestantism": E. 1971b,7 " O n the Significance of NumberDreams": E. 1916a,6, 1917a,6, 1974a,2, C W 4,5 "On the Tale o f the Otter": C W 18,110

P Paracelsica.

Zwei Vorlesungen

. . .:

G. 1942a "Paracelsus": G. ig2gg, 1934b,5, G W 15,1 Paracelsus: G. 1952c Paracelsus: Selected Writings, "Fore-

2 l 6

TITLES

word to the English Edition": E. 1951b; Foreword to: C W 18,120 "Paracelsus als Arzt": G. 194if, 1942a, 1, G W 15,2 "Paracelsus als geistige Erscheinung": G. 19428,2, G W 13,3 "Paracelsus as a Spiritual Phenomenon": C W 13,3 "Paracelsus the Physician": C W

"Preface by C. G.Jung": E. ig54g "Preface by C. G.Jung: Ostasien Denkt Anders . . .": E. i953f "Preface by Dr. Jung": E. ig6od "Preface to an Indian Journal of Psychotherapy": C W 18,127 "Preface to de Laszlo: Psyche and Symbol":

15.2 "Parapsychologie hat uns mit unerhorten Moglichkeiten bekanntgemacht, Die": G. 1956b Personlichkeit

und Ubertragung-.

alytical Psychology":

G.

psicologia

!945g. i954b,7. G W 13,5 "Picasso": G. i 9 3 2 g , 1934^8, G W 15.9; E - 1940a, 19531- c w i5>9 "Plight of Woman in Europe, T h e " : E. i93od The: E . 1 9 7 1 a

Problema

"Practical Use of Dream-Analysis, T h e " : E. 19748,5, C W 16,12 Practice

of Psychotherapy,

The . . . : E .

de la connaissance:

4,13

de C. G. Jung:

Sp.

dell'inconscio

nella

psicologia

It. 1959c "Probleme der modernen Psychotherapie, Die": G. i g 2 9 d , 19318,2, G W 16,6 moderna, II:

i954i. i966g, C W 16 "Praktische Verwendbarkeit der Traumanalyse, Die": G. 1931c, 1934b,4, G W 16,12 Praxis der Psychotherapie: G. ig58d, G W 16 "Preface." Georges Duplain: Aux frontieres

CW

1947a "Present State of Applied Psychology, T h e " : C W 18,9 "Presidential Address . . . 1935": C W 10,30 "Presidential Address . . . 1937": C W 10,32 "Presidential Address . . . 1938": E. 1938b, C W 10,33 "Press Communique on Visiting the United States": C W 18,69 "Pressemitteilung beim Besuch der Vereinigten Staaten": G W 18,69 "Principles of Practical Psychotherapy": C W 16,2

Fr. 1939a; Foreword to: C W 18,5; Vorrede zu, G W 18,5 "Phenomenology of the Spirit in Fairy Tales, T h e " : E. 1954b,!, 19583,3, 19708,3, C W g,i,8 "Philosophical T r e e , T h e " : C W 13.5 "Philosophische Baum, Der": G. occultes:

Portable Jung,

18,62

"Prefacio" and "Pr6logo . . . a la edici6n espanola" to Jacobi: La

1984c Phenomenes

C W

"Preface to 'Essays on Contemporary Events' ": C W io,g "Prefaces to Collected Papers on An-

Probleme

der Psychotherapie:

G.

1972c "Problems of Modern Psychotherapy": E. i 9 3 i d , 1933a,2, C W 16,6 Process of Individuation:

Fr.

1959a "Preface," Psychotherapy (Calcutta): E. 1956c, C W 18,127 217

Alchemy

I:

Seminar Notes, 1933—41 Process of Individuation:

Alchemy

Seminar Notes, 1933—41

II:

INDEX 2 Process

of Individuation:

Seminar Notes, 1933—41

Texts]: Process

Zarathustra.

[Eastern

of Individuation:

Spiritualia

. . . :

Exercitia

Seminar Notes,

1933-41 "Psychanalyse devant la po^sie, La. Existe-t-il une po6sie de signe ' f r e u d i e n ' ? " : Fr. 1932b Psyche

and

Symbol.

the Writings

A Selection

from

of C. G.Jung:

E.

1958a, 1991b; " P r e f a c e " : E. 19583,1, C W 18,62 Psychiatric Studies: E. 1957k, 1970c, CW 1 Psychiatrie

und

Okkultismus:

G.

1971c Sttidien: G. 1966a, GW 1 "Psychic Conflicts in a Child": E. 1969c,!, C W 17,1 "Psychoanalyse": G. 1912c "Psycho-analyse, L a " : Fr. 1913b "Psychoanalyse und Assoziationse x p e r i m e n t " : G. 1906a,4, igo6i, G W 2,5 "Psychoanalyse und Seelsorge": G. i g 2 8 g , i 9 7 i d , 3 , G W 11,8 "Psycho-analysis": E. 1913d, l g i s d "Psychoanalysis": E. 1913d, 1916a,8, 1917a,8 "Psycho-Analysis and Association E x p e r i m e n t s " : E. 19183,4 "Psychoanalysis and Association Experiments": C W 2,5 "Psychoanalysis and Neurosis": C W 4,11 "Psychoanalysis and the C u r e o f Souls": C W 11,8 Psychoanalytic Years, The: E. i g 7 4 f

Tibetan

Psychiatrische

Psychogenese

der

Geisteskrankheiten:

G. 1968c, G W 3 Psychogenesis

of Mental

Disease,

The:

E. i 9 6 o f , C W 3 Psychological

Analysis

of

Nietzsche's

Notes

on the

Seminar:

Seminar Notes, 1934—39 "Psychological A p p r o a c h to the D o g m a o f the T r i n i t y , A " : C W 11,2 "Psychological Aspects o f the K o r e , T h e " : E. 1949a,2, 19638,2, 1969a, C W g,i,7 "Psychological Aspects o f the M o t h e r A r c h e t y p e , T h e " : E. 1943a, 1959a,6, 1970a,1, C W 9.i.4 "Psychological C o m m e n t a r y . " The Kundalini Yoga: Seminar Notes, 1932a "Psychological C o m m e n t a r y . " The Book

of the Great

Libera-

E. 1954c, C W 11,10 "Psychological C o m m e n t a r y o n ' T h e T i b e t a n B o o k o f the Dead,' ": E. 1957^ 19583,8, C W 11,11 "Psychological Diagnosis o f Evidence, T h e " : C W 2,6 "Psychological Factors Determining H u m a n B e h a v i o r " : E. 1937a, C W 8,5 "Psychological Foundations o f Belief in Spirits, T h e " : E. 1920b, 19283,9, C W 8,11 tion:

Psychological

Interpretation

dren's Dreams

of

Chil-

. . . : Seminar

Notes, 1938—39 "Psychological M e t h o d s o f Investigation . . . , T h e " : C W 2,17 Psychological

Reflections

. . . : E.

1953a, 1970b " 'Psychological Reflections' on Y o u t h and A g e " : E. 1972c "Psychological T h e o r y o f T y p e s , A " : E. 1933a,4, C W 6,7 "Psychological T y p e s " : E. 1925b, 1928a,12, 1971c, C W 6,6 Psychological

218

Types,

or, The

Psychol-

TITLES

E, 1923a, C W 6; Excerpts: E. 19598,4, 1971a,8 "Psychological View of Conscience, A " : C W 10,16 ogy of Individuation-.

Psychologie

der Ubertragung,

Die:

G.

1946c, 1991b, G W 16,13 Psychologie Die. Ein

der unbewussten Uberblick

Prozesse,

. . . : G. 1917a,

1918a und Alchemie: G. 1944a, 1952c!, i972f, 1984,e,f, G W 12 "Psychologie und Dichtung": G. 1930a, 1950a,2, 1954c,2, G W 15.7

Psychologie

Psychologie

und Erziehung:

G.

1946b; Foreword to the Hebrew edn. of: He. 1958a; C W 18,133 "Psychologie und nationale Probleme": G W 18,70 "Psychologie und Religion": G. i g 7 i d , i , G W 11,1 Psychologie

und Religion

Betrachtungen:

G.

Psychologische standes, Die: Psychologische

Diagnose

des

Tatbe-

G. 194id Interpretation

Be-

i955d

Das tibetische Buch der grossen freiung":

GW

Psychology and Alchemy:

E. 1953),

ig68h, C W 12 E. 1969c "Psychology and Literature": E. 19333,8, C W 15,7 "Psychology and National Problems": C W 18,70 "Psychology and Poetry": E. 1930c "Psychology and Religion": E. ig5ga,i 1, C W 11,1 Psychology and Religion: E. 19383 Psychology and Education:

Psychology and Religion:

West and

E. 1958k, 1968k, C W 11 "Psychology and Spiritualism": C W 18,6 Psychology and the East: E. 1978b Psychology and the Occult: E. 1977a East:

Psychology and Western Religion: von

Be-

11,10

"Psychologischer Kommentar zum Bardo Thodol": G. 1935^2, G W 11,11

1: G .

1945a "Psychologische Determinanten des menschlichen Verhaltens": G. 1973c,3, G W 8,5 "Psychologische Diagnose des Tatbestandes, Die": G. 1905^ 1906k, G W 2,6

G.

"Psychologischer Kommentar zu:

1914c; 3: 1931a; 4: G. 1934b; 5: G. 1944a; 6: G. 1948a; 7: G. 1950a; 8: G. 1951a; 9: G. 1954b; 10: G. 1955a; 11: G. 1956a Psychologische Abhandlungen. Editorial note to the series: G. 1914c Psychologische

Typen: G. 1921a, 1960a, i967d, G W 6 "Psychologische Typologie" (1931): G. 1931 a,6, G W 6,6 "Psychologische Typologie" (1936): G. 1936b, G W 6,7 "Psychologischen Aspekte des Mutterarchetypus, Die": G, i939 b . i954b,4. G W 9,i,4 "Psychologischen Grundlagen des Geisterglaubens, Die": G. 1928b,5, 1948b,7, G W 8,11 "Psychologischer Kommentar." Das tibetische Buch der grossen

. . . : G.

Abhandlungen:

i972d,4, G W 6,5 Psychologische

freiung:

1940a, i 9 7 i d , 1991c "Psychologie und Spiritismus": G. 1948c, G W 18,6 Psychologische

. . . : Seminar Notes, 1938-39 "Psychologische Typen": G. 1925c, dertraumen

1984b

Kin-

219

E.

INDEX 2

"Psychology, East and West": E.

Psychotherapeutische Briefwechsel...:

1955^ "Psychology of Dementia Praecox, T h e " : C W 3,1 Psychology of Dementia

Praecox,

The:

E. 1909a, 1936b, 1974c "Psychology o f Dreams, T h e " : E. 1916a,13, 19173,13 "Psychology o f Eastern Meditation, T h e " : C W 11,14 "Psychology o f the Child Archetype, T h e " : E. 1949a,!, 19583,4, 19633,1, C W 9,1,6 "Psychology of the Transference, T h e " : C W 16,13; Excerpts: E. i959a.9 Psychology of the Transference,

of the Unconscious,

Study of the Transformations Symbolisms of the Libido

Ein

1914b

"Psychotherapie in der Gegenwart, Die": G. i945 f , 19463,3, 1972c,8, G W 16,9 "Psychotherapie und Weltanschauung": G. 1943c, 19463,4, 1954c>3. i97a c .6, g w l6 >7 "Psychotherapists or the Clergy": E. 1933a, 11, i956d, C W 11,7 "Psychotherapy and a Philosophy of L i f e " : E. 19478,5, C W 16,7 "Psychotherapy Today": E. 1942b, 1947a,4, C W 16,9 "Psykhologiah 3nalytit we-khinukh": He. 1958a

The:

E. i 9 6 g d "Psychology of the Unconscious, T h e " : C W 7,1 (1st edn.) Psychology

Zeitfragen. G.

The.

Q A

and

. . . : E.

1916b, i 9 9 i d , C W B "Psychology of the Unconscious Processes, T h e " : E. 19178,15 "Psychopathological Significance of the Association Experiment, T h e " : C W 2,8 "Psychopathologische Bedeutung des Assoziationsexperimentes, Die": G. 1906b, G W 2,8 "Psycho-physical Investigations with the Galvanometer and Pneumograph in Normal and Insane Individuals": E. 1970b, C W 2,13 "Psychophysische Untersuchungen mit dem Galvanometer und dem Pneumographen bei Normalen und Geisteskranken": G W 2,13 "Psychotherapeutische Zeitfragen. Ein Briefwechsel . . .": G. 1973b,2, G W 4,12

"Question o f Medical Intervention, T h e " : C W 18,14 "Question o f the Therapeutic Value of Abreaction, T h e " : E. 1921a, 1928a,11

R "Radio Talk in Munich, A (1930)": C W 18,66 "Radiogesprach Munchen": G W 18,66 "Ratsel von Bologns, Das": G. i945 b "R3ndglossen zur Zeitgeschichte": G. i946g, G W 18,73 "Reaction-Time in Association Experiments, T h e " : E. 1918a,3 "Reaction-time Ratio in the Association Experiment, T h e " : C W 2,3 "Real and the Surreal, T h e " : C W 8,15 "Realities of Practical Psychotherapy, T h e " : C W 16,14

220

TITLES " R e c e n t T h o u g h t s on Schizophrenia": C W

1931b,

3,9

" R e c o l l e c t i o n s o f . . . t h e U . S.": E .

CW

1971b,4

15,5

"Rise of a N e w World, T h e " :

" R e d e anlasslich d e r G r i i n d u n g s sitzung des C. G. Jung-Institutes

"Role o f the Unconscious, T h e " : CW

18,43

10,1

"Rtickkehr zum einfachen Leben":

Gotamo Buddhos,

Die:

State-

G. i 9 4 i e , G W

18,71

m e n t in p u b l i s h e r ' s b r o c h u r e

"Rules of Life": C W

(on): G . 1 9 5 6 c , G W

" R u n d s c h r e i b e n " (Zentralblatt

11,26

1934): G W

" R e f e r a t e iiber psychologische A r (bis E n d e 1 9 0 9 ) " : G . 1 9 1 0 m ,

1934^

"Schatten, A n i m u s und Anima": G.i

10,26

" R e l a t i o n o f t h e E g o to t h e U n c o n scious, T h e " : E.

9

48f

"Schizophrenia": C W

3,10

"Schizophrenic, Die": G.

1928b,2

!973 d '5'

"Relations between the E g o and

G W

Schweizer Lexikon:

1 9 7 1 8 , 5 , C W 7,2; Excerpts: E.

Secret of the Golden Flower,

i959a,3

i93ia,

Dr. J u n g " : E.

The : E.

1962b GW

10,2 Reply

to Martin B u b e r " : E. i 9 7 3 e ,

"Seele u n d T o d " : G.

CW

18,96

GW

i934b,io&h,

8,17

"Seelenproblem des m o d e r n e n

"Religion u n d Psychologie. Eine

Menschen, Das": G.

A n t w o r t a u f Martin Buber": G. 18,96

g u i s m e " : Fr.

ig28f,

1929c, 1931a,14, G W Seelenprobleme

" R d p o n s e a la q u e s t i o n d u bilin-

10,4

der Gegenwart:

G.

1 9 3 1 a , l g g i f ; F o r e w o r d s to: C W 18,67

i96id

"Report on America (1910)":

CW

"Seelischen Probleme der menschIichen A l t e r s s t u f e n , Die": G .

18,64

i93od

" R e t u r n to the Simple L i f e " : E. 1945b, C W

G . 1949I1

"Seele u n d Erde": G. 19313,8,

1958b

"Religion and Psychology: A

i952j, G W

19581,

3>9

the U n c o n s c i o u s , T h e " : E.

" R e l e a s e d to U n i t e d P r e s s f r o m

VII,

s

GW

18,26 " R e j o i n d e r to D r . B a l l y " : G .

18,79

10,27

beiten schweizerischer A u t o r e n

CW

CW

10,20

Z u r i c h , a m 24. A p r i l 1 9 4 8 " : G W Reden

1962a,15,vii

"Richard Wilhelm: In M e m o r i a m " :

Selected Letters of C. G.Jung,

18,71

1961:

"Review of the C o m p l e x T h e o r y ,

Seminar iiber Kindertraume

A " : C W 8,3

Seminar Notes,

"Reviews o f Psychiatric Literature (1906-10)": C W

18,20

"Richard Wilhelm": G.

. . .:

1936—41

" S e m i n a r w i t h C . G . J u n g , A . . .": Seminar Notes,

"Revolution Mondiale, La": C W

1936—37b

VII Sermones ad Mortuos

10,21

1909—

E.1984a

1 9 1 6 a ; E. 1925a,

1930c,

221

. . . : G.

1967b

INDEX 2

" V I I Sermones ad Mortuos": G. 1962a, 15.x; E. 1966a,19 "Shadow, Animus and Anima": E. 1950a "Sigmund Freud": G. I939d, G W 15>4

"Sigmund Freud als kulturhistorische Erscheinung": G. i932f, 1934b,6, G W 15,3 Sigmund

Freud/C.

G. Jung:

Brief -

G. 1974a "Sigmund Freud in His Historical Setting": E. 1932b, C W 15,3 "Sigmund Freud: On Dreams"-. E. 1973d,1, C W 18,18 "Sigmund Freud: Uber den T r a u m " : G W 18,18 "Significance o f Constitution and Heredity in Psychology, T h e " : C W 8,4 "Significance o f Freud's Theory f o r Neurology and Psychiatry, T h e " : C W 18,21 "Significance of the Father in the Destiny o f the Individual, T h e " : E. 1916a,4, 1917a,4, C W 4,14 "Significance o f the Unconscious in Individual Education, T h e " : E. 19283,14, C W 17,6 "Some Aspects o f Modern Psychotherapy": E. 1930b, C W 16,3 "Some Crucial Points in Psychoanalysis: A Correspondence . . .": C W 4,12 "Soul and Death, T h e " : E. 1945a, 1959c, C W 8,17 "Spirit and L i f e " : E. 19283,2, C W 8,12 wechsel:

Spirit and Nature. Eranos

Papers from

Yearbooks, I:

Spirit in Man,

Art, and

the

E. 1954b Literature,

E. 1966^ C W 15 "Spirit Mercurius, T h e " : C W 13,4 Spirit Mercury, The: E. 1953b "Spirit of Psychology, T h e " : E. The:

1954b,2, 1957c "Spiritual Problem of Modern Man, T h e " : E. 1931c, 19333,10, 19713,12, C W 10,4 "Stsges of Life, T h e " : E. 19333,5, 19713,1, C W 8,16 "State o f Psychotherapy Today, T h e " : C W 10,8 Statement in publisher's brochure ( o n ) . . . Die Reden

Gotamo

Bud-

G. 1956c Statement on UFO's to U P I (13 Aug. 1958): E. 19591,1 "Statement to United Press International": E. i958j, C W 18,81 "Statistical Details o f Enlistment": C W 2,15 "Statistisches von der Rekrutensushebung": G. 1906c, G W 2,15 "Stenogramm des Zwiegesprachs von . . . Jung . . .": Seminar Notes, 1933 "Stimme des Innern, Die": G. 1 934b,9 dhos:

Structure

and Dynamics

of the Psyche,

The: E. i96og, ig69g, C W 8 "Structure de l'inconscient, La": Fr. 1916a "Structure of the Psyche, T h e " : E. 1971a,2, C W 8,7 "Structure of the Unconscious, T h e " : C W 7,4 "Struktur der Seele, Die": G. i928d, 1931a,7, G W 8,7 "Struktur des Unbewussten, Die": G W 7,4 Studien aus dem C. G. Jung-Institut Zurich: 1: G. 1949c; 4: G. 1 9 5 2 b ; 7 : G . 1958c; 14: G. 1963a; "Geleitwort zu den . . .": G. 1949c, G W 18,45 Studien

iiber alchemistische

Vorstellun-

gen: G. 19783, G W 13 Studies f r o m the C. G. Jung Institute, Zurich, Foreword to: E.

222

TITLES

akausaler Zusammenhange": G. 1952b, G W 8,18

1967c!, C W 18,45 Studies in Word-Association

. . . : E.

1918a "Study in the Process of Individuation, A": E. 1939a,2, 1972a,2, C W g,i,i 1 S u m m a r y o f Diagnostische Associationsstudien, A : Fr. 1908a "Swanage Seminar": Seminar Notes, 1925b "Swiss Line in the European Spectrum, T h e " : C W 10,19 "Swiss National Character, T h e " : E.1959k Symbol und Libido. Wandlung Symbole der

(Symbole der

G. 1985a Wandlung: G. 1952c, 1.):

1 973 e > 1985^,b, G W 5 "Symbole und Traumdeutung": G W 18,2 "Symbolic Life, T h e " : E. 196id, C W 18,3 Symbolic Life, The: E. 1954c, 1976a Symbolik des Geistes: G. 1948a; Foreword to: C W 18,90 Symbolische Leben, Das: G. 1981a, G W 18 "Symbolische Leben, Das": G W 18,3 "Symbols and the Interpretation of Dreams": C W 18,2

T "Tantra Yoga Seminars": Seminar Notes, 1932a Tavistock Lectures, Die: G. 1969a Tavistock Lectures, The: E. 1968a "Tavistock Lectures, T h e " : C W 18,1; Seminar Notes, 1935 "Techniken fiir einen dem Weltfrieden dienlichen Einstellungswandel. (Memorandum fur die UNESCO)": G W 18,75 "Techniques o f Attitude Change Conducive to World Peace (Memorandum to U N E S C O ) (1948)": C W 18,75 Terry Lectures, T h e ; Yale University: E. 1938a "Theodore Flournoy": G. 1962a,15,vi "Theoretische Uberlegungen zum Wesen des Psychischen": G. 1954b,8, 1954c,5. i973 c ,4, G W 8,8 "Theory of Psychoanalysis, T h e " : E 1913b, 1914a, 1915b, C W 4,9 Theory of Psychoanalysis,

The:

E.

E. i956f, 1967c, ig74g, C W 5; Excerpts: E. 19598,1; Foreword to: E. !954d "Synchronicity: A n Acausal Connecting Principle": E. 1955a, 1973c,1, C W 8,18

1915a "Therapeutic Value of Abreaction, T h e " : C W 16,11 "Therapeutische Wert des Abreagierens, Der": G. 1972c,5, G W 16,11 "Third and Final Opinion on T w o Contradictory Psychiatric Diagnoses, A " : C W 1,8 " T h r e e Early Papers": E. 1973d

Synchronicity:

Tibetanische

Symbols and the Interpretation Dreams:

of

E. 1990a

Symbols of Transformation:

Principle:

An Acausal

Connecting

E. 1973c

Synchronizitat,

Akausalitat

und

Okkul-

G. i 9 9 o g "Synchronizitat als ein Prinzip tismus:

Totenbuch,

Das,

"Ein-

fiihrung": G. i935f "Tiefenpsychologie": G. 1951c Tipds psicoldgicos, Foreword: Sp, 1934a; C W 6,3

223

INDEX 2 " U b e r das Problem der Psycho-

" T r a u m e n d e Welt Indiens, Die": GW

g e n e s e bei G e i s t e s k r a n k h e i t e n " :

10,23

G. 1973d,2, G W

" T r a n s c e n d e n t Function, T h e " : E. 1 9 7 1 a,9, C W Transcendent

3,5

" U b e r das 'Rosarium

8,2

Function,

The:

Philosopho-

r u m ' ": G . 1 9 3 7 c , G W

E.

" U b e r das Selbst": G .

1957a " T r a n s f o r m a t i o n S y m b o l i s m in t h e

18,126

1949b

" U b e r das Unbewusste": G. GW

Mass": E. 1 9 5 5 b , 19583,5, C W

1918b,

10,1

" U b e r das U n b e w u s s t e u n d seine " T r a n s z e n d e n t e Funktion, Die": G. 1958b, 1973c,1, G W Traum

und Traumdeutung:

Traumanalyse:

G.

G.

imente": G . 1905b, 19063,3, G W 19726,3,

4,3

"Uber Dementis prsecox":

" T r a u m s y m b o l e des Individuationsprozesses": G. 19443,3, G W Traumsymbole

des

1936a,

" U b e r d e n A r c h e t y p u s , mit besond e r e r B e r i i c k s i c h t i g u n g . . .": G .

Individuationspround

1 9 3 6 c , 1 9 5 4 b , 3 , G W 9,1,3

Alchemie

" U b e r den indischen Heiligen": G.

1984c

1944b, G W

" T s c h a n g Scheng Schu. Die Kunst

11,15

" i i b e r die A r c h e t y p e n des kollek-

d a s m e n s c h l i c h e L e b e n . . .": G .

tiven U n b e w u s s t e n " : G .

192911

1954b,2, 1957a,1, G W

" T w o C h a p t e r s f r o m The tation of Nature

Interpre-

and the Psyche":

" U b e r die B e d e u t u n g der Lehre Psychology:

F r e u d s f u r N e u r o l o g i e u n d Psychiatric": G . i g o 8 d , G W

" T w o Letters on Psychoanalysis . . .": C W Georg: G.

18,29

w u s s t e n in d e r

" U b e r die B e z i e h u n g d e r analytischen Psychologie z u m dichte-

1916":

rischen Kunstwerk": G .

1970c G . 1 9 7 3 d,

19313,3, G W

1990c

1922a,

15,6

" U b e r die B e z i e h u n g d e r Psy-

u

c h o t h e r a p i e z u r Seelsorge": ig7id,2, G W

"Uber Ambivalenz": G W

trischen Diagnostik": G W

1928b,2, 1948b,2, G W 18,128

Uber die Energetik

des Geistes in

und Wissenschaft:

G.

1971c,

G.

11,7

" t i b e r die Energetik d e r Seele": G.

18,33

" U b e r Bilder in der psychia-

GW

Psychopatholo-

gie": G . 1 9 7 3 d , 3 , G W 3,4

1954c

" T w o Posthumous Papers.

Uber das Phanomen

18,21

" U b e r die B e d e u t u n g des U n b e -

T w o letters to t h e author. Gerster,

Kunst

GW

18,100

E. 1928b, 1953k, 1972C C W 7

Typologie:

1935b,

g,i,i

" U b e r die A u f e r s t e h u n g " :

E.

i958a,7 Two Essays on Analytical

E.

GW

18,10

12,3,11

zesses. (Psychologie 1.): G .

7,4

tionszeit b e i m A s s o z i s t i o n s e x p e r -

1990f

1991a

"Traumanalyse, Die": G. GW

Inhalte": G W

" U b e r das Verhalten der Reak-

8,2

8,1

der Seele:

G.

1928b Uber die Entwicklung

15

lichkeit: G. 224

der

ig72g, G W

Persdn17

TITLES " U b e r die psychoanalytische Be-

"iiber Psychotherapie u n d W u n -

h a n d l u n g nervoser Leiden": G. igi2h, GW

derheilungen": G.

18,30

" U b e r die P s y c h o g e n e s e d e r Schi-

rung": G. 1903b, G W

z o p h r e n i c " : G W 3,7 Uber die Psychologie praecox:

Ein

1,6

" i i b e r spiritistische E r s c h e i n u n -

der

Versuch:

Dementia G.

gen": G. 1905c, G W

1907a,

GW des

18,4

" i i b e r Synchronizitat": G.

G W 3,1 Uber die Psychologie

1959a

" i i b e r Simulation v o n Geistessto-

i952f,

8,19

". . . Ober Tiefenpsychologie und

Unbewussten:

G . 1 9 4 3 a , G W 7 , 1 ; F o r e w o r d to

Selbsterkenntnis": G.

1943^

..1947c

the H u n g a r i a n E d n . of: C W 18,36

"Uber T r a u m e " : Seminar Notes,

" U b e r die psychophysischen

Be-

1933

g l e i t e r s c h e i n u n g e n im Assoziationsexperiment": G W

"Uber Wiedergeburt": G.

2,12

19503,3,

G W g,i,5

" U b e r die Reproduktionsstorun-

" U F O , " E.

gen beim Assoziationsexperi-

i

9 5 9

g

" U l y s s e s : A M o n o l o g u e " : E.

ment": G. 1907c, 1909a,2, G W

i953h>

c w

J5>8

" U l y s s e s , A M o n o l o g u e " : E. "Uber

' F l y i n g S a u c e r s ' ": G W

" U l y s s e s . . .": G . 1 9 3 2 c ,

18,80

GW

Uber Grundlagen Psychologie:

G.

der

Analytischen

. . . : G.

tischen Psychologie. D i e T a vistock L e c t u r e s " : G W

der kindlichen

1910k, 1916b, 1939a,

ig28b,i Self, The: E.

1958b,

lggoa

1934a

Seele:

" U n d i s c o v e r e d Self (Present and

G.

Future), T h e " : C W

10,14

19466,2,

17,1

"Uber Mandalasymbolik": 1950a,5, G W '"Uber manische

G.

9,i,i2

V

Verstimmung":

G. 1903a, 1971c,4, G W Uber psychische Energetik Wesen der Traume:

G.

"Verschiedenen Aspekte der

1,4

und das

Wiedergeburt, Die": G. Versuch einer Darstellung

1948b

choanalytischen

" U b e r Psychoanalyse": G. 1972c,10, G W

lesungen

4,11

Theorie. Neun G W

Vor-

1955b,

4>9

"Versuch einer psychologischen

1912b

"Uber Psychodiagnose": G W "iiber Psychologie": G.

1940b

der psy-

. . . : G. 1913a,

i973 b , 1973b,!,

" U b e r Psychoanalyse beim Kinde": G.

1926a

Undiscovered

1,2

"Uber Komplextheorie": G.

kranken Uberblick

Pathological M i n d , T h e " : E.

18,38

" U b e r h y s t e r i s c h e s V e r l e s e n . . .": G. 1904b, 1971c,2, G W

Das . . . Ein

" U n c o n s c i o u s in t h e N o r m a l a n d

18,1

" U b e r Halluzination": G W

GW

im normalen und

Seelenleben,

"Uber Grundlagen der Analy-

Uber Konflikte

15,8

Unbewusste

1969a

1949c

1934^7,

D e u t u n g des Trinitatsdogmas":

18,85

GW

1933b

225

11,2

INDEX 2

"Vorreden zu den

"Versuch zu einer psychologischen Deutung des Trinitatsdogmas": G. 1948a,4 "Visionary Rumour, A " : E. i95gh "Visionen des Zosimos, Die": G.

on Analytical

Wachsen

senwerden:

G.

und

Unbewussten": Geistes":

1991c

des Bexvusstseins:

und Christentum:

G.

[Jacobi] Die Psychologie von C.G. Jung":

18,41

des Unbewussten":

G.

G. 1990a G- 1988b Wahn-Sinn: G. 1986a

der Gegenwart":

und Sein:

Von Sexualitdt Von Sinn und Von Traum

G W

und Selbsterkenntnis:

G.

1986b

18,36

Seelenprobleme

GW

" Vorworte zu [Jung]

und Liebe:

18,67

Uber

Energetik

und das Wesen

Traume":

G W

psychische der

18,37

" V o t u m . (Schweizerische Arztezeitung

Von Vater, Mutter

und Kind:

X V I , 1935)": G W 10,31 "Votum. Zum Thema: Schule und Begabung": G. ig43d "Votum C. G. Jung": G. ig35h

G.

1989a "Vorbemerkung der Redaktion": G. 1909b, G W 18,23 "Vorbemerkung des Herausgebers." (Zentralblatt V I I , 1935): G. 1 935k, G W 10,29 "Vorrede zu Jung: Ph&nom&nes ocG W

w

18,5

"Vorrede zu Jung: des Bewusstseins":

Von den G W

Wurzeln

18,58

"Vorrede zur hebraischen Ausgabe

"Wandlungen und Symbole der Libido. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Denkens": pt. I: G. 1911a; pt. I I : 1912c Wandlungen Beitrage

v o n ( J u n g ] : Psychologie und Erziehung":

GW

"Vorwort zur ungarischen Ausgabe [Jung] Uber die Psychologie "Vorworte zu Jung:

Von Schein

der

lungen, Bd.I": G W 18,134 "Vorwort zu Schmitz' 'Marchen vom Fischotter' ": G W 18,110 "Vorwort zum I Ging": G W 11,16 "Vorwort zur spanischen Ausgabe

1987a

cultes":

18,go

" V o r w o r t z u Psychologische Abhand-

1954b; Foreword to: C W 18,58 "Von der Psychologie des Sterbens": G. ig35i Von Gut und Bose: G. 1990b Von Mensch und Gott: G. 1989b Von Religion

G W

18,56

Symbolik des

"Vorwort zu Jung: Wirklichkeit Seele": G W 18,113

und Heilen:

Von den Wurzeln

GW

"Vorwort zu Jung:

Erwach-

G. l g g i d "Vom Werden der Personlichkeit": G. 1934b,9, G W 17,7 "Vom Wesen der Traume": G. i945 d > 1 948b,5, i952i, i954c,i, G W 8,10 Vom Leiden

Papers G W 4,13

"Vorwort zu einem Buchkatalog iiber Alchemie": G W 18,104 "Vorwort zu einer indischen Zeitschrift fur Psychotherapie [Psychotherapy, I/i]": G W 18,127 "Vorwort zu Jung: Gestaltungen des

1954b,5' G w Visions: Seminar Notes, 1930—34 "Visions of Zosimos, T h e " : C W 13.2 Vom Abenteuer

Collected

Psychology":

G W 18,133

und Symbole der zur

schichte des Denkens:

226

Libido.

Entwicklungs-geG.

1912a,

TITLES

Y

1925a>

i93 8 b > ! 9 9 ! g "Wandlungssymbol in der Messe, Das": G. 1942c, 1954b,6, i 9 7 i d , 4 , G W 11,3 "Warum adoptiere ich nicht die 'katholische Wahrheit'?": G W 18,88 "Was Indien uns lehren kann": G W 10,24 "Was ist Psychotherapie?": G. !935g> 1972C,3, G W 16,3 "Weitere Untersuchungen iiber das galvanische Phanomen und die Respiration bei Normalen und Geisteskranken": G W 2,14 Welt der Psyche: G. 1954c "Wenn Ghristus heute auf Erden wandelte": G W 18,86 "Westliche Parallelen zu den tantrischen Symbolen": Seminar Notes, 1932a " W h a t India Can Teach Us": E. 1939c, C W 10,24 "What Is Psychotherapy?":CW 16,3 " W h y and H o w I Wrote My Answer to Job": E. 1956c " W h y I A m N o t a Catholic": C W 18,88 Wirklichkeit der Seele: G. 1934b, l g g o i ; Foreword to: C W 18,113 "Wirklichkeit und Uberwirklichkeit": G. i 9 3 2 h , G W 8,15 "Wirkung der Technik auf das seelisch-geistige Leben, Die": G W 18,76 " W o leben die Teufel? . . .": G i95of " W o m a n in Europe": E. 19283,5, 1928c, C W 10,6 "Wotan": G. 1936c, 19463,2, G W 10,10; E. 1937c, 1947a,3, C W 10,10 "Wotan und der Rattenfanger •• G. 1956c

" Y a-t-il un vrai bilinguisme?": G W 18,123 " Y o g a and the West": E. 1936c, C W 11,12 "Yoga und der Westen": G W 11,12 "Yoga, Zen, and Koestler": E. 1961c " Y o u r N e g r o i d and Indian Behavior": E. 1930a

z "Zeichen am Himmel . . .": G. i958h " Z e i t g e n o s s i s c h e s . (Neue Zurcher

C L V , 1934)": G. i934f; C W 10,26 "Ziele der Psychotherapie": G. Zeitung,

1929°' !93 l a ,5> G W 16,5 im Ubergang: G. 1974b, G W 10 Zofingia Lectures, The: E. 1983a, CW A Zivilisation

" Z u Antwort auf Hiob" ( 1 9 5 1 ) , G W ,

11,21; (1952), G W 11,22 " Z u Die Reden

Gotamo

Buddhos":

G W 11,26 "Zu Jung: Antwort auf Hiob":

GW

18,95 " Z u Psychologie

und Religion":

GW

11,18 "Zu unserer U m f r a g e 'Leben die Biicher noch?' ": G. 1952b "Zugang zum Unbewussten": G. 19683 "Zukunft der Parapsychologie, Die": G W 18,50 "Zum Gedachtnis Richard Wilhelms": G. 19383,2, 19576,2, G W 15,5 "Zum Problem des Christussymbols": G W 11,20

227

INDEX 2

"Zum psychologischen Aspekt der Korefigur": G. 1941b, 1941c,2, 1951b,2, G W 94,7 Zum Wesen des Psychischen: G. 1973c "Zur Empirie des Individuationsprozesses": G. 1934c, 1950a,4, G W g,i,i 1 "Zur Frage der arztlichen Intervention": G W 18,14 "Zur Frage der psychologischen T y p e n " : G. i g 7 2 d , i , G W 6,4 "Zur gegenwartigen Lage der Psychotherapie": G. 1934k, G W 10,8 "Zur G. "Zur im

Kritik iiber Psychoanalyse": 19100, i972e,7, G W 4,7 Phanomenologie des Geistes Marchen": G. 19483,2,

1957a>3>

GW 9,i,8

"Zur Psychoanalyse." (17 Jan.): G. i g i 2 f ; (15 Feb.): G. i g i 2 g , ig72e,8, G W 4,8 Zur Psychoanalyse: G. ig72e Zur Psychogenese

der

ten: G. 1973d "Zur Psychologie der gur": G. 1954a "Zur Psychologie der gur": G W 94,9 "Zur Psychologie der idee": G. 1942b "Zur Psychologie des 1946c

Geisteskrankhei-

SchelmenfiTricksterfiTrinitatsGeistes": G.

Zur Psychologie

des

Individuation:

Seminar Notes, 1930—31 "Zur Psychologie des Kind-Archetypus": G. 1941a, 1941c, 1, 1951b,1, G W 9,1,6 "Zur Psychologie des Negers": G. 1913c, G W 18,65 "Zur Psychologie ostlicher Meditation": G. ig43C, ig48a,5, 1957a,4, G W 11,14 Zur Psychologie nannter

und Pathologie

occulter Phanomene:

sogeG.

1902a "Zur Psychologie und Pathologie sogenannter okkulter Phanomene": G. 1971c,1, G W i , i Zur Psychologie

westlicher und ost-

G. 1963c, 1988c, G W 11 "Zur psychologischen Tatbestandsdiagnostik": G. lgo^d, G W 1,9 "Zur psychologischen Tatbestandsdiagnostik. Das Tatbestandsexperiment im Schwurgerichtsprozess N a f " : G. 1937b "Zur Tatbestandsdiagnostik": G. igo8n, G W 2,19 "Zur Umerziehung des deutschen Volkes": G. i946g "Zwei Briefe zur Psychoanalyse": G W 18,29 licher Religion:

Zwei Schriften chologie:

228

iiber Analytische

Psy-

G. 1964c, ig8gc, G W 7

INDEX 2: PERSONAL NAMES N a m e s of editors, compilers, co-authors, authors for whose books J u n g w r o t e reviews o r f o r e w o r d s , persons e u l o g i z e d , translators, a n d recipients o f l e t t e r s p u b l i s h e d e l s e w h e r e t h a n in t h e Letters o r Briefe

(which are sep-

arate f r o m the C W ) — i n the G e r m a n a n d E n g l i s h entries.

A

1932b,1940-41 B a u m a n n , Elizabeth: Seminar

A b e g g , Lily: G. i g s o d ; E. CW/GW

1953^

Notes,

18,92

1935-36

B a u m a n n , H a n s H.: Seminar

Adler, Alfred: G.

ig34d

Notes,

Adler, Gerhard: G. ig34d,

ig52g;

E. 1966c, 1 9 7 3 b , 1 9 7 5 b ,

1984a,

C W / G W 18,52, C W / G W

18,55;

1936—37b

B a u m g a r d t , Ursula: G.

1984a

B a y n e s , C a r y F.: E .

ig28a&b,

i g 3 i a & d , 1932b,

ig333&b,

Fr. 1 9 5 7 a ; C W e d .

!93 6c - i943 a ' i95 od > i953a,

Aldrich, Charles Robert: E. 19283,13, 1931b, C W / G W A l l e n b y , A m y I.: C W / G W

18,68

1932a 1923a,

18,93

Alt, Franz: G. 1983a, 1986a, A n s h e n , R u t h N s n d s : E.

1962b; Seminar Notes, Baynes, H . G,: E. 1920b, 1923b, i924a&b,

ig8gb

ig42a

Aschaffenburg, Gustav: G.

igo6g,

ig283&b,

1 9 5 0 b , 1 9 5 3 3 , C W 6, C W / G W 18,78 Bechterew, W. von: G. l g i o d ;

G W 4 , 1 ; C W 4,1

GW

CW/

18,20

Becker, T h . : G. 191 oh; C W / G W

B

18,20 Beebe, John: E.

B a c h , G e o r g R.: G . Bailey, Paul C-: E.

ig68c

i 9 7 3 a ; E.

Bally, Gustav: G. i 9 3 4 f ; C W

10,26

1 9 7 2 b ; E. 1958c,

i 9 7 o d , i g 7 5 b ; Fr. 1 9 5 4 b

i957d, ig7ib,8,

1 9 7 3 b ; It. 1 9 6 1 a ; C W / G W

B s r k e r , M s r y : E. i g 6 8 a ; Seminar ig35

18,61; Seminar Notes, Betschsrt, Ildefons: G.

B a r o n c i n i , L . : It. i g o 8 a

Bezzols, D u m e n g : G.

Barz, Helmut: G.

Binswanger, Hilde: G.

19843

Bash, K. W.: E. 1942c; S e m i n a r Notes,

1 9 7 3 a ; E.

Seminar Notes,

ig47c;

ig36—373

ig63b igo7f 19693

Bitter, W i l h e l m : G . 1 g 5 g a & b ,

1940—41

B a u m a n n , Carol: E. i g 4 7 b ,

ig6ic,

ig75b

Bertine, Eleanor: G.

B a r b a u l t , A n d r 6 : G . i g 7 2 b ; E.

Notes,

ig8gb

Bender, Hans: G. ig58f,

igs6d

1975b

B l a n k e , F r i t z : G . 1 9 5 1 c , 1 9 7 2 b ; E. 1973b, C W / G W

1928—30,2,

229

18,94

INDEX 2

Blech, Netta: He. 1958a Bleuler, Eugen: G. igo6f, 1908b, i g i lc&h, G W 3,3; E. 1916a,7, C W 3,4, CW/GW 18,34 Biomeyer, Rudolf: G. 1984a Boss, Medard: G. i95og Bovet, Theodor: G. 1972b, i g g i e , 3 ; E. 1971^7, 1975b Brill, A . A . : E. 1909a, 1910a, 1936b Briner, Mary: E. 1947a,4&5; Seminar Notes, 1934—39, J 939 Brody, Daniel: G. 1958b Bruder Klaus, see Niklaus von Fliie Brunner, Cornelia: G. 1963a; CW/ G W 18,63; Seminar Notes, 1938-39 Bruno de J6sus-Marie, P£re: CW/ G W 18,98; Fr. 1956b Bruns, L.: G. igo6e; CW/GW 18,20 Buber, Martin: G. i952j, G W 11,17; E. i957d, 1973c, CW/GW 18,96 Bumke, Oswald: G. i g o g f ; CW/ G W 18,20 Burnett, Hugh: G. 1973a; E. 1960c, 1964c, 1975b Burnett, Whit: E. 1957c

c Cahen-Salabelle, Roland: Fr. i943 a > !948a, 1962a Campbell, C. MacFie: E. 1925b Campbell, Joseph: E. 1971a Carioba, Henny: E. 1958b Carotenuto, Aldo: G. ig86d Carteret, Jean: Fr. 1954b Chapin, Anne: Seminar Notes, 1928-30,1 Claparfede, Edouard: G. 1908c,4, 19081,2 Clark, Robert A.: E. 1956b, ig57d

Coomaraswamy, Ananda K.: E. 1947b Cornell, A. D.: G. 1961c; E. 1961a, !975b Cox, David: E. 1958c, CW/GW 18,103 Cramer, A.: G. l g i o i ; CW/GW 18,20 Crichton-Miller, Hugh: E. 1961b, CW/GW 18,87 Crottet, Robert: G. 1949c; CW/GW 18,119 Cully, Kendig: G. 1972a; E. i968g, 1973b Custance, John: G. i954d; E. 1952a, CW/GW 18,15

D Deady, Charlotte H.: Seminar Notes, 1928—30,2 de Angulo, Cary F.: Seminar Notes, 1925a de Angulo, Ximena: E. 1943a, 1944a Degen, Hans: G. l g s g f de Laszlo, Violet Staub: E. ig58a, 1959a, iggib,c, CW/GW 18,62 Dell, W. Stanley: E. 1933a, 1939a, i949 c . L 953 a Denber, Herman C. B.: E. i g s 8 d Dieckmann, Hans: G. ig84a Doniger, Simon: G. 1972b, G W 11,9; E. 1956c, 1975b, C W 11,9 Dost, Max: G. 1910c; CW/GW 18,20 Dromard, G.: G. 19081,5 Dubois, P.: G. 1908^, CW/GW 18,20 Duerr, Therese: E. 1926a Dumas, G.: G. 1908^4 Dunn, Alice H.: E. 1953c Duplain, Georges: Fr. 1959a

230

PERSONAL NAMES

E

Fordham, Michael: E. i957g, CW/ G W i8,47&49,ii Forel, August: G. l g i o j , ig68b, 1972a; E. 1973b, CW/GW 18,20 Forryan, Barbara: C W 20 Frank, Ludwig: G. igo7f Franz, Marie-Louise von: G. 1951a, 1955a, 1968a; E. 1964a; G W 14; C W A ; Seminar Notes,

Eaton, Ralph M.: E. 1932a Ebon, Martin: E. 1963c Eder, Edith: E. 1913b, 1914a, 1915b, i 9 l 6 a Eder, M. D.: E. 1913b, 1914a, 1915b, 1916a, 1918a Ehrenfels, Christian von: G. i g o 9 g , 1910a; CW/GW 18,20 Einstein, Albert: E. 1971b,5 Eissler, Kurt R.: G. 1973a, 1974a; E. 1974b, 1975b Ellmann, Richard: E. 1959I Ermatinger, Emil: G. 1930a Eschle, Franz: G. igo8e; CW/GW 18,20 Evans, Elida: E. 1920a, CW/GW 18,129 Evans, Richard I.: G. 1967c, 1986c; E. 1964b, 1977b,4 Evans-Wentz, W. Y.: G. i935f, i955d; E. 1954c, i957f

1940-41 Freeman, John: G. 1968a, 1986c,4; E. 1964a, 1964c, 1977b,6 Frei, Gebhard: G. i957h, 1972b, i g g i e , i o ; E. 1952c, 1973b; Sp. 1955b Freud, Sigmund: G. igo6g, igo8d,k&m, ig32f, ig34d, i 9 3 9 d ' 19623,15,ii, i 9 6 g b , 1972a, ig72e,2, 1974a, i9 8 4g: E. 1932b, 19333,6, i g 6 i e , ig623,i5, ig68f, 1971b,3, i973b&d,i, ig74b&d, 1979a, 1988a, l g g i a ; G W 4; C W 4, CW/GW 18,18,21,32; It. 1974a Frey, Liliane: Seminar Notes,

F

i938-39> 1939-40 Frey-Wehrlin, C. T.: E. 1965a Froboese-Thiele, Felicia: G. 1940a, i957e, CW/GW 18,102

Feifel, Herman: E. 1959c Fichte, J. H.: G. 1935c Fierz, Markus: CW/GW 18,49,1 Fierz-David, Linda: G. 1947b; E. 1950c, CW/GW 18,118; Seminar Notes, 1932a Flesch-Brunningen, Hans: G. 1961b

G

Flinker, Martin: G. 19573; Fr. ig6id Flournoy, Theodore: G. igo8c,5, ig62a, i5,vi Foote, Mary: E. ig74e, ig75b; Seminar Notes, ig28—30,1,3,4,5, 1930-B4, 1932a, 1934-39, 193839. [1988] Fordham, Frieda: G. 1959c; E. 1953d, CW/GW 18,46; C W ed.

231

Galliker, A.: G. ig52h, ig72b; E. 1975b; Seminar Notes, 1935 Game, Margaret: E. 1968a Gerster, Georg: G. 1953a, 1954c, 1986c,5; E. 1977b,7 Gilbert, J. Allen: CW/GW 18,112 Gilli, Gertrud: G. i938d; CW/GW 18,116 Glover, A.S.B.: CW/GW 18,72,98,£99 Glover, Janet M.: C W 20 Godet, E.: Fr. 1939a

INDEX 2

Goring, M. H.: G. 1934I Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von: G. 1932c Graecen, Patricia: G. 1972b; E. i957j. i959.i'2. 1975b Gray, Horace: E. 1946c Grindea, Miron: E. 1959k Grove, Victor: E. 1944b Guterman, Norbert: E. 1951b

H Hahn, R.: G. 1904b Hanhart, Ernst: G. 1967b, 1973a; E.1975b Hannah, Barbara: E. 1937c, 1947a,3, 1958c; Seminar Notes, 1933-41,1935-36 Harding, M. Esther: G. 1935c, i948d, i94gd; E. 1933b, 1947c, l 955 e > CW/GW i8,42,53,&:i3o; Seminar Notes, 1923, 1925b, 1936—37a; Fr. 1953d Hark, Helmut: G. 1988a Harms, Ernest: G. 1946b; E. i946d Hartenberg, P.: G. igo8i,3 Hauer, J. W.: Seminar Notes, 1932a Hecht, Dora: E. 1916a, 13&15, 19173,15 Hellpach, Willy: G. 1905b; CW/ G W 18,19 Helsdingen, Ren6 J. van: G. 1957^ CW/GW

18,59

Henley, Eugene H.: E. ig45a&b; Seminar Notes, 1936—37b Herbrich, Elisabeth: G. 1963b, 1973a; E. 1975b Hesse, Hermann: E. 1963c, 1966b Heyer, Gustav Richard: G. 1933d, i936d; CW/GW i 8 , i 2 4 & i 2 5 Heyer-Grote, Lucy: G. 1967c Hinkle, Beatrice: E. 1916b, l g g i d ; CW B

Hitler, Adolf: CW/GW 18,74 Hitschmann, Eduard: G. 191 i d ; CW/GW 18,27 Hoch, Dorothee: G. 1972b, 1989c,3; G W 11,22; E. 1975b H o f f m a n , Michael L.: E. ig68f Horine, Ruth: CW/GW 18,95 Hottinger, Mary: E. 1950c Hubbard, A . M.: G. 1972b; E. 197 lb,6, 1975b Huber, Walter: Seminar Notes, 1940-41 Hull, R.F.C.: E. 1925a, 1949a, i95 2 b, 1953a, 1954a,b,d&f, i955a&b, 1956a, i957b&f, 1958b, 1959b,d&e, ig6oe, 1963b, ig66e, 1968a, i96ge&f, ig7ob&c, 1971a, 1973b,d&e, 1974b, 1975b, 1977b,5, 1989a, 1991c, C W 1, C W 3-18 Hurwitz-Eisner, Lena: G W ed. Hutchins, Patricia, see Graecen, Patricia I Illing, Hans A.: G. i955f, i956d, i 9 9 i e , i ; E. 19571 Irminger, H.: G. 19833,16; E. 1973b, CW/GW 18,88 Iyer, E. Bharatha: E. 1947b

J Jacobi, Jolande: G. 1940c, 1943^ i945a. i947c, 1952c, i957g' 1971b; E. 1942c, 1943b, 1951b, !953 a > !959 e » 1962c, 196gf, 1970b; CW/GW 18,40,41,60,120; Fr. 1961c, 1965a; It. 1959c; Sp. 1947a Jaff' 1954a; E. 1949a, 1956a, 1963a, 1969a; Fr. 1953b, 1958a; It. 1948b, 1965a, 1972a Keyhoe, Donald: E. i 9 5 8 g , i959i,2, CW/GW 18,82 Keyserling, Hermann, Graf: G. i9 2 5b, 1927a- i928e, i93oe, i934i. i99i e >7; E. 1926a, 1959k, 1975a Kirkham, Ethel D.: E. 1948a, i954g Kirsch, Hildegard: E. ig72d Kirsch, James: G. 1946b, ig72a&b, 1973a; E. ig46d,2, ig72C&d,

L

233

INDEX 2

18,20 Moltzer, Mary: E. 1913b, 1914a, 1915b, 1916a Moser, Fanny: G. 1950c; CW/GW 18,7 Mountford, Gwen: E. 1959k

Loy, R.: G, 1914b, 1973b, 2, G W 4,12; C W 4,12

M McGlashan, Alan: G. 19845; E. 1979a McGuire, William: G. 1974a, i984g. i 9 9 i a > E - i974b&d, 1977b,4. i979 a . 1988a, 1990a, C W 19, C W A , C W B, C W ed.; Seminar Notes, [1984], [1989] MacPhail, Ian: E. ig68d Maeder, Alphonse: G. igo81,4 Maier, Emanuel: G. 1972b; E. 1963c, 1973b Mairet, Philip: C W 4,3 Manheim, Ralph: E. 1962c, ig67d, 1974b Mann, Krisune: Seminar Notes,

N

i 9 2 3 , 1936-373 Marie, A.: G. igo8i,6 Marmorstein, Miss: E. ig46f Marsen, M.: Fr. 1916a Mehlich, Rose: G. 1935c; E. 1950c, CW/GW 18,114 Meier, C. A.: G. 1949c, i959 e ; E 1965a, ig67d Meier-Fritzsche, Johanna: G. 1959C Mellon, Mary: E. ig68d Mellon, Paul: E. ig68d Mitral, M.: G. 1908c,2 Meyer, E.: G. tgo8h; CW/GW 18,20 Meyer, Konrad F.: G. i g o g h ; CW/ G W 18,11 Meyer-Grass, Maria: Seminar Notes, [1987] Meyer-Palmedo, Ingeborg: G. i984g Michelson, Johann: G. 1912e Miller, Frank: G. i 9 9 i g , G W 5; CW5 Moll, Albert: G. 1907b; CW/GW

Nacke, P.: G. l g i o g ; CW/GW 18,20 Nagel, Hildegard: E. 1942b, 1947c, i948b&d, 1950c, 1951a, i 9 5 3 b & f > !954 h > i955 d > 195911961a, CW/GW 18,88,105,80128 Nagy, Peter: Hu. 1948a Nelken, Jan: G. 1913d; E. 1973d,3, CW/GW 18,31 Nelson, Benjamin: E. 1963c Nerval, Gerard de: G. i946d; CW/ G W 18,117 Neumann, Erich: G. i g 4 g f , 1962a,15,v, 1967a, 1973a; Ei954f, 1969c, 1975b, CW/GW i8,54&77 Neumann, Karl Eugen: G. 1956c Niehus, Lutz: G. l g g i g Niehus, Walter: G. 1958a Niehus-Jung, Marianne: G. ig55d, 1972a; E. 1971b,1, 1973b; G W 11,25; G W ed. Niklaus von Flue: G. 1933c; E. 1946c; G W 11,6; C W 11,6 o Oeri, Albert: G. 1945b Oerdey, Alda F.: E. 1940a Ostrowski-Sachs, Margrit: Seminar Notes, 1940-41

P Pascal, Constanza: G. igo8i,8 Pauli, Wolfgang: G. 1952b; E.

234

PERSONAL NAMES

i955 a ; S P- 1 9 6 l a Payne, Virginia: G. 1972b; E. 197 lb,4, 1973b Perry, John Weir: E. 1953c, CW/ G W 18,16 Peterson, Frederick: E. 1970b, C W 2,13 Phelan, Gladys: E. 1953b Philp, Howard L.: G. 1973a; E. 1958c, 1975b, CW/GW 18,103 Picasso, Pablo: G. i 9 32g, 1934b,8; E. 1940a, 1953!; G W 15,9; C W 15,9 Pi